93% found this document useful (14 votes)

31K views956 pages

Deutz Fahr Agrofarm 410 420 430 Tractor Shop Service Repair Manual

The document provides technical information about agricultural equipment, including specifications, components, systems, and calibration procedures. It contains detailed sections on the engine, transmission, front axle, hydraulic system, diagnostic tools, and the electronic control systems for commissioning the tractor.

Uploaded by

Carlos Roberto Becker Dippel

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

93% found this document useful (14 votes)

31K views956 pages

Deutz Fahr Agrofarm 410 420 430 Tractor Shop Service Repair Manual

Uploaded by

Carlos Roberto Becker Dippel

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 956

WORKSHOP MANUAL

AGROFARM 410 -> 16001

AGROFARM 410 -> 20001
AGROFARM 420 -> 16001
AGROFARM 420 -> 20001
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 1 1 7/8/2010 9:06:29 PM

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 2 2 7/8/2010 9:06:31 PM
TABLE OF CONTENTS

0 - INTRODUCTION
0.1 - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 0-2
0.1.1 - Safety notes 0-3
0.1.2 - General safety rules 0-4
0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations 0-6
0.1.4 - Lifting instructions 0-8
0.1.5 - Tightening torques 0-10
0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants 0-14
0.1.7 - Conversion factors 0-16

10 - TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
10.1 - Engine 10-2
10.1.1 - Technical data (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-2
10.1.2 - Engine 2012 components (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-7
10.2 - Transmission 10-12
10.2.1 - Transmission (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-12
10.2.2 - Rear PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-25
10.2.3 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-29
10.3 - Front axle 10-34
10.3.1 - Front axle (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-34
10.4 - Hydraulic system 10-39
10.4.1 - Hydraulic system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-39
10.4.2 - Steering circuit pump - lift circuit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-53
10.4.3 - Power steering valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-55
10.4.4 - Remote control valve - 6-way version (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-56
10.4.5 - Hydraulic lift control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-57
10.4.6 - Braking system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-65
10.4.7 - Trailer braking valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-67
10.4.8 - Park Brake system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-71
10.4.9 - Park Brake valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-76
10.4.10 - Services solenoid valves assembly - Pressure holding valves (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 10-77
10.4.11 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-80

20 - CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSIS

20.1 - Diagnostic instrument 20-2
20.1.1 - All Round Tester (ART®) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-2
20.1.2 - Connecting the tester to the tractor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-7
20.1.3 - All-Round Tester Manual - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-8
20.1.4 - All-Round Tester Manual - Monitor Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-10
20.1.5 - All-Round Tester Manual - Parameters Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-15
20.1.6 - All-Round Tester Manual - Calibrations Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-17
20.1.7 - All-Round Tester Manual - Alarms Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-23
20.1.8 - All-Round Tester Manual - Test Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-27
20.1.9 - All-Round Tester Manual - Engine Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-28

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 I I 7/8/2010 9:06:31 PM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

20.2 - Introduction to the tractor’s electronic system 20-34

20.2.1 - Electronic system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-34
20.2.2 - CANBUS System (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-35
20.2.3 - Engine ECU (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-37
20.2.4 - Shuttle ECU (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-39
20.3 - Putting the tractor into service 20-41
20.3.1 - Introduction to commissioning the tractor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-41
20.3.2 - Renewal of the instrument panel - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-42
20.3.3 - Renewal of the instrument panel - Setting the tractor type (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-43
20.3.4 - Renewal of the instrument panel - Setting the wheels constant (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 20-45
20.3.5 - Renewal of the instrument panel - Setting the speed units of measurement (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 20-48
20.3.6 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-50
20.3.7 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Initialisation of the ECU (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-51
20.3.8 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Line end programming (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-54
20.3.9 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Notes on the clutch calibration procedure (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 20-62
20.3.10 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Automatic calibration of the shuttle clutches (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 20-63
20.3.11 - Renewal of the shuttle control unit - Manual calibration of the shuttle clutches
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-66
20.3.12 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Editing the comfort parameters (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 20-72
20.3.13 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Calibration of the clutch pedal (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-74
20.3.14 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-77
20.3.15 - Renewal of the engine control unit - Reading and saving DATASET (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001) 20-78
20.3.16 - Renewal of the engine control unit - Programming the control unit with DATASET
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-79
20.3.17 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Calibration of the accelerator pedal (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 20-81
20.3.18 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Calibration of the hand throttle lever (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 20-83
20.4 - ECU alarms 20-85
20.4.1 - List of control unit alarms (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-85
20.4.2 - Engine alarms 20-88
20.4.3 - Hydraulic shuttle alarms 20-108
20.4.4 - Instrument panel alarms 20-140
20.4.5 - Transmission alarms 20-141

30 - METHOD OF INTERVENTION
30.1 - B0 - Engine 30-2
30.1.1 - Engine - Separation from the transmission (B0.00.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-2
30.1.2 - Engine (B0.00.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-9

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 II II 7/8/2010 9:06:31 PM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

30.1.3 - Air conditioning compressor drive belt (B0.02.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-17
30.1.4 - Tension adjustment of the fan and air conditioning compressor drive belt (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 30-18
30.1.5 - Alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-19
30.1.6 - Tension adjustment of the alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 30-20
30.1.7 - Checking the compression pressure (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-21
30.1.8 - Removing and installing the crankcase bleeding (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-24
30.1.9 - Installing and removing turning gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-26
30.1.10 - Removing and installing the flywheel (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-28
30.1.11 - Checking piston overhang (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-30
30.1.12 - Checking and setting the valve clearance (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-33
30.1.13 - Removing and installing the rocker arm and rocker arm bracket (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 30-37
30.1.14 - Disassembling, assembling and checking the rocker arm and rocker arm bracket
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-41
30.1.15 - Removing and installing the cylinder head (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-45
30.1.16 - Removing and installing the air bearing (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-53
30.1.17 - Removing and installing the fuel injectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-56
30.1.18 - Removing and installing the engine shutdown (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-60
30.1.19 - Removing and installing the coolant pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-63
30.1.20 - Checking the coolant thermostat (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-66
30.1.21 - Removing and installing the V-belt pulley (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-68
30.1.22 - Removing and installing the charge air line (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-71
30.1.23 - Removing and installing the exhaust line (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-75
30.1.24 - Removing and installing the turbocharger (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-78
30.2 - C0 - Engine accessories 30-83
30.2.1 - Radiator (C0.01.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-83
30.2.2 - Air cleaner (C0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-88
30.2.3 - Intercooler (C0.02.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-89
30.2.4 - Fuel tank (C0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-91
30.2.5 - Fuel cooler (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-94
30.2.6 - Starter motor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-96
30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tractor with cab (C0.06.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-98
30.2.8 - Silencer (C0.06.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-99
30.2.9 - Remove and install fuel filter console (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-100
30.2.10 - Removing and installing the fuel supply pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-103
30.2.11 - Remove and install the heating flange (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-106
30.2.12 - Removing and installing the thermostat (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-108
30.2.13 - Removing and installing temperature transmitter (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-110
30.2.14 - Removing and installing the generator (operating side) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-112
30.2.15 - Removing and installing the oil pressure switch (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-117
30.3 - D0 - Transmission 30-119
30.3.1 - Changing the transmission oil (D0.00.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-119
30.3.2 - Range selector assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-121
30.3.3 - Disassembly of the range selector (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-122

III

VIII

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 VIII VIII 7/8/2010 9:06:32 PM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

40.3.37 - Positions of air conditioning condenser fan wiring connectors - Version with high-
visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-151
40.3.38 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.016.0866.4/10
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-153
40.3.39 - Positions of front/rear worklight wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-155
40.3.40 - Front lights wiring - Version with cab - 0.016.0664.4 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-156
40.3.41 - Positions of front light wiring connectors - Version with cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-157
40.3.42 - Lower front lights wiring - Version with cab - 044119234 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-159
40.3.43 - Positions of lower front light wiring connectors - Version with cab (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-160
40.3.44 - Auxiliary worklights wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.015.1435.4/20 (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-162
40.3.45 - Positions of auxiliary worklight wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-163
40.3.46 - Auxiliary worklights wiring - Version with high-visibility cab - 0.014.3927.4/40
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-164
40.3.47 - Positions of auxiliary worklight wiring connectors - Version with high-visibility cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-165
40.3.48 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.010.4516.3 (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001) 40-167
40.3.49 - Positions of windscreen wiper wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-168
40.3.50 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Version with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3597.3 (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-169
40.3.51 - Positions of windscreen wiper wiring connectors - Version with high-visibility cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-170
40.3.52 - Rear wiper wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.015.6123.4 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-172
40.3.53 - Positions of rear wiper wiring connectors - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001) 40-173
40.3.54 - Rotating beacon wiring - 0.013.6327.4 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-174
40.3.55 - Positions of rotating beacon wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-175
40.3.56 - Hydraulic trailer braking valve wiring - 0.016.1001.4/20 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-177
40.3.57 - Positions of hydraulic trailer braking valve wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-178
40.3.58 - Compressed air pressure sensor wiring - 0.014.1645.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-179
40.3.59 - Positions of compressed air pressure sensor wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-180

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 IX IX 7/8/2010 9:06:32 PM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 X X 7/8/2010 9:06:33 PM

0 - INTRODUCTION

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-1 0-1 7/8/2010 9:06:33 PM

INTRODUCTION

0.1 - INTRODUCTION (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

The purpose of this workshop manual is to provide instruction for repair technicians and a practical guide to improving the quality
of repairs. This manual enables repair technicians to acquire a thorough knowledge of the machine, indicating the correct methods
for fault diagnosis, for working in safety and for accurate dimensional checks and visual inspections. The instructions also indicate
the products to use, the tightening torques and the adjustment data. The technical material contained in this manual is reserved to
Authorised Dealers and Service Centres who will be duly informed of any technical changes to the machines in question through the
issue of documents regarding modifications, updates and supplements for optional equipment. All technicians and their colleagues
are expressly forbidden from reproducing any part of this manual in any form or from communicating the contents to third parties
without the express written permission of the Manufacturer, who remains the sole owner of this document with all rights reserved in
accordance with applicable laws.

0-2

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-2 0-2 7/8/2010 9:06:33 PM

INTRODUCTION

0.1.1 - Safety notes

To ensure that machines entrusted to Authorised Service Centres for repair or overhaul continue to function correctly, it is very
important that all repair work is carried out in the prescribed manner. The procedures for checks and repairs indicated in this manual
are safe and effective. Some of the operations described require the use of special tools and equipment; these tools have been
specifally designed for the intended purpose and may be ordered directly from the Manufacturers. DO NOT USE MAKESHIFT
TOOLS; not only is there a risk of personal injury, but such tools are rarely suited to the purpose for which they are used. In potentially
hazardous situations, always give priority to personal safety and take the necessary actions to eliminate the danger

0-3

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-3 0-3 7/8/2010 9:06:33 PM

INTRODUCTION

0.1.2 - General safety rules

● Even if you have a thorough knowledge of the machine as regards its components, operation and controls, always take
special care when carrying out the following operations; Remember that the machine you are working on is in need of repair
or overhaul and consequently may not always behave as expected.
● Before starting work, clean the tractor thoroughly to remove all mud, dust and road dirt. Also clean the cab to remove all traces
of oil, snow and ice from the access steps and grab rails.
● When climbing up to or down from the cab, always ensure you maintain three points of contact at a time (foot or handholds)
in order to keep your balance and prevent accidental falls.
● Always take special care when carrying out fault diagnosis operations; these operations often require two persons, who must
never stand in front of the wheels when the engine is running.
● When carrying out checks and repairs, wear close-fitting clothing, safety goggles and protective gloves that are suitable for
the task (cleaning, draining fluids, repairs). When working near moving parts, long hair should be gathered up and tied back
safely under a cap to prevent the risk of entanglement and severe injury.
● Do not allow anyone who is not directly involved in the work to come near the tractor; ensure that they remain at a safe
distance.
● Keep well clear of moving parts; when the engine is running, some moving parts are not easily visible and therefore present a
risk of entanglement, even if protected by safety guards.
● Ensure that the area is well ventilated before starting the engine in order to avoid the formation of dangerous concentrations
of toxic gases; always connect suitable fume extraction equipment to the exhaust pipe.
● Do not start the engine with the safety guards removed under any circumstances; all repair and adjustment operations must
be carried out with the engine stopped.
● Do not top up fuel, oil or coolant levels when the engine is running.
● Never smoke and ensure there are no naked flames nearby when topping up fuel or oil. Always remove the battery from the
machine before recharging.
● Before checking or removing the battery, stop the engine and remove the key from the starter switch.
● Remove the battery and recharge in a well-ventilated area where the temperature exceeds 0°C.
● When checking or recharging the battery, do not smoke or allow naked flames in the vicinity as the hydrogen gas given off by
the battery is highly explosive.
● The liquid (electrolyte) contained in the battery is very harmful if it comes into contact with the skin and the eyes; for this
reason, always wear gloves and safety goggles with side shields when checking or topping up the battery. Should any
electrolyte accidentally come into contact with your skin, wash the affected areas immediately with plenty of fresh water; if
electrolyte comes into contact with your clothing, this should be removed as soon as possible. In case of accidental ingestion
of electrolyte, drink copious amounts of water, milk or vegetable oil and take antacids such as magnesium, bicarbonate, etc.
and seek medical attention immediately.
● Before working on the electrical systems, always disconnect the battery terminals.

DANGER

Always disconnect the negative lead (--) before the positive lead (+); when re-connecting the battery on completion
of the work, first connect the positive terminal (+) and then the negative (--).

● Before carrying out any arc welding (permitted only on implements attached to the machine) always disconnect the battery
terminals and unplug all the connectors of the electronic control units and the alternator.
● When topping up lubricants, always wear suitable protective gloves.
● Do not wear clothing contaminated by engine or hydraulic oil; prolonged contact with the skin can be harmful and may cause
allergic reactions.

0-4

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-4 0-4 7/8/2010 9:06:33 PM

INTRODUCTION

● Used engine oil and hydraulic oil must be disposed of properly; recover used lubricants and dispose of them in accordance
with the applicable regulations.
● Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic or pneumatic systems, discharge all residual pressure from the circuits.
● Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic system or engine, allow the oil and engine coolant to cool down.
● When removing and refitting certain assemblies, it will be necessary to support the tractor; use stands, jacks or blocks capable
of supporting the weight and arrange them in a triangular pattern to prevent the machine from overturning.
● To lift heavy components, use a hoist or crane. Check that wire ropes, chains or fibre slings are not worn and that hooks are
not damaged.
● Always use lifting equipment of suitable capacity for the weight of the components to be removed. Ensure lifting equipment is
attached correctly.
● When lifting or supporting an assembly or component, manoeuvre the parts slowly and carefully to avoid swinging movements
or collision with other components.
● Never work on components suspended from a hoist or crane.
● When removing the retaining bolts of a component that could fall, always leave two opposing bolts in place for safety; before
removing these last two bolts, attach the component to suitable lifting equipment or position support blocks.
● Any oil or fuel spilled during removal or dismantling operations should be cleaned up as soon as possible to prevent the risk
of slipping and fire.
● When refitting electrical wiring looms and wires, ensure that they are properly secured with their original retaining straps or
brackets to prevent the possibility of damage caused by vibration.
● Never insert your fingers or hands to check the alignment between fixing holes in components; always use a suitable dowel
of soft material.
● When refitting assemblies or components, always use the specified tightening torques; the tightening torques indicated in the
paragraphs regarding assembly/refitting operations have been determined through experimentation and must be scrupulously
adhered to.
● When refitting parts that are subject to vibration or that rotate at high speed, take particular care when carrying out final
installation checks.

0-5

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-5 0-5 7/8/2010 9:06:33 PM

INTRODUCTION

0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations

When removing or refitting parts, always take the following safety precautions.

Precautions for removal operations

● Unless otherwise indicated, lower the lifting equipment until it the component or assembly rests on the ground.
● After disconnecting hydraulic and fuel system pipes, always fit plugs to the open ends of the pipes to prevent ingress of dirt.
● Before removing a cylinder, fully retract the piston and secure it in this position using a retaining strap.
● Use containers of sufficient capacity when draining oil, coolant or fuel.
● Before removing a part from the machine, check for alignment markings indicating the correct assembly position. If necessary,
make new markings to ensure correct assembly.
● When unplugging electrical connectors, always grip the connectors firmly to avoid pulling on the wires.
● Where necessary, label wires and pipes before removal to avoid confusion when reconnecting.
● Check the number and thickness of any shims removed and keep them together in a safe place.
● To lift the tractor or any of its main components, use lifting equipment of suitable capacity.
● When using eyebolts for lifting components, first check that they are not deformed or damaged; screw them fully home and
then turn the bolt so that the eye is aligned with the lifting hook.
● Before removing a part, clean the surrounding area and, after removing the part, cover it to protect it from dirt and dust.

Precautions for refitting operations

● Tighten nuts and screws to the specified tightening torques.
● When refitting flexible pipes and cables, take care not to twist or tangle them.
● Always fit new seals, O-rings, split pins and safety stop rings; make sure that the ends of the cotter pins are separated and
bent back so that the pin cannot be withdrawn from the hole.
● Ensure that circlips are correctly installed in their seatings.
● When applying threadlocking compound, first clean the part to remove all oil and grease, then cover the thread evenly applying
a few drops of the compound.
● When applying sealant, first clean the surface removing all traces of oil and grease and check for dirt or indentations, then
apply the sealant evenly making sure that it forms a continuous film around any fixing holes.
● Clean all parts, removing dirt, oxidisation, carbon deposits, burrs and indentations.
● Coat all moving parts with a thin film of engine oil.
● When reconnecting electrical wiring connectors, first remove all traces of oil, dust and water from the inside of the connector
and then push the two halves together firmly; connectors with locking tabs should be pushed together until the tab engages
the keeper.
● Bolt down flanged fittings evenly, tightening the screws gradually in a crosswise pattern.

Precautions to be taken on completion of removal/refitting operations

● If coolant has been drained from the engine, refit the drain plug and pour in new coolant to the correct level. Start the engine
to circulate the coolant and then check the level again and top up.
● After removing hydraulic components, top up the hydraulic oil to the specified level. Start the engine to circulate the oil in the
hydraulic circuits and then recheck the level and top up as necessary.

0-6

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-6 0-6 7/8/2010 9:06:34 PM

INTRODUCTION

● After having removed a variable displacement pump, connect the drain pipe and fill the pump casing with oil through the filler
hole provided.
● Grease stub axle housings, cylinder pivot mountings and drive shafts thoroughly after assembly.

0-7

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-7 0-7 7/8/2010 9:06:34 PM

INTRODUCTION

0.1.4 - Lifting instructions

DANGER

Components weighing over 25 kg or of significant size must be supported and removed using suitable lifting equipment
with wire rope or polyester slings.

Wire ropes - slings

● Use wire ropes or polyester slings of suitable capacity for the parts to be lifted, referring to the following tables:
Tab.1
WIRE ROPES (standard twisted “S” or “Z” type) POLYESTER SLINGS (eye-and-eye - simple loop)
Ø rope mm Capacity (kg) Width (mm) Capacity (kg)

60° 90° 60° 90°

8 650 620 500 25 500 400 860 700

10 1000 1740 1420 50 1000 800 1730 1410
12 1450 2500 2050 62 1250 1000 2160 1760
14 2000 3460 2820 75 1400 1120 2420 1980
16 2600 4500 3670 100 2000 1600 3460 2820
18 3300 5710 4660 150 2500 2000 4330 3530

Lifting capacities are calculated with a safety coefficient.

● The lifting hook should be attached to the central part of the rope or sling; if the hook is attached near the ends of the rope/
sling, this could cause the load to slip during lifting.
● Never lift a heavy load using a single rope; always use two or more symmetrically arranged ropes.

DANGER

Suspension of a load from a single rope could cause the load to start rotating and consequently cause the rope
strands to untwist or the load to slip; this could lead to serious injury.

● Never lift a heavy load when the two legs of the ropes form a wide angle. the permitted load (kg) decreases in inverse
proportion to the angle of suspension; the table below indicates how the permitted load varies according to the angle of
suspension for two Ø 10 mm ropes each with a load capacity of 1000 kg.

0-8

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-8 0-8 7/8/2010 9:06:34 PM

INTRODUCTION

2000
1900
Capacità di carico: kg 1700
2000
1400

1000
1000
500

30° 60° 90° 120° 150°

Angolo di sospensione:

Fig.1

0-9

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-9 0-9 7/8/2010 9:06:34 PM

INTRODUCTION

0.1.5 - Tightening torques

Bolts and nuts

DANGER

The tightening torques for certain specific components and special tightening methods are indicated in the relative
assembly paragraphs.

The tightening torques indicated below refer to screws and nuts assembled without lubrication and, where applicable, with anaerobic
threadlocking compound. the values apply to tightening on steel or cast iron components; for soft materials such as aluminium,
copper, plastic, sheet metal or panels, the indicated tightening torques must be reduced by 50%.
Tab.2
BOLT SIZE BOLT CLASS
8.8 10.9 12.9
Nm lb.ft. Nm lb.ft. Nm lb.ft.
M6x1 8.0 – 8.8 5.9 – 6.5 11.8 – 13.0 8.7 – 9.6 13.8 – 15.2 10.2 – 11.2
M8x1.25 19.4 – 21.4 14.3 – 15.8 28.5 – 31.5 21.0 – 23.2 33.3 – 36.9 24.5 – 27.2
M10x1.5 38.4 – 42.4 28.3 – 31.2 56.4 – 62.4 41.6 – 46.0 67.4 – 74.4 49.7 – 54.8
M12x1.75 66.5 – 73.5 49.0 – 54.2 96.9 – 107 71.4 – 78.9 115 – 128 84.8 – 94.3
M14x2 106 – 117 78.1 – 86.2 156 – 172 115.0 – 126.8 184 – 204 135.6 – 150.3
M16x2 164 – 182 120.9 – 134.1 241 – 267 117.6 – 196.8 282 – 312 207.8 – 229.9
M18x2.5 228 – 252 168.0 – 185.7 334 – 370 246.2 – 272.7 391 – 432 288.2 – 318.4
M20x2.5 321 – 355 236.6 – 261.6 472 – 522 347.9 – 384.7 553 – 611 407.6 – 450.3
M22x2.5 441 – 487 325.0 – 358.9 647 – 715 476.8 – 527.0 751 – 830 553.5 – 611.7
M24x3 553 – 611 407.6 – 450.3 812 – 898 598.4 – 661.8 950 – 1050 700.2 – 773.9
M27x3 816 – 902 601.4 – 664.8 1198 – 1324 882.9 – 975.8 1419 – 1569 1045.8 – 1156.4
FINE M8x1 20.8 – 23.0 15.3 – 17.0 30.6 – 33.8 22.6 – 24.9 35.8 – 39.6 26.4 – 29.2
M10x1.25 40.6 – 44.8 29.9 – 33.0 59.7 – 65.9 44.0 – 48.6 71.2 – 78.6 52.5 – 57.9
M12x1.25 72.2 – 79.8 53.2 – 58.8 106 – 118 78.1 – 87.0 126 – 140 92.9 – 103.2
M12x1.5 69.4 – 76.7 51.1 – 56.5 102 – 112 75.2 – 82.5 121 – 134 89.2 – 98.8
M14x1.5 114 – 126 84.0 – 92.9 168 – 186 123.8 – 137.1 199 – 220 146.7 – 162.1
M16x1.5 175 – 194 129 – 143 257 – 285 189.4 – 210.0 301 – 333 221.8 – 245.4
M18x1.5 256 – 282 188.7 – 207.8 375 – 415 276.4 – 305.9 439 – 485 323.5 – 357.4
M20x1.5 355 – 393 261.6 – 289.6 523 – 578 385.5 – 426.0 611 – 676 450.3 – 498.2
M22x1.5 482 – 532 355.2 – 392.1 708 – 782 521.8 – 576.3 821 – 908 605.1 – 669.2
M24x2 602 – 666 443.7 – 490.8 884 – 978 651.5 – 720.8 1035 – 1143 762.8 – 842.4

Fittings
The tightening torques indicated below refer to fittings assembled on any material.
Tab.3
MET- Straight end fittings T” end fittings L” end fittings 90° end fittings
RIC

0-10

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-10 0-10 7/8/2010 9:06:35 PM

INTRODUCTION

Thread size Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm
±10% ±10% ±10% ±10%
M10x1.25 17 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
19 14 17 14 17 14
M12x1.25 19 30 17 30 17 30 17 30
M14x1.5 19 40 19 40 19 40 19 40
M16x1.5 22 48 22 48 22 48 22 48
M18x1.5 24 58 24 58 24 58 24 58
M20x1.5 27 65 27 65 27 65 27 65
M22x1.5 30 73 30 73 30 73 30 73
M26x1.5 36 95 36 95 36 95 36 95
M27x2 36 100 36 100 36 100 36 100
M33x2 41 160 41 160 41 160 41 160
M42x2 50 250 50 250 50 250 50 250
M48x2 60 305 60 305 60 305 60 305
G 1/8” 17 13 14 13 14 13 14 13
19 13
G 1/4” 19 37 19 37 19 37 19 37
22 37
G 3/8” 24 53 24 53 24 53 24 53
G 1/2” 27 73 27 73 27 73 27 73
30 73
G 3/4” 36 100 36 100 36 100 36 100
G 1” 41 160 41 160 41 160 41 160
46 160
G 1 1/4” 50 250 50 250 50 250 50 250
G 1 1/2” 60 305 60 305 60 305 60 305

Plugs
Tab.4
Hex plugs Threaded plugs with hex socket head

Thread size Wrench Torque Nm ±10% Wrench Torque Nm ±10%

0-11

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-11 0-11 7/8/2010 9:06:35 PM

INTRODUCTION

MET- M6x1 10 10 – –
RIC M8x1 13 12 – –
M10x1 13 14 5 14
M10x1.25 13 14 – –
M10x1.5 13 14 – –
M12x1.25 17 30 – –
M12x1.5 17 30 6 30
M12x1.75 17 30 – –
M14x1.5 19 40 6 40
M14x2 19 40 – –
M16x1.5 22 48 8 48
M16x2 22 48 – –
M18x1.5 17 58 10 58
M18x2.5 17 58 – –
M20x1.5 19 65 – –
M22x1.5 – – 12 73
M24x1.5 22 80 12 80
M24x2 22 80 – –
M27x2 22 100 – –
M28x1.5 – – 17 110
M30x1.5 22 130 – –
M32x1.5 – – 19 150
M35x1.5 – – 22 180
M40x1.5 – – 24 225
G 1/8” 14 13 – –
G 1/4” 19 37 – –
G 3/8” 22 53 – –
G 1/2” 19 73 – –
G 5/8” 22 85 – –
G 3/4” 22 100 – –
G 1” 22 160 – –

Fittings with seal at 37°

Tab.5

Thread size Wrench Torque Nm ±10%

7/16” - 20 14 13
1/2” - 20 16 19
9/16” - 18 17 28
3/4” - 16 22 47
7/8” - 14 27 76
1 1/16” - 12 32 110
36 110

0-12

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-12 0-12 7/8/2010 9:06:36 PM

INTRODUCTION

1 3/16” - 12 36 138
1 5/16” - 12 38 155
1 5/8” - 12 50 215
1 7/8” - 12 60 290
2 1/2” - 12 75 345

Fittings for pipes with banjo union

These tightening torques refer to tightening the fitting with new copper sealing washers.
Tab.6
Unions for one-way fittings Unions for three-way fittings Unions for four-way fittings

Thread size Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm

±10% ±10% ±10%
M8x1 – 12 14 – –
M8x1.25 13 14
M10x1 – – 14 20 14 20
M10x1.25 13 20 – – – –
M12x1.25 17 30 – – – –
M12x1.5 – – 17 30 17 30
M14x1.5 19 40 19 40 19 40
M16x1.5 22 48 22 48 22 48
M18x1.5 22 58 24 58 24 58
M20x1.5 27 65 – – – –
M22x1.5 – – 27 73 27 73
M24x1.5 32 80 – – – –
M26x1.5 – – 32 95 32 95
M28x1.5 36 110 – – – –
M30x1.5 – – 36 130 36 130
M35x2 41 180 – – – –
M38x1.5 – – 46 200 46 200
M42x2 50 250 – – – –
M45x1.5 – – 55 280 55 280
M50x2 60 320 – – – –
M52x1.5 – – 60 320 60 320
M65x2 – – 75 450 75 450

0-13

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-13 0-13 7/8/2010 9:06:37 PM

INTRODUCTION

0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants

Tab.7
FUNCTION NAME DESCRIPTION
THREADLOCKER Loctite 222 Colour: opaque fluorescent purple Anaerobic product suitable for low-strength locking of retaining,
adjustment and precision fasteners. All traces of lubricant must first be
removed using the specific activator.
Loctite 242 Colour: fluorescent blue Anaerobic product that prevents loosening of all types of nut and bolt;
used in place of conventional mechanical locking systems. Used for
medium-strength locking. All traces of lubricant must first be removed
using the specific activator.
Loctite 243 Colour: opaque fluorescent blue Alternative product to 242 ; oil tolerant and so can be used on lightly
lubricated surfaces without prior use of activator.
Loctite 270 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic product for high-strength locking of bolts and studs that do
not normally require disassembly. Parts must be heated to approxi-
mately 80°C for removal. All traces of lubricant must first be removed
using the specific activator.
DEGREASERS AND Loctite 703 Product used for degreasing and cleaning parts prior to application of
ACTIVATORS Loctite anaerobic products; after drying, promotes uniform curing of
threadlockers
Loctite 747 Product used specifically for treatment of passive metals prior to use of
slow-cure anaerobic threadlockers (series 5 and 6). Can also be used
to increase cure speed at low temperatures or in applications where
there are large gaps between the parts.
SEALANTS (for faces Loctite 510 Colour: red Super-rapid anaerobic sealant for sealing between rigid metal faces;
and fittings) can eliminate the need for conventional gaskets as it can fill gaps up
to 0.4 mm. Does not shrink and therefore fasteners do not need re-
tightening to specified torque values after curing.
Loctite 542 Colour: Brown Anaerobic product used as a liquid sealant for threaded fittings up to
3/4” gas; rapid curing and parts may be disassembled with ordinary
tools.
Loctite 554 Colour: red Anaerobic sealant and locking compound used for sealing cooling and
industrial fluid circuits. Slow curing, also suitable for use on non-fer-
rous alloys
Loctite 572 Colour: White Anaerobic sealant and locking compound used for sealing pipes and
threaded fittings up to 2” in diameter. Very slow curing on most metal
surfaces.
Loctite 573 Colour: green Thixotropic anaerobic product used for sealing joints between metal
faces. Ensures total contact between surfaces with maximum toler-
ance of 0.10 mm, filling microvoids caused by flatness errors. Very
slow curing on most metal surfaces and requires prior application of an
activator.
Loctite 576 Colour: brown Anaerobic product used as a liquid thread sealant for large diameter
threaded fittings (up to 2”). Very slow curing; also suitable for non-fer-
rous alloys and parts requiring subsequent removal.
INSTANT ADHE- Loctite 401 Colour: colourless Cyanoacrylate instant adhesive suitable for bonding a wide range of
SIVES acidic and porous materials including, ceramics, wood, rubber and
plastic (excluding polyolefin). Curing takes place in a few seconds
as an effect of the condensed humidity present on the surfaces to be
bonded, and is independent of environmental conditions.
Loctite 495 Colour: colourless Cyanoacrylate instant adhesive suitable for bonding a rubber, plastics
and metal in any combination.

0-14

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-14 0-14 7/8/2010 9:06:38 PM

INTRODUCTION

SEALANTS SILI- Silastic 738 (Dow Corning) Colour: milky white One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, non dhrinking, ready for use.
CONE Cures on exposure to air to form a rubbery solid and obviates the need
for conventional seals on flexible joints, filling gaps greater than 1 mm.
Dirko Transparent Colour: transparent One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, shrinking, ready for use. Cures
rapidly when exposed to humidity in the air to form a rubbery solid;
resistant to high temperatures.
SEALANTS Betaseal HV3 (Gurit Essex) Colour: black Polyurethane prepolymer based adhesive/sealant, high viscosity, suit-
POLURETHANE able for permanent, high-strength flexible bonding. Slow curing, used
for bonding glass to frames, wire mesh, metal plates, etc. surfaces
must be degreased with primer.
RETAINING COM- Loctite 601 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic, fast-curing, high-strength adhesive. Suitable for sealing
POUNDS and retaining cylindrical assemblies with gap clearances of up to 0.10
mm; used for retaining rotors, gears, bearings, pulleys, bushes etc. on
shafts.
Loctite 638 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, very high strength; suit-
able for bonding cylindrical parts in non-ferrous alloys.
Loctite 648 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, high-strength; suitable
for bonding cylindrical parts, permanent retention of threaded parts,
sealing of refrigeration systems, retention of bearings, etc. Alternative
to Loctite 601 in high-temperature applications.
Loctite 986/AVX Colour: Fluorescent red Anaerobic sealant/retaining compound for metal cylindrical parts.
Slow-curing, high-strength, heat-resistant and resistant to chemical
attack. Parts must be first treated with an activator.
LUBRICANTS Grease (NLGI 2 EP ASTM D217: 265/295) Multi-purpose Lithium grease used for lubrication of seals, to prevent
oxidization and to facilitate assembly operations.
Molikote (Dow Corning) Anti-wear compound, contains Molybdenum bisulphate, used neat or
diluted with engine oil for assembly of main engine bearings.
Vaseline Neutral pH compound used to protect battery terminals against oxidi-
zation and corrosion.
Engine oil 10W - 30 Used to dilute Molikote anti-wear lubricant during assembly of main
engine bearings.

0-15

0-18

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 0-18 0-18 7/8/2010 9:06:39 PM

10 - TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-1 10-1 7/8/2010 9:06:39 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.1 - ENGINE

10.1.1 - Technical data (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Testing and setting data

Tab.10
NAME INFORMATION SERIES VALUE UNIT
General engine data
Engine weight TD 2012 TCD L04 2V 410 kg
according to DIN 2012
70020-A approx.
Working principle TD 2012 TCD 2V Four-stroke with -
2012 charging
Combustion TD 2012 TCD 2V Diesel direct -
process 2012 injection
Total volume TD 2012 TCD L04 2V 4038 cm3
2012
Bore TD 2012 TCD 2V 101 mm
2012
Stroke TD 2012 TCD 2V 126 mm
2012
Compression ratio TD 2012 TCD 2V 18 -
2012
Direction of rota- looking onto the TD 2012 TCD 2V left -
tion flywheel 2012
Compression TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 -38 bar
pressure 2012
TD 2012 TCD 2V 3000 - 3800 kPa
2012
Ignition sequence TD 2012 TCD L04 2V 1-3-4-2 -
2012
Valve clearance
Valve clearance, in cold engine, TD 2012 TCD 2V 75 °
inlet (oil temperature 2012
< 80 °C), after a
cooling time of at
least 0.5 h
Valve clearance, in cold engine, TD 2012 TCD 120 °
outlet (oil temperature 2012
< 80 °C), after a
cooling time of at
least 0.5 h
Valve clearance Valve overlap TD 2012 TCD 2V - -
setting according to set- 2012
ting scheatic see:
Table T01 63
Rocker arm/bracket
Rocker arm, bore, TD 2012 TCD 2V 21,02 (+0,033 / -0) mm
diameter, outlet 2012
Rocker arm, bore, TD 2012 TCD 2V 21,02 (+0,033 / -0) mm
diameter, inlet 2012

10-2

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-2 10-2 7/8/2010 9:06:39 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

NAME INFORMATION SERIES VALUE UNIT

Rocker arm pin Diameter, fit h9 TD 2012 TCD 2V 21 (+0 / -0,052) mm
2012
Piston
Piston protrusion 1 hole, cylinder TD 2012 TCD 2V 0,33 - 0,55 mm
head gasket, 1.2 2012
mm
Cooling system
Start of thermostat TD 2012 TCD 2V 83 °C
opening 2012
Thermostat stroke TD 2012 TCD 2V at least 8 mm mm
2012
Other components
Tension of V-belt First assembly TD 2012 TCD 2V 650 (+50 / -50) N
(generator / cool- 2012
ant pump)
Tension of V-belt Check after TD 2012 TCD 2V 400 (+50 / -50) N
(generator / cool- running for 15 2012
ant pump) minutes under
load

T00 81
Cylinder and side view
4-cylinder
A = manifold side B = operating side

T01 63 - Setting valve clearance

4-cylinder
Ignition sequence: 1 -3 - 4 - 2
Tab.11
VALVES CYLINDERS
overlap 1 3 4 2
set to 4 2 1 3

Valve overlap means:

Inlet valve starts opening, outlet valve closes.

T01 63 - Setting valve clearance

6-cylinder
Ignition sequence: 1-5-3-6-2-4
Tab.12
VALVES CYLINDERS
overlap 1 5 3 6 2 4
set to 6 2 4 1 5 3

10-3

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-3 10-3 7/8/2010 9:06:39 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Valve overlap means:

Inlet valve starts opening, outlet valve closes.

Tightening specifications
Tab.13
NAME SCREW TYPE NOTES / SERIES PRE-CLAMP- POST-CLAMP-
REMARKS ING VALUE ING VALUE
Clamping Screw Nut TD 2012 TCD 2V 70 Nm
holder on en- 2012
gine mounting
Clamping TD 2012 TCD 2V 90 Nm
bracket on 2012
adapter for as-
sembly block
Cylinder head Observe TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm +80 Nm +90°
on crankcase tightening order. 2012
Oil screws
lightly. Sealing
surfaces oil-free
Screws can be
used a max.
3 times with
written proof,
otherwise
renew every
time they are
loosened.
Rocker arm Assembly note: TD 2012 TCD 2V 21 Nm
bracket on Align rocker 2012
cylinder head arm sym-
metrically to the
valve centre
axes. Cylinder
head screw see
A01
Locking nut TD 2012 TCD 2V 20 Nm
valve clearance 2012
setting screw
Cylinder head M6 TD 2012 TCD 2V 11 Nm
cover on cylin- 2012
der head
Crankcase TD 2012 TCD 2V 21 Nm
breather on 2012
cylinder head
cover
Gear case on M8x35-10.9 Observe tight- TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm
crankcase M8x45-10.9 ening sequence 2012
M8x50-10.9

10-4

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-4 10-4 7/8/2010 9:06:40 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

NAME SCREW TYPE NOTES / SERIES PRE-CLAMP- POST-CLAMP-

REMARKS ING VALUE ING VALUE
Locking cover M8x55-10.9 TD 2012 TCD 2V 21 Nm
on gear case 2012
(hydraulic pump
drive)
Engine shutoff TD 2012 TCD 2V 21 Nm
on crankcase 2012
Control cable Hollow screw TD 2012 TCD 2V 18 Nm
on charge air 2012
pipe/speed
governor
Exhaust pipe at M8 Nut on pin bolt TD 2012 TCD 2V 25 Nm
cylinder head Observe tight- 2012
ening sequence
Turbocharger Nut TD 2012 TCD 4V 20 Nm
on exhaust pipe 2012
Pin bolt Use new pin TD 2012 TCD 2V 8 Nm
bolts Insert 2012
with mounting
compound
Charge air pipe M6x75-10.9 TD 2012 TCD 2V 11 Nm
on cylinder M6x95-10.9 2012
head
Heating flange M8x100-10.9 Tighten diago- TD 2012 TCD 2V 3 Nm 30 Nm
on charge air M8x140-10.9 nally 2012
manifold
Charge air M8x30-10.9 TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm
manifold on M8x95-10.9 2012
charge air pipe
Clamping shoe, TD 2012 TCD 2V 16 Nm
fuel injector on 2012
cylinder head
Injection lines Observe TD 2012 TCD 2V 25 Nm
on injection assembly 2012
pump/fuel specification
injector
Fuel line to fuel Hollow screw TD 2012 TCD 2V 39 Nm
filter console 2012
Fuel line to fuel Hollow screw TD 2012 TCD 2V 49 Nm
supply pump D12 2012
Fuel filter TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm
console on 2012
lubricating oil
cooler housing
Lubricating oil Hollow screw TD 2012 TCD 2V 18 Nm
pipe on exhaust 2012
turbocharger
Lubricating oil Hollow screw TD 2012 TCD 2V 34 Nm
pipe (turbo- 2012
charger) on
crankcase
Pipe clip oil TD 2012 TCD 2V 13 Nm
return and lubri- 2012
cating oil line

10-5

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-5 10-5 7/8/2010 9:06:40 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

NAME SCREW TYPE NOTES / SERIES PRE-CLAMP- POST-CLAMP-

REMARKS ING VALUE ING VALUE
Holding bracket TD 2012 TCD 2V 21 Nm
(oil return) on 2012
crankcase
Oil pressure TD 2012 TCD 2V 40 Nm
switch on oil 2012
cooler housing
Outlet nozzle TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm
on thermostat 2012
housing/fan
console
Coolant pump TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm
on crankcase 2012
Temperature TD 2012 TCD 2V 24 Nm
transmitter on 2012
cylinder head
Fan console on TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm
crankcase 2012
Flywheel on M10x30 TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm +60 ° +30 °
crankshaft 2012
M10x35 Observe TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm +60 ° +60 °
M10x40 tightening 2012
M10x45 sequence. Use
M10x50 new screws. Oil
M10x55 lightly.
M10x60
M10x70
M10x75
M10x80
M10x85
Torsional vibra- M16x1.5 Use new TD 2012 TCD 2V 40 Nm +60 ° +60 °
tion damper/V- screws. Oil 2012
rib belt on lightly.
crankshaft
Pipe union Hollow screw Ring piece pipe TD 2012 TCD 2V 39 Nm
D8 M12x1-5 8mm 2012
Starter on M10x38-10.9 TD 2012 TCD 2V 60 Nm
crankcase Nut M8 2012 40 Nm
Pin bolt 60 Nm
Generator on M8-10.9 M10- TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm 60 Nm
console (V-belt) 10.9 2012
Generator TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm
on clamping 2012
bracket (V-belt)
Clamping TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm
bracket on 2012
crankcase
(V-belt)
Cable connec- Hold hexagon TD 2012 TCD 2V 20 Nm
tion on heating Hold minus pole 2012
flange Ground
cable on minus
pole, heating
flange

10-6

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-6 10-6 7/8/2010 9:06:41 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.1.2 - Engine 2012 components (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Timing belt transmission

View on controls side

1 2 3
17

4
16

15 5

14 6

13 7

12 11 10 9 8

Fig.2
Components:
1. Alternator
2. Oil filler neck
3. Coolant connection compensation pipe
4. Cooling fan pulley
5. Fuel pump
6. Coolant pump
7. Timing belt sprocket on crankshaft
8. Idler pulley
9. Supports
10. Oil sump
11. Oil filler neck
12. Oil filter housing with engine oil coolant
13. Oil dipstick
14. Installation facility for: Compressor or Hydraulic pump
15. Fuel filter cartridge

10-7

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-7 10-7 7/8/2010 9:06:41 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1 2 3
17

4
16

15 5

14 6

13 7

12 11 10 9 8

Fig.2
Oil filter cartridge
16.
17. Motor stop electromagnet

10-8

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-8 10-8 7/8/2010 9:06:42 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Starter motor side view

1 2
10

9
3

6 5

Fig.3
Components:
1. Turbocharger turbine
2. Engine suspension
3. Speed governor
4. Flywheel
5. SAE housing
6. Starter motor
7. Exhaust manifold
8. Coolant inlet
9. Air intake heater (not shown)
10. Coolant outlet thermostat housing

10-9

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-9 10-9 7/8/2010 9:06:42 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

V-belt drive

View on controls side

14 1

13
2

12
3

4
10

8 7 6 5

Fig.4
Components:
1. Turbocharger turbine
2. Air intake heater
3. Cooling fan
4. Alternator
5. V-belt pulley on crankshaft
6. Coolant pump
7. Fuel pump
8. Oil filler neck
9. Oil filter housing with engine oil cooler
10. Oil filter housing with oil filter cartridge
11. Oil dipstick
12. Fuel filter
13. Motor stop electromagnet
14. Oil filler neck

10-10

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-10 10-10 7/8/2010 9:06:42 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Starter motor side view

1
11

10
2

7
3

6 5 4

Fig.5
Components:
1. Engine suspension
2. Speed governor
3. Flywheel
4. SAE housing
5. Oil sump
6. Starter motor
7. Supports
8. Alternator
9. Coolant inlet
10. Exhaust manifold
11. Coolant outlet

10-11

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-11 10-11 7/8/2010 9:06:42 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.2 - TRANSMISSION

10.2.1 - Transmission (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Introduction
● This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised speeds and 4 ranges (20 FWD + 20 REV).
● The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear PTO, which is supplied in the following versions:
❍ 2-speed PTO (540 - 1000)
❍ 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E)
❍ Syncro (groundspeed) PTO supplied with versions in points a and b.
● All PTO versions are mechanical with non sychronised gears and electrohydraulic engagement control, while the Syncro PTO
is engaged by way of a mechanical control.

1 2 3 4 5

D0040540

Fig.6 - Main assemblies

Main assemblies
1. Shuttle unit
2. Hi-Lo unit
3. Main gearbox and range gearbox assembly
4. Differential unit
5. Rear PTO

Description
● The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through the shuttle unit (1), gearbox (2), Hi-Lo unit (3) and
range gearbox (4) to bevel gear pair (5). Drive is then transmitted to final drive reduction units (6) and then to wheels (7).
Between bevel gear pair (5) and final drive reduction unit (6) is installed braking device (8) that acts as the main service brake,
while the parking brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (9).

10-12

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-12 10-12 7/8/2010 9:06:42 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

E V L 5

6
3
N SR
7
2 9
D0040550
4

Fig.7 - Power flow diagram

10-13

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-13 10-13 7/8/2010 9:06:42 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Shuttle unit

6
7

13
D0040570

1 2 12 11 10 9 4 8

Fig.8 - Shuttle unit

Key
1. Flywheel
2. Torsional spring plate
3. Shuttle speed sensor
4. Support
5. Reverse gear drive shaft
6. Forward gear drive shaft
7. Rear PTO drive shaft
8. Reverse drive piston
9. Reverse drive clutch
10. Forward drive clutch
11. Flange
12. Forward drive piston
13. Pulse wheel

10-14

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-14 10-14 7/8/2010 9:06:43 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Hi-Lo unit

3 4 5
1 2

15
14
13
12

11 10 9 8 7 6 D0048170

Fig.9 - Hi-Lo unit

Key
1. Gearbox input shaft
2. Cover
3. Hi speed piston return spring
4. Hi speed clutch cylinder
5. Planet pinion
6. Secondary shaft
7. Hi-Lo unit output shaft
8. Planet carrier
9. Lo speed clutch
10. Lo speed piston
11. Hi speed clutch
12. Hi speed piston
13. Lo speed engagement springs
14. Bearing
15. Nut
16. Cover

10-15

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-15 10-15 7/8/2010 9:06:43 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Gearbox assembly - version with Hi-Lo

4 5

1 2

D0048180

14 13 12 11 10 9

17 16 15

Fig.10 - Gearbox assembly - version with Hi-Lo

Key
1. Reverse gear input shaft
2. Forward gear drive shaft
3. Gearbox support
4. Reverse driving gear
5. Forward driving gear
6. Rear PTO drive shaft
7. Main shaft
8. Hi-Lo unit output shaft
9. Gearbox output shaft

10-16

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-16 10-16 7/8/2010 9:06:43 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

4 5

1 2

D0048180

14 13 12 11 10 9

17 16 15

Fig.10 - Gearbox assembly - version with Hi-Lo

5th speed driven gear
10.
11. 4th-5th speed synchronizer
12. 4th speed driven gear
13. 3rd speed driven gear
14. 2nd-3rd speed synchronizer
15. 2nd speed driven gear
16. 1st speed driven gear
17. 1st speed synchronizer

10-17

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-17 10-17 7/8/2010 9:06:44 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly

1 2

8 7 6 5 D0048410

Fig.13 - Differential unit (1/2)

Side gear
9.
10. Crown wheel

10-22

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-22 10-22 7/8/2010 9:06:44 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

D0048420

Fig.14 - Differential unit (2/2)

Key
1. Spring
2. Spacer
3. Spring pin
4. Spool
5. Differential lock fork
6. Spring
7. Piston

10-23

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-23 10-23 7/8/2010 9:06:44 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Brakes and rear axle assembly

6 7 8 9 10 11

1
2 3 4 5

15 14 13

D0048210

Fig.15 - Brakes and rear axle assembly

Key
1. Half-shaft
2. Dust seal
3. Bearing
4. Oil seal
5. Bearing
6. Crown wheel
7. Brake cylinder
8. Park Brake operating spring
9. Piston
10. Friction disc
11. Steel disc
12. Half-shaft
13. Park Brake engagement piston
14. Flange
15. Planet pinion
16. Planet carrier
17. Brake take-up device

10-24

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-24 10-24 7/8/2010 9:06:44 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.2.2 - Rear PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Description
The rear power take-off allows drive to be transmitted to an implement at a predetermined rotation speed. Rotary drive is taken
directly from the engine and the operator controls engagement of the PTO via the pushbutton on the right-hand side of the driving
position. The 540, 540 ECO, 1000 and 1000 ECO rear PTO speeds are engaged by way of the electrohydraulically operated PTO
clutch, while the Syncro PTO (when present) is engaged by way of a mechanical control. The PTO speed is selected by mechanical
control.
The rear PTO is supplied in 2 versions with two or four rotation speeds:
● 540-1000 PTO
● 540 - 540 ECO - 1000 and 1000 ECO PTO
In addition, a further shaft for the Syncro PTO may be installed. The speed of the Syncro PTO is directly proportional to the rotation
speed of the rear wheels with a fixed ratio between the PTO shaft and wheel speeds.

Power flow diagram

1000 540
D0040900

Fig.16 - 2-speed PTO

NORMAL ECO

1000 540 1000 540

D0048160

Fig.17 - 4-speed PTO

10-25

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-25 10-25 7/8/2010 9:06:45 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

PTO clutch assembly

2 3 4
A
B B 1 5

A- A
A

9 6
10 8 7

B- B D0047860

Fig.18 - PTO clutch assembly

1. Hub
2. PTO clutch
3. Clutch housing
4. Body
5. PTO brake clutch piston
6. PTO brake clutch
7. PTO engagement piston
8. Piston return spring
9. Accumulator cylinder
10. Accumulator spring
11. Accumulator piston
12. Pressure relief valve

Operation
The following is a description of what happens when the PTO is engaged.
● When the operator activates PTO engagement, solenoid valve (1) is energized and the pressurised oil from regulator valve
(2) flows into line A.

10-26

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-26 10-26 7/8/2010 9:06:45 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

● The pressurised oil from regulator valve (2) thus flows into chamber b of accumulator (3).
● As the pressure in chamber b increases, the force exerted by the oil on piston (4) compresses springs (5). The increased
stroke of piston (4) corresponds to an increase in the pressure in chamber b and chamber c of piston (6). For this reason, the
clutch engagement pressure is modulated within the range of 2 to 12 bar. At the same time the oil in passage d is returned to
tank and the pressure acting on piston (7) decreases, thereby allowing the hub (8) to rotate.

5 3 4 b

a 2

7 D0047880

6
Fig.19 - PTO engagement
The following is a description of what happens when the PTO is disengaged.
● The PTO is disengaged by de-energizing solenoid valve (1).
● The pressurised oil in line a is sent to the return circuit through solenoid valve (1).
● As a result of the decrease in pressure in line a, piston (4) is pushed to the right by the force of the springs (5) and spring (9)
pushes piston (6) to the right, thereby returning it to the rest position. At the same time pressurised oil from regulator valve (2)
flows into line d. This causes piston (7) to move to the right, thus activating the PTO brake and stopping rotation of hub (8).

10-27

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-27 10-27 7/8/2010 9:06:45 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

5 4

a 2

7 D0047890

6
Fig.20 - PTO disengagement.

10-28

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-28 10-28 7/8/2010 9:06:45 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.2.3 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

2-speed PTO and Syncro PTO

1 2 3 4

10
D0048430

Fig.21 - 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (1/2)

1. Drive shaft
2. Bearing
3. 1000 PTO driving gear
4. Bearing
5. Cover
6. Bearing
7. 540-1000 PTO output shaft
8. Syncro PTO output shaft
9. Bearing

10-29

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-29 10-29 7/8/2010 9:06:46 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1 2 3 4

10
D0048430

Fig.21 - 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (1/2)

540 PTO driven gear
10.
11. 1000 PTO driven gear
12. Bearing

10-30

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-30 10-30 7/8/2010 9:06:46 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

2 3

4
1 D0048440

Fig.22 - 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (2/2)

1. Selector sleeve
2. Selector fork
3. Speed selector lever
4. Shoe

10-31

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-31 10-31 7/8/2010 9:06:46 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO

7
5 6

9 10
1 2 3 4

16 15 14 13 D0048390

Fig.23 - 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (1/2)

1. PTO input shaft
2. Normal/ECO PTO selector sleeve
3. ECO PTO drive shaft
4. Flange
5. Normal PTO driving gear
6. ECO PTO driving gear
7. Bearing
8. Cover
9. Bearing
10. 540-1000 PTO output shaft
11. Syncro PTO output shaft
12. Bearing
13. 540 PTO driven gear
14. 540/1000 PTO selector sleeve
15. ECO -1000 PTO driven gear
16. Bearing

10-32

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-32 10-32 7/8/2010 9:06:46 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1 2 3
3 4

4
6

5 D0048400

Fig.24 - 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (2/2)

1. Yoke
2. Shoe
3. Normal/ECO PTO selector lever
4. 540/1000 PTO selector lever
5. Shoe
6. Yoke

10-33

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-33 10-33 7/8/2010 9:06:46 PM

10-36

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-36 10-36 7/8/2010 9:06:47 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Pinion, differential and differential lock

1 2 3 4
18
5
19
7 6
23

20
17 8
16 3 9

15 10

11
14
12
D0048730
13

Fig.27 - Pinion, differential and differential lock

1. Axle housing
2. Crown wheel
3. Planet pinion
4. Side gear
5. Differential carrier
6. Differential lock
7. Half-shaft
8. Bearing
9. Bearing
10. Spacer
11. Bearing
12. Oil seal
13. Oil seal
14. Nut
15. Bevel pinion
16. Differential carrier
17. Bearing
18. Side gear
19. Differential carrier
20. Piston
21. Shock absorber spring

10-37

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-37 10-37 7/8/2010 9:06:47 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1 2 3 4
18
5
19
7 6
23

20
17 8
16 3 9

15 10

11
14
12
D0048730
13

Fig.27 - Pinion, differential and differential lock

Return spring
22.
23. Differential lock engagement lever
24. Shoe

10-38

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-38 10-38 7/8/2010 9:06:47 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.4 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

10.4.1 - Hydraulic system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Description
The tractors in this series are equipped with a hydraulic system with two main circuits:
1. Steering, brakes and services circuit.
2. Lift and remote control valve circuit.
Each of these circuits is supplied with oil by a hydraulic gear pump that converts the power supplied by the engine into hydraulic
energy. The oil flow generated by the pumps is sent to the devices that control the distribution of the oil pressure to the actuators,
where the hydraulic energy is converted into mechanical energy.

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
16

A B

17
5

18
4

15
2
21 19
20 1

D0048250

Fig.28 - Hydraulic schematic

Key
1. Suction line filter
2. Steering circuit gear pump
3. Resonator
4. Power steering valve
5. Steering cylinders
6. Pressurized filter
7. Hydraulic reverse shuttle solenoid valves assembly
8. Front brakes pilot valve
9. Park Brake valve

10-39

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-39 10-39 7/8/2010 9:06:48 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
16

A B

17
5

18
4

15
2
21 19
20 1

D0048250

Fig.28 - Hydraulic schematic

Hi-Lo solenoid valves assembly
10.
11. 4WD engagement device
12. Differential lock engagement device
13. Rear PTO clutch
14. Services solenoid valve assembly
15. Lift gear pump
16. Remote control valve
17. Hydraulic lift control valve
18. Lift cylinder
19. Transfer pump
20. Filter
21. Shuttle lubrication

10-40

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-40 10-40 7/8/2010 9:06:48 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Hydraulic diagram

Hydraulic steering, brakes and services system - diagram 1

Fig.29 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services system - diagram 1

Key
1. Suction line filter (90 μm)
2. Hydraulic pump (14 cc/rev)
3. Resonator
4. Power steering valve
5. Steering cylinders
6. Pressure line filter (19 μm - ß>1000)

10-41

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-41 10-41 7/8/2010 9:06:48 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Fig.29 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services system - diagram 1

Pressure limiting valve
7.
8. Services solenoid valve assembly
9. Rear PTO clutch
10. PTO and shuttle shaft lubrication
11. Shuttle solenoid valves assembly
12. Shuttle unit
13. Hydraulic shuttle lubrication
14. Oil cooler
15. Transfer pump
16. Washable filter with metal mesh
17. Front differential locking device

10-42

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-42 10-42 7/8/2010 9:06:48 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Fig.29 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services system - diagram 1

Rear differential locking device
18.
19. Hi-Lo unit
20. 4WD engagement device

10-43

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-43 10-43 7/8/2010 9:06:48 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (standard version)

Fig.30 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (standard version)
Key
1. Front brakes pilot valve
2. Front axle brake
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Master cylinder
5. Non-return valve (check valve)
6. Park Brake accumulator circuit
7. Park Brake valve
8. Rear axle brake

10-44

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-44 10-44 7/8/2010 9:06:48 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (version with hydraulic trailer braking)

Fig.31 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (version with hydraulic trailer braking)
Key
1. Front brakes pilot valve
2. Front axle brake
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Master cylinder
5. Non-return valve (check valve)
6. Park Brake accumulator circuit
7. Park Brake valve
8. Rear axle brake

10-45

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Fig.33 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - version with hydraulic trailer braking
PTO bearing lubrication system
10.

10-49

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-49 10-49 7/8/2010 9:06:49 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram ( version with hydraulic trailer braking and
front lift)

Fig.34 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - version with hydraulic trailer braking and front
lift
Key
1. Suction line filter (90 μm)
2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
3. Hydraulic trailer braking valve
4. Free drain
5. 6-way remote control valve
6. Front lift
7. Damper valve assembly
8. Rate of drop control valve
9. Lift cylinder
10. Hydraulic lift control valve
11. Lift cover
12. Brake discs lubrication
13. PTO bearing lubrication system

10-50

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-50 10-50 7/8/2010 9:06:49 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram ( version with hydraulic trailer braking and
front loader)

Fig.35 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - version with hydraulic trailer braking and front
loader
Key
1. Suction line filter (90 μm)
2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
3. Hydraulic trailer braking valve
4. Front loader control valve
5. 6-way remote control valve
6. Free drain
7. Lift cylinder
8. Hydraulic lift control valve

10-51

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-51 10-51 7/8/2010 9:06:49 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Fig.35 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - version with hydraulic trailer braking and front
loader
Lift cover
9.
10. Brake discs lubrication
11. PTO bearing lubrication system

10-52

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-52 10-52 7/8/2010 9:06:50 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.4.2 - Steering circuit pump - lift circuit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Steering circuit gear pump

D0021760

Fig.36 - Steering circuit gear pump

● Displacement: 14 cc/rev
● Maximum operating pressure: 155 bar

10-53

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-53 10-53 7/8/2010 9:06:50 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Lift circuit gear pump

D0021770

Fig.37 - Lift circuit gear pump

● Displacement: 22.5 cc/rev
● Maximum operating pressure: 190 bar

10-54

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-54 10-54 7/8/2010 9:06:50 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.4.3 - Power steering valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

L R

T P

R
P

D0021680

Fig.38 - Power steering valve

Operation
● The power steering system consists of a control valve with a rotary spool; these components feature hydrostatic operation.
● When the steering wheel is turned, the rotary spool control valve sends the oil from the pump to one side or the other of the
steering cylinder. The rotary spool ensures that that the volume of oil delivered to the cylinder is proportional to the angle
through which the steering wheel is turned.
● In the event of a malfunction of the power steering pump, the rotary spool valve automatically functions as a manual pump to
ensure emergency steering.
Technical characteristics
● Pressure relief valve setting: 150-155 bar
● Displacement: 125 cc/rev

10-55

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-55 10-55 7/8/2010 9:06:50 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.4.4 - Remote control valve - 6-way version (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

2 3 4

6 5 2 3 4 6
1
B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3
T
190 bar RSM
P-Rest. 3

B1 B2 B3 1 1
H.P.C.
9 1

7 P
0 0

A1 A2 A3 2 2 2

1 3
0 1
2
0
2
P-Reg.
P-Rest.

5
8
1

Fig.39 - Remote control valve - 6-way version

Key
1. Flow divider valve
2. Kick-Out section
3. Detent section
4. Float section
5. Pressure relief valve
6. Non-return valve (check valve)
7. Inlet ( P )
8. Single-acting control valve (x2)
9. Outlet ( T )

10-56

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-56 10-56 7/8/2010 9:06:50 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.4.5 - Hydraulic lift control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Hydraulic lift control valve

D D

C C
B B

A A
E
D0047930

Fig.40 - Hydraulic lift control valve – Key to sectional views

10-57

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-57 10-57 7/8/2010 9:06:50 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1 2 3

A- A
P 4 5
6 T1 7

B- B T

A
210 bar
ł1.5

ł1

7
T1
Lift Lower
T T
ł1

6 bar

T
D0047940
5 3
Fig.41 - Hydraulic lift control valve (1/2)
Components
1. Spacer
2. Pilot/enabling valve spring
3. Pilot/enabling valve
4. Enabling valve
5. Enabling valve spring
6. Lift control spool return spring
7. Lift control spool

10-58

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-58 10-58 7/8/2010 9:06:51 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1 2 3 4 5

C- C
A
6 7 8

9 8 3 D-D

A
210 bar
9
ł1.5

ł1

T1
Lift Lower
T T
ł1

6 bar

P
E- E
T D0047950

Fig.42 - Hydraulic lift control valve (2/2)

Components
1. Relief valve
2. Plug
3. Rate of drop control valve spool (Valvematic)
4. Plunger
5. Rate of drop regulator valve spring
6. One-way valve actuator piston
7. Spool
8. Non-return valve (check valve)
9. Inlet valve

Connections
● P - Control valve supply

10-59

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-59 10-59 7/8/2010 9:06:51 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

● T - Drain
● A - Lift control
● T1 - Drain

Function
● The function of the lift control valve is to direct oil pressure to the lifting cylinder, thereby allowing the implement to be raised
and lowered.
● It contains the following valves:
❍ Check valve (1)
❍ Rate of drop control valve (Valvematic) (2)
❍ Inlet valve (3)
❍ Enabling valve (4)
❍ Pilot/enabling valve (5)
❍ Relief valve (6)

1
6
2

4 D0032350

Fig.43 - Lift control valve

Operation
When the lift control is in neutral position
● The pressurised oil from pump (1) flows to line a. As all the passages are closed, the pressure increases and when the force
exerted on enabling valve (2) overcomes that of spring (3), valve (2) shifts to the right to allow oil to flow to tank.

10-60

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-60 10-60 7/8/2010 9:06:51 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

2 3 D0032360

Fig.44 - Operation in neutral position

When the lift is lowered
● When spool (4) is shifted to the right, lift lowering begins; this can be divided into two stages:
STAGE 1
● When spool (4) is shifted to the right, this connects:
❍ line b with line c thereby allowing piston (6) to move to the right.
❍ line d with discharge line h thus enabling a reduction in the pressure in line e.

10-61

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-61 10-61 7/8/2010 9:06:51 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

6 e

c
b
d
4

2 D0032370

Fig.45 - Operation in ‘lower’ position - Stage 1

STAGE 2
● As piston (6) moves to the right, ball (7) is also shifted to the right, thereby connecting chamber m of check valve (8) with line e.
Consequently the pressure in chamber m decreases and the force exerted on piston (6) by the pressure in chamber n pushes
valve (8) to the right to connect line p with line e, thereby allowing the oil to flow and the lift to be be lowered. The regulator
valve (9) controls the rate of drop; when it shifts downwards, it limits the flow of oil between port t and line p.

10-62

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-62 10-62 7/8/2010 9:06:52 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

t n 6 e 7 8

D0032380

Fig.46 - Operation in ‘lower’ position - Stage 2

When the lift is raised
● When spool (4) is shifted to the left, this opens the connecting passages between lines b and d, f and g, a and e. When the
force exerted by the pressure in line e overcomes the pressure in chamber m, valve (8) is shifted to the right and oil can flow
into line p and from there, through valve (9), to port t and lifting cylinder (10). To increase the lifting speed, i.e. the flow of oil
to lifting cylinder (10), a one-way valve (11) is installed in parallel with spool (4); this ensures that oil is only supplied during
the lifting stage.

10-63

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-63 10-63 7/8/2010 9:06:52 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

t e 8

10 m

b
9 4
p
d
11 f

g
a

D0032390

Fig.47 - Operation in ‘raise’ position

10-64

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-64 10-64 7/8/2010 9:06:52 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.4.6 - Braking system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Description
The braking system is composed of 4 braking devices (1 for each wheel) operated by two hydraulic master cylinders with mechanical
control.
When the brake pedals are latched together, all the braking systems are operated simultaneously on all 4 wheels (front and back).
When the brake pedals are operated separately (latch disengaged), only the rear brakes are applied, with each pedal operating the
brake on the corresponding side of the tractor (right pedal - right brake, left pedal - left brake).
The front braking devices are operated simultaneously and independently by the brake pedal pressed (only one or both) thanks to
the pilot valve that intercepts the oil from both master cylinders selecting the circuit with the higher pressure value as the pilot circuit.
The pilot valve thus directs oil from the hydraulic services circuit to the front brakes, modulating the pressure according to the pilot
pressure from the brake master cylinders. In contrast, the rear braking devices are each operated by a separate master cylinder,
thereby allowing the operator to brake on one side only and thus reduce the steering radius.

1 2 3 4 5

Fig.48 - Braking system diagram

1. Front axle
2. Master cylinder for Rh brakes
3. Master cylinder for Lh brakes
4. Pilot valve for front brakes
5. Rear axle

10-65

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-65 10-65 7/8/2010 9:06:52 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Servo-brake valve for front axle

R N

N
R
B’1 Z Z

B1 B2

B2 T’
B’2 TB T

Fig.49 - Servo-brake valve for front axle

Connections
● Port R - Valve supply
● Port N - Drain
● Port T - To front axle brakes
● Port B1 - Pilot valve
● Port B2 - Pilot valve

10-66

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-66 10-66 7/8/2010 9:06:52 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.4.7 - Trailer braking valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

ITALY version

Function
The trailer braking valve is fitted when hydraulic trailer braking is required.

Operation

P
Y

B N LS 4

D0048740

Fig.50 - Trailer braking valve - ITALY version

Valve control lever in position “1”
● When lever (1) is in position “1” (valve activated) and the brake pedals are not pressed, there is a pressure of 12.5 bar (181.3
psi) available at port B.
● This pressure is supplied constantly to the trailer to release the parking brake. In this condition, the pressure detected by
pressure switch (2) is higher than the pressure setting and consequently indicator light (3) on the instrument panel is switched
off.
● When the operator engages the parking brake, solenoid valve (4) is energised. The pressure at port B is thus eliminated and
pressure switch (2), on detecting the lack of pressure, illuminates indicator light (3) on the instrument panel.
● The pressure at port B is directly proportional to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
Valve control lever in position “O”
● When lever (1) is in position “O” (valve deactivated), there is no pressure at port B. As a result, pressure switch (2) detects the
lack of pressure and illuminates indicator light (3) on the instrument panel. In this condition, the pressure at port B remains null
regardless of the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.

10-67

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-67 10-67 7/8/2010 9:06:52 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Y
N

E B

Y
LIFT

E B
TRAILER BRAKE
T
D0048300

Fig.51 - Connections
Connections
● P - Supply to valve
● N - To remote control valve
● B - To trailer brake
● T - Drain
● Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system
● E - Parking brake pressure switch

Technical characteristics
● Maximum operating pressure at port N: 220 bar
● Minimum constant pressure at port B: 12.5±2.5 bar
● Maximum pressure at port B: 130±10 bar
● Oil supply flow rate: 20 to130 l/min

EXPORT version

Function
The trailer braking valve is fitted when hydraulic trailer braking is required.

10-68

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-68 10-68 7/8/2010 9:06:53 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Operation

B N

D0021820

Fig.52 - Trailer braking valve - EXPORT version

● When the brakes are not applied there is no pressure at port B.
● When the operator applies the tractor brakes, the pressure in the circuit pilots the braking valve and the pressure at port B
increases proportionally to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.

Y1
P T
P Y1

N Y2
N B
Y2
B

D0021830

Fig.53 - Connections
Connections
● P - Supply to valve
● N - To remote control valve
● B - To trailer brake
● T - Drain
● Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system

Technical characteristics
● Maximum operating pressure at port N: 200 bar
● Minimum constant pressure at port B: 0 bar

10-69

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-69 10-69 7/8/2010 9:06:53 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

● Maximum pressure at port B: 130 to150 bar

● Oil supply flow rate: 20 to 80 l/min

10-70

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-70 10-70 7/8/2010 9:06:53 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.4.8 - Park Brake system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Introduction
The Park Brake system is a braking device with three main functions:
1. parking brake
2. service brake
3. emergency brake

Park Brake - right-hand side view

Fig.54 - Right-hand side view

Components
1. Pressure holding valve
2. Non-return valve (check valve)
3. Hydraulic accumulator (vol = 0.16 litres, precharge pressure = 10 ± 0.5 bar, maximum operating pressure = 20 bar)
4. Park Brake valve
5. Rear brake assembly
6. Hydraulic pump

10-71

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-71 10-71 7/8/2010 9:06:53 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Park Brake - left-hand side view

Fig.55 - Left-hand side view

Components
1. Hydraulic pump
2. Park Brake valve
3. Rear brake assembly

Main characteristics
The Park Brake offers the following advantages over a conventional parking brake:
● it is designed to meet the requirements of future standards
● it satisfies the need for enhanced braking capacity created by the increase in travel speeds
● it significantly reduces the amount energy required for vehicle motion as it eliminates the oil-immersed discs of a conventional
parking brake
● increased brake disc clearance and take-up device for the service brake piston
● adoption of a front axle servo valve to increase the overall braking capacity

Operation
The Park Brake system is based on a dual function braking device:
● negative parking brake

10-72

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-72 10-72 7/8/2010 9:06:54 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

● service brake

Negative parking brake

The negative parking brake is applied when hydraulic pressure is removed from the braking device by moving lever (1) from position
“0” to position “1”. In the absence of hydraulic pressure, piston (2) is pushed to the right under the force exerted by Belleville springs
(3). Piston (2) thus pushes device brake piston (4) to the right, forcing friction discs (5) against counter discs (6), thereby generating
the braking force. The braking force of the parking brake is directly proportional to the force exerted by the Belleville springs.

Fig.56 - Operation of the parking brake (1/2)

To release the parking brake, the operator needs to move lever (1) from position “1” to position “0”, thereby sending oil under pressure
into chamber PB and moving piston (2) to the left. This eliminates the force exerted on piston (4), leaving friction discs (5) free to
rotate.

10-73

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-73 10-73 7/8/2010 9:06:54 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Fig.57 - Operation of the parking brake (2/2)

NOTE

In an emergency, such as a failure of the tractor braking system with consequent loss of service brake operation (as a
result of a lack of hydraulic pressure or a malfunction of the braking system itself), the operator can apply the tractor
parking brake, modulating the braking force using the Park Brake lever.

Note

In the event of tractor malfunction, the parking brake can be applied manually by operating the emergency pump
located on the Park Brake valve. This forces pressurised oil into the parking brake circuit thereby braking the
tractor.

Service brake
The service brake is always active, but is only effective when the Park Brake system is deactivated (i.e. when pressurised oil flows
into chamber PB and piston (2) is shifted to the left). In this case, the oil pressure, modulated by the operator using the brake pedal
and master cylinders (7), is directed into chamber PF. Parking brake piston (4) is thus pushed to the right, forcing friction discs (5)
against counter disks (6), thereby generating a braking force proportional to brake pedal travel.

10-74

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-74 10-74 7/8/2010 9:06:54 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Fig.58 - Service brake

10-75

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-75 10-75 7/8/2010 9:06:55 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.4.9 - Park Brake valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Description

2 3 1
B

R
4
D0048870
B’

Fig.59 - Park Brake valve

Components
1. Operating lever
2. Emergency pump
3. Parking brake indicator light switch
4. Outlet for 15 bar pressure switch

Connections
● R - Supply pressure: M16 x 1.5 - ISO 6149
● N - Drain (immersed): M16 x 1.5 - ISO 6149
● B - Parking brake control (spring operated): M16 x 1.5 - ISO 6149
● B’ - Pressure switch (15 bar): M12 x 1.75

10-76

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-76 10-76 7/8/2010 9:06:55 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.4.10 - Services solenoid valves assembly - Pressure holding valves (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)

Services solenoid valve assembly

5
E C D
D C B A E

T T T T
P P P P
H

T
4 3 2 1

5
H

T 2
1 3 4

D0040660

Fig.60 - Services solenoid valve assembly

Components
1. 4WD control solenoid valve
2. PTO engagement solenoid valve
3. Differential lock engagement solenoid valve
4. Hi-Lo control solenoid valve
5. Pressure switch (11 bar)

10-77

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-77 10-77 7/8/2010 9:06:55 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Connections
● H - Oil supply (from pressure holding valves)
● T - Drain
● A - To rear PTO clutch
● B - To rear PTO brake clutch
● C - To differential lock engagement device

Pressure holding valves assembly

6 B

2
3

5 C C

B A A-A

5 6
P C
C1 L

4 21 bar 12 bar 5 bar

1
P1
2 D0047950

C-C
H

1 T
B-B 3 4 D0048280

Fig.61 - Pressure holding valves assembly

Components
1. Non-return valve (check valve)
2. Services circuit supply pressure control valve
3. Cooler by-pass valve
4. Lubrication pressure control valve
5. Pressure control valve test point
6. Cooler by-pass valve pressure test point

10-78

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-78 10-78 7/8/2010 9:06:55 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

C1 P1
L

P C
C1 L

21 bar 12 bar 5 bar

P1
T
D0047950

D0048290

Fig.62 - Pressure holding valves assembly

Connections
● P1 - Oil supply
● T - Drain
● H - Services solenoid valve supply
● L - To lubrication
● C1 - To cooler

10-79

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-79 10-79 7/8/2010 9:06:56 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

10.4.11 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

4 4

3
5

2 6
1
2

7 8 9
6
AV RM

4 2

2 S2 3 1 S1
L

P T1 LI
1
D0047990
T

Fig.63 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly (1/2)

Components
1. Accumulator
2. Pressure switch (4 bar)
3. Solenoid-operated proportional valve
4. Reverse gear solenoid valve
5. Forward gear solenoid valve
6. Forward gear pressure test point
7. Reverse gear pressure test point
8. Shuttle lubrication pressure test point
9. Temperature sensor

10-80

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-80 10-80 7/8/2010 9:06:56 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

LI T

X L

RM
P
D0047980
View X

Fig.64 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly (2/2)

Connections
● P - Supply
● T - Drain
● LI - Shuttle lubrication
● RM - To reverse drive clutch
● AV - To forward drive clutch
● L - Lubrication supply
● TA - Drain

10-81

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-81 10-81 7/8/2010 9:06:56 PM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

10-82

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 10-82 10-82 7/8/2010 9:06:56 PM

20 - CALIBRATIONS AND
ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSIS

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-1 20-1 7/8/2010 9:06:56 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.1 - DIAGNOSTIC INSTRUMENT

20.1.1 - All Round Tester (ART®) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Description
To facilitate the operations of fault diagnosis, putting the vehicle into service and testing electrical components of the
engine and lift, the technician is provided with a test instrument called All Round Tester (hereinafter ART®). Using the
ART® the technician can:
● display errors (faults) that have occurred;
● calibrate the sensors;
● display data detected by the electronic control units (e.g. status of the sensors) managing the systems.
Data is exchanged between the ART® and the ECUs by way of a diagnostic socket incorporated in the combine wiring. The ART® is
supplied with a number of different interface cables, which are to be selected in accordance with the type of vehicle and the methods
described in the relative workshop manual or in the CD supplied with the tester.

Description of the kit

the ART® is supplied to authorised service centres in a case
containing:
● Case, complete (P/N 5.9030.730.6/30) 1
9
❍ 1 - All Round Tester (P/N 5.9030.730.0) 8
7 2
❍ 2 - Diagnostic cable for BOSCH EHR4 rear hydraulic lift -
Diagnosis and programming cable of electronic regulator,
original type - Diagnostic cable for SBA system, original
type (P/N 5.9030.681.3/10)
❍ 3 - Adapter cable for radar connector (P/N 5.9030.681.7) 6 5 4 3 F0057690

❍ 4 - Adapter cable for wheel speed sensor connector (P/N

5.9030.681.5)
❍ 5 - Cable for diagnostic socket (P/N 5.9030.681.4) (As
from 01/01/06 the cable has been modified to allow the
ART® to connect to all control units. Contact the Technical
Assistance Service for further information)
❍ 6 - Adapter cable for diagnosis socket on armrest (P/N
0.011.6178.4)
❍ 7 - Cable for connection to diagnosis socket in engine,
gearbox, and lift ECUs zone (P/N 0.011.5445.4)
❍ 8 - EPROM port box (P/N 0.010.2154.2)
❍ 9 - CD ROM (P/N 307.1056.8/60)
*

Notes on use
The ART® is protected against battery polarity inversion and positive and negative over voltages of brief duration (1 msec). Do not
attempt to connect the ART® to any sockets other than those specifically designed for use with the tester and do not use extension
leads. The display is permanently backlit to ensure visibility on all light conditions. The knob on the side of the tester allows contrast
adjustment. If the display appears blank, it is possible that the contrast knob is positioned in such a way that the data are not visible

20-2

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-2 20-2 7/8/2010 9:06:56 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

on the screen. The tester operates correctly at temperatures between 0 and 40°C; it is advisable to switch the tester off every 30
minutes to help prolong its service life. Before disconnecting the ART® from the diagnostic socket, turn the starter key to the “O”
(OFF) position.

Description of the tester

The ART® comprises:
1. Liquid crystal display featuring permanent backlighting
2. 16-key alphanumeric keypad
4
3. Contrast adjustment knob. Serves to adjust the contrast of
the display. If the display appears blank, it is possible that the 5
contrast knob is positioned in such a way that the data are not
visible on the screen.
4. Parallel port (used to connect the ART® to systems with electronic 1
control units that do not have microprocessors).
5. Serial port (used to connect the ART® to systems with electronic
3
control units incorporating microprocessors).

F0057700

General notes on connecting and powering up the Tester

1 To connect the tester to the vehicle’s electronic system, proceed as follows:
2 Switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch;
3 Connect the ART® to a diagnostic;
4 Insert the key in the starter switch and turn it to “I” (ON).

20-3

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-3 20-3 7/8/2010 9:06:57 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

5 On power up, the ART® will display the battery charge level test.
If the voltage is below 10V, the ART® will not have sufficient
voltage to connect to the ECUs, while voltages in excess of
15V could damage the ART®. After a few seconds, the tester
will attempt to connect to the electronic system and will display
a screen (which may vary according to the vehicle type or the
connector to which it is connected) from which the technician
can choose to connect to an ECU and test the operation of
components.

Selection of the display language

1 The ART® has the possibility to display information in a number of different languages (factory setting: ITALIAN). To change
the display language, proceed as follows.
2 Switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch
3 Connect the ART® to a diagnostic socket
4 While holding pressed key A on the keypad, turn the starter key to “I” (ON).
5 Enter the password 1 2 3 F.

20-4

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-4 20-4 7/8/2010 9:06:57 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

6 Press “1 - Language SEL.”.

7 Press “C to change” and then the key corresponding to the

desired language. In the example above, key “2 - ENGLISH” was
pressed to select English.
Press “E EXIT” twice to quit
Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and disconnect the ART® from
the diagnostic socket.

Serial ports configuration

1 The vehicle electronic systems to which the ART® can be connected differ from one another and utilize different pinouts at
the diagnostic socket.
For this reason, the serial ports must first be configured so as to guarantee full compatibility of the ART® with all SAME
electronic systems.
To change the configuration of the serial ports, proceed as follows.
2 Switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch
3 Connect the ART® to a diagnostic socket
4 While holding pressed key A on the keypad, turn the starter key to “I” (ON)

20-5

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-5 20-5 7/8/2010 9:06:58 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

5 Enter the password 1 2 3 F.

6 Press “2 - Serial Ports”.

7 Enable all the serial ports by pressing “1 - Port Enable” seven

times.
Press “E EXIT” twice to quit.
Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and disconnect the ART® from
the diagnostic socket.

20-6

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-6 20-6 7/8/2010 9:06:58 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.1.2 - Connecting the tester to the tractor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1 WARNING

Before connecting the ART(r), switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch.

2 Connect cable (1) (code 5.9030.861.4) to the ART® (2) (code

5.9030.730.0).
Plug connector (3) into the connector located inside the instrument
panel on the left-hand side.
Check that wiring connector (3) is properly connected.

3 Insert the key in the starter switch and turn it to “I” (ON) to switch on the test meter.
4 On power up, the ART(r) will perform the battery level test and T E S T
then display the following screen: M E N U

1 - C L U S T E R
2 – S M A R T L E V E R

C H O O S E _

5 The technician should now press the key corresponding to the ECU to be tested.
6 WARNING

Do not start the engine unless this is required for subsequent operations.

20-7

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-7 20-7 7/8/2010 9:06:58 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.1.3 - All-Round Tester Manual - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Menu organisation
Tab.14
MAIN MENU MENU SUBMENU OPERATION PARAGRAPH
Main menu Monitors I/O Analog input 20-10
Digital input
Input frequencies
Power supplies
Outputs
Transmission
CAN
Statistics
Parameters Options Hi-Lo 20-15
Clutches FWD start end
REV start end
FWD Tfill
REV Tfill
Calibrations Pedal 20-17
Shuttle Automatic
Manual
Comfort
Alarms TCU active alarms 20-23
TCU passive alarms
Cancelling TCU
Active engine alarms
Passive engine alarms
Tests Solenoid valves 20-23
Engine Monitor 20-28
Tests
Params

20-8

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-8 20-8 7/8/2010 9:06:59 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Presentation screen
The presentation screen displays the following preliminary information
about the electronic control unit:
● Software version
● Software date of issue
● Transmission model

If the transmission ECU has not yet been put into service, the
configuration will not be permanent.

Main Menu
After the presentation screen, the test meter displays the main menu,
which contains the following options:
● 1. Monitors: allows you to monitor the operation of all the
sensors
● Parameters: allows you to set the tractor operating parameters
● Calibrations: allows you to perform automatic and manual
calibration procedures
● Alarms: displays all active and passive alarms
● Tests: allows you to test operation of the various actuators

20-9

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-9 20-9 7/8/2010 9:06:59 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.1.4 - All-Round Tester Manual - Monitor Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
This menu contains the parameters used for control of the tractor.
● 1. I/O (Input/Output)
● 2. Transmission
● 3. CAN
● 4. Statistics

I/O (Input/Output)
This submenu contains the input data received by the ECU and the
status of the outputs.

20-10

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-10 20-10 7/8/2010 9:07:00 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Analog inputs
This menu displays the analog sensors managed by the ECU. The
following parameters are displayed:
● ClutchPedal: Clutch pedal potentiometer (Volts)
● TempOil: Transmission oil temperature (Volt)
● Seat: Seat sensor (Volts)
● SmartWheel: Smart wheel selector (optional)

Digital inputs
This menu displays the digital sensors managed by the ECU. The
following parameters are displayed:
● ComfClutch: Comfort Clutch button (ON / OFF)
● ClutchSwitch: Clutch pedal travel limit switch (ON / OFF)
● Lever neutral: Lever neutral position switch (ON / OFF)
● Lever forward: Lever forward position switch (ON / OFF)
● Lever reverse: Lever reverse position switch (ON / OFF)
● Seat: Seat sensor switch (ON / OFF)
● Prx 4Bar Svp: Pressure switch downstream of Svp (ON / OFF)
● Prx 11Bar Svp: Services pressure switch (ON / OFF)

20-11

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-11 20-11 7/8/2010 9:07:00 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Input frequencies
This menu displays the speed sensors controlled by the ECU. The
following parameters are displayed:
● Shuttle: Frequency of shuttle output shaft speed sensor, the sign
determines the direction of rotation (Hz)
● Wheels: Frequency of wheel speed sensor (Hz)

Power supplies
This menu displays the power inputs and outputs of the ECU. The
following parameters are displayed:
● 12V: 12 Volt power from starter keyswitch (Volts)
● 5V: 5Volt power output from ECU (Volts)

20-12

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-12 20-12 7/8/2010 9:07:00 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Outputs
This menu displays the statuses of the outputs of the ECU. The following
parameters are displayed:
● Control: Status of solenoid valve control (ON / OFF)
● Current: Current draw of solenoid valve (mA)

Transmission
This menu contains all the information relative to the operating status of
the transmission. The following parameters are displayed:
● DesDir : Direction desired (N – F or R)
● Real: Actual direction (N – F or R)
● PedalPos.: Clutch pedal position (%)
● SvF: Status of Forward solenoid valve (ON / OFF)
● SvR: Status of Reverse solenoid valve (ON / OFF)
● SvP Curr: Svp current draw (mA)
● PrxSvp: Svp pressure status (ON / OFF)
● Engine: Engine speed (rpm)
● Shuttle: Shuttle speed (rpm)
● Wheels: Tractor speed (km/h)
● Ratio: Engaged gear ratio (n°)
● Oil Temp.: Transmission oil temperature (°C)

20-13

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-13 20-13 7/8/2010 9:07:00 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

CAN
This menus summarises the information relative to the status of the
CanBus. The following parameters are displayed:
● Can-Instrument: Status of “CAN” communication with on-board
instrument panel (ON / OFF)
● Can-engine: Status of “CAN” communication with engine ECU
(ON / OFF)

20-14

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-14 20-14 7/8/2010 9:07:01 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.1.5 - All-Round Tester Manual - Parameters Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
This menu contains all the optional equipment of the tractor and the
clutch parameters.
● Options
● Clutches

Options
In this menu you can enable/disable the various items of optional
equipment installed on the tractor. The following parameters are
displayed:
● Hi-Lo: Hi-Lo status (0= function deactivated; 1=function
activated
● Smart Wheel: Smart Wheel status (0= function deactivated;
1=function activated

20-15

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

From this submenu you can perform automatic clutch calibration

procedure. The following parameters are displayed:
● Oil Temp.: Transmission oil temperature (°C)
● EngineRpm: Engine speed (rpm)
● Peak curr.: Peak current (mA)
● Engag. end Curr.: Clutch engagement end current (mA)
● Correct: Compensation applied at temperatures other than 40°C
(mA)

Manual
in this menu you can manually calibrate tractor and clutch operating
parameters.
● FWD/Rev balance
● Shuttle response
● Shuttle acceleration
● Position of the pedal at start of clutch modulation
● Comfort

20-19

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-19 20-19 7/8/2010 9:07:02 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

FWD/Rev balance
In this submenu you can compensate for a difference in the behaviour
of the forward and reverse clutches. The following parameters are
displayed:
● Key [D] : Increases responsiveness of the Forward clutch
● Key [C] : Decreases responsiveness of the Forward clutch
● Key [7]: Increases responsiveness of the Reverse clutch
● Key [A]: Decreases responsiveness of the Reverse clutch

Shuttle response
In this submenu you can alter the responsiveness of the shuttle. The
following parameters are displayed:
● Key [7]: Makes the shuttle more responsive
● Key [A]: Makes the shuttle less responsive

Accelerat: Inv.
In this submenu you can alter the speed at which travel direction
inversion is effected. The following parameters are displayed:
● Key [7]: Makes direction inversion faster
● Key [A]: Makes direction inversion more gradual

20-20

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-20 20-20 7/8/2010 9:07:02 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Pedal release
From this submenu you can alter the pedal position at which clutch
modulation starts. The ART displays the following menu:
● Key [7]: Raises the clutch pedal release point
● Key [A]: Lowers the clutch pedal release point

NOTE

The “Pedal Release” parameter can also assume

negative values. To enter negative numbers, proceed
as follows:

● Press [7] to edit the “Pedal Release” parameter

● The following screen appears:

● Press [B] “Toggle + -” to change the sign of the value entered

● Set the desired value, press [E] and press [C] to confirm.

20-21

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-21 20-21 7/8/2010 9:07:02 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Comfort P A R A M C O N F O R T
In this menu you can alter the comfort parameters associated with the = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
various manoeuvres. The following parameters are displayed: = = = = P a r t e n z a = = = =
1 - P r o n t e z z a 4 0 0
● Response: determines the initial response of the clutches in the
2 - A c c e l e r a z 5 0 0
various manoeuvres, in the stage immediately subsequent to the
= = = I n v e r s i o n e = = =
clutch fill time.
3 - P r o n t e z z a 4 2 0
● Accelerat: Determines the speed at which the tractor performs 4 - A c c e l e r a z 7 5 0
the various manoeuvres. = = C a m b i o M a r c i a = =
5 - P r o n t e z z a 4 0 0
6 - A c c e l e r a z 1 2 0 0

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
[ E ] U s c i t a

20-22

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-22 20-22 7/8/2010 9:07:03 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.1.7 - All-Round Tester Manual - Alarms Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
From the Alarms menu you can check all the active and passive alarms
recorded by the TCU, and also cancel passive alarms.
● TCU active alarms
● TCU passive alarms
● Cancelling
● Active engine alarms
● Passive engine alarms

TCU active alarms

In this submenu you can display all the active alarms detected by the
TCU. The following parameters are displayed:
● #: alarm code displayed on the instrument (T#).
● SPN: Number identifying the device at fault (Suspect Parameter
Number).
● FMI: The cause of the fault (Failure Mode Identifier).
● Cnt: Number of times the fault has occurred.

20-23

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-23 20-23 7/8/2010 9:07:03 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Press [D] to obtain a brief description (in English) of the SPN value.

Press [D] again to obtain a brief description of the FMI value.

Press [D] again to obtain the engine run hours (or instrument run hours
for Euro 2 engines) at which the alarm was activated.

20-24

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-24 20-24 7/8/2010 9:07:03 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Press [D] again to return to the initial alarms display screen.

TCU passive alarms

In this submenu you can display all the passive alarms detected by the
TCU. The following parameters are displayed:
● #: Alarm code displayed on the instrument (T#).
● SPN: Number identifying the device at fault (Suspect Parameter
Number).
● FMI: The cause of the fault (Failure Mode Identifier).
● Cnt: Number of times the fault has occurred.

NOTE

It is also possible by pressing [D] to obtain brief details in English for passive alarms including the SPN, FMI, and the
engine run hours at which the alarm last occurred.

Cancelling
From the Cancellation menu you can cancel all the passive alarms of
TCU.
● Cancelling TCU passive alarms
● Cancelling engine passive alarms

20-25

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Accel. pedal
From this submenu you can calibrate the accelerator pedal and the
hand throttle.

After having released the accelerator pedal and pressed [C]:

20-32

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-32 20-32 7/8/2010 9:07:05 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Hand Throttle
From this submenu you can calibrate the accelerator pedal and the
hand throttle.

After having pushed the hand throttle lever forward and pressed [C]:

20-33

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-33 20-33 7/8/2010 9:07:05 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.2 - INTRODUCTION TO THE TRACTOR’S ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20.2.1 - Electronic system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

The tractors in this series are equipped with electronic control units for the management of various tractor functions. Each control unit
is dedicated to the management of one or more systems.
The ECUs are interconnected by the CANBUS network.
The ECUs are able to run self-diagnostics and also detect and store the faults (alarms) for the components to which they are
connected.
All alarms are also sent via the CANBUS network to appear on a display on the console so they can be seen by the tractor
operator.
The tractor’s electronics includes a socket for ECU calibration, diagnostics and programming; by connecting the All Round Tester
® (ART®) or a laptop computer (with the SERDIA diagnostic software installed) to these sockets, the technician can program the
tractor’s operating characteristics in accordance with the available options (front PTO, etc.), test the operation of the sensors and
pushbutton controls, calibrate the sensors and troubleshoot the system.
By connecting the ART® to the shuttle ECU, the technician can display the active and passive alarms on all the ECUs
The engine ECU and shuttle ECU alarms are managed by the shuttle ECU with two numerical codes designated the SPN (Suspect
Parameter Number i.e. possible faulty device) and the FMI (Failure Mode Identifier).
Through these codes and descriptive messages, the technician can troubleshoot the system and, using the options in the test and
monitor menu screens, test the operation of system components.
The engine system can also be diagnosed with the SERDIA software, which enables the technician to check the operation of engine
components and display engine ECU alarms.

20-34

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-34 20-34 7/8/2010 9:07:06 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.2.2 - CANBUS System (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

The CANBUS network is a communication system that allows information to be exchanged between two or more electronic control
units in the form of “digital messages”. These are suitably encoded information that are transmitted over the network and used by
other control units.
CANBUS messages contain information regarding solenoid current absorption, engine speed and the state of pressure switches and
buttons, among others.
This makes it possible to control a larger number of systems with a smaller number of sensors than in traditional systems, thus
simplifying the wiring and facilitating troubleshooting.
Each control unit is programmed so that it only reads the data pertinent to the operation of the system that it manages, ignoring all
other information.
On the tractors in this series, the CANBUS interconnects the following control units:
- shuttle ECU
- engine ECU
- instrument panel

Fig.65 - Tractor CANBUS line

Key
1. Shuttle lever
2. Engine ECU
3. CANBUS diagnostic socket
4. Instrument panel

The CANBUS physically consists of a twisted pair of wires, designated CAN H and CAN L, on which the digital messages are
transmitted.
The digital messages are generated by a “differential” voltage system that provides a high degree of immunity to any electromagnetic

20-35

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-35 20-35 7/8/2010 9:07:06 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

interference from ambient sources.

The CANBUS wires interconnect the smart lever and the instrument panel, thus forming the basic network to which all other ECUs
are then connected.
The smart lever and on-board computer can be designated “termination” control units (i.e. they form the “terminations” of the network).
Both these control units are connected via the CANBUS wires to a 120 Ohm resistor.
The totality of the network has thus a total resistance of 60 Ohm generated by the two 120 Ohm resistances connected in parallel.

20-36

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-36 20-36 7/8/2010 9:07:06 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.2.3 - Engine ECU (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

The engine ECU is responsible for supervising the operation of the engine; to do this, it receives commands given by the operator via
the hand throttle, accelerator pedal or the engine speed memory key, then, in accordance with other signals received from the engine
speed sensor (pick up), coolant temperature, fuel temperature and turbocharging pressure sensors, it sends a modulated voltage
signal (PWM) to the fuel injection pumps actuator.
The engine ECU also controls the preheating system, and depending on the coolant and fuel temperatures, actuates the preheating
relay to enable better starting even in extreme conditions.
By connecting the ART® to the diagnostic socket located in the fusebox compartment, the technician can connect to the shuttle ECU
(SMART LEVER) and check whether there are any active or passive alarm conditions related to the engine.
For more in-depth troubleshooting or testing of engine operation, the technician should connect a portable computer loaded with
SERDIA software to the diagnostic socket.

MX1

MX2

MX1 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 1 7 1 8 19 23 24 25 4 MX2 2 1 14 15 17 18 20 23 24 25 12 13

F6 F18 F17
10A
5A

7.5

+30 +15

+15

1 2 2 1 1 2 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 21 15 14 8 13 17 2 3
4
3
2
1

freq
t

pos pos

B37 B43 B40 Y3 B48 X18 X21 X19 D0049120

3K 5K
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Fig.66 - Engine ECU

Key
1. Instrument panel
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor

20-37

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-37 20-37 7/8/2010 9:07:06 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

MX1

MX2

MX1 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 1 7 1 8 19 23 24 25 4 MX2 2 1 14 15 17 18 20 23 24 25 12 13

F6 F18 F17
10A
5A

7.5

+30 +15

+15

1 2 2 1 1 2 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 21 15 14 8 13 17 2 3
4
3
2
1

freq
t

pos pos

B37 B43 B40 Y3 B48 X18 X21 X19 D0049120

3K 5K
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Fig.66 - Engine ECU

Hand throttle position sensor
3.
4. Engine speed memory button
5. Turbine air temperature/pressure sensor
6. Actuator
7. Camshaft speed sensor
8. Engine coolant temperature sensor
9. Fuel temperature sensor

20-38

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-38 20-38 7/8/2010 9:07:07 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.2.4 - Shuttle ECU (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

The function of the shuttle ECU is to supervise the correct operation of the hydraulic shuttle and the Hi-Lo system.

Hydraulic shuttle electronic control system

The hydraulic shuttle system has the task of managing engagement and disengagement of the clutch and to invert the gear input
shaft movement automatically according to the commands sent by the operator. The ECU receives the drive direction signal from
the operator control and, in accordance with the signals from the engine speed sensor and the wheel speed sensor, activates a
proportional solenoid valve and a 3-position solenoid valve to engage the selected drive direction automatically. Alternatively the
operator can modulate start-up by pressing the clutch pedal and overriding the automatic control. The ECU signals information
regarding the operation of the system and any malfunctions on a display on the instrument panel.

REVERSE SPEED SENSOR

12 13 14

FA ILURE
OI L TEMPERA TURE

COMFO RT CLUTCH

EV ON-OFF FRONT

-
WHEEL SPEED
CLUTCH PEDAL
SEA T SENSOR

CLUTCH PEDAL
DIG. CLUTCH S.

PRESS. SWITCH
freq

+
freq

-
EV REVERSE

EV REVERSE
PROGRAM

EV PROP

EV PROP
pos

+15V
+30

+30

+5V
-31

-31
3 2 1 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 15 14 13 12 9 8 7 5 4 2 1
X56 2 1 X57 2 4 1
X55 X54
2 1

11
t

X58
10
1
P

X59

9
2 1

X60
8
2 1
P

X63
2 1

7
X62
2 1

6
X61
1 2 3 4

X74 1 2 3 4 3 2
1
X20 1 2 3 X27 3K 21 14 15 8 22 13 5K
freq.
+12/30

+12/30
+12V

GND

GND
WHEEL SPEED

GND3 GND4 F17 F7 F6

7.5A
10A
F

4 3 2 +15

+30 1
D0048720

Fig.67 - Operation of the shuttle ECU

Key
1. Instrument panel
2. Operator present sensor
3. Hi/Lo gear lever

20-39

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-39 20-39 7/8/2010 9:07:07 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

REVERSE SPEED SENSOR

12 13 14

FA ILURE
OI L TEMPERA TURE

COMFO RT CLUTCH

EV ON-OFF FRONT

-
WHEEL SPEED
CLUTCH PEDAL
SEA T SENSOR

CLUTCH PEDAL
DIG. CLUTCH S.

PRESS. SWITCH
freq

+
freq

-
EV REVERSE

EV REVERSE
PROGRAM

EV PROP

EV PROP
pos

+15V
+30

+30

+5V
-31

-31
3 2 1 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 15 14 13 12 9 8 7 5 4 2 1
X56 2 1 X57 2 4 1
X55 X54
2 1

11
t

X58
10
1
P

X59

9
2 1

X60
8
2 1
P

X63
2 1

7
X62
2 1

6
X61
1 2 3 4

X74 1 2 3 4 3 2
1
X20 1 2 3 X27 3K 21 14 15 8 22 13 5K
freq.
+12/30

+12/30
+12V

GND

GND
WHEEL SPEED

GND3 GND4 F17 F7 F6

7.5A
10A
F

4 3 2 +15

+30 1
D0048720

Fig.67 - Operation of the shuttle ECU

Wheel speed sensor
4.
5. Clutch pedal switch
6. Reverse gear selection solenoid
7. Solenoid-operated proportional valve
8. PALL filter clogging sensor
9. Forward gear selection solenoid
10. Clutch oil pressure switch
11. Oil temperature sensor
12. Engine speed sensor
13. Shuttle sensor
14. Clutch pedal position sensor
15. Shuttle lever

20-40

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-40 20-40 7/8/2010 9:07:07 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3 - PUTTING THE TRACTOR INTO SERVICE

20.3.1 - Introduction to commissioning the tractor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

All the information required to restore correct operation of all electronic systems on the tractor is provided by the commissioning
procedure. Whenever an electronic control unit of the tractor is changed or a calibration-sensitive electronic component replaced,
the tractor must be recomissioned. The necessary procedures must be carried out by a skilled technician, who must follow the
instructions in the manual precisely.

20-41

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-41 20-41 7/8/2010 9:07:07 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.2 - Renewal of the instrument panel - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Each time the instrument panel is renewed, the technician must perform the following operations:
Tab.15
TITLE CONNECTION TO THE LINK
Programming the type of tractor 20-43
Setting the wheels constant 20-45
Setting the speed units of measurement 20-48

The purpose of identifying the type of tractor and setting the wheels constant is to inform the control unit of the parameters it must use
to display correct information. To perform the configuration, connect the ART to the connector on the left-hand side of the instrument
panel, then select the instrument panel (CLUSTER) from the “AVAILABLE TESTS” menu and proceed as described.

20-42

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-42 20-42 7/8/2010 9:07:07 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.3 - Renewal of the instrument panel - Setting the tractor type (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
1 From the presentation screen, press “E” to access the MAIN MENU.
2 From the main menu, press “2 - CALIBRATION” to access the
PARAMETERS MENU.

3 From the parameters menu, press “1 - PARAMETERS” on the

ART.

20-43

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-43 20-43 7/8/2010 9:07:07 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

4 From the calibration menu, press “3 – CONFIGUR.” .

5 Enter the parameter value corresponding to the tractor to be configured.

Tab.16
PARAMETER VERSION
16 85 and 100 hp with Hi-Lo
17 85 and 100 hp without Hi-Lo
18 110 hp with Hi-Lo

6 Press “E” to save the value and “C” to confirm and return to the
main menu.

20-44

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-44 20-44 7/8/2010 9:07:08 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.4 - Renewal of the instrument panel - Setting the wheels constant (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
1 From the presentation screen, press “E” to access the MAIN MENU.
2 From the main menu, press “2 - CALIBRATION” to access the
PARAMETERS MENU.

3 From the parameters menu, press “1 - PARAMETERS” on the

ART .

20-45

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-45 20-45 7/8/2010 9:07:08 PM

set speed conversion factors

20.3.7 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Initialisation of the ECU (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Initialisation of the ECU

1 IMPORTANT

This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed.

2 From the main menu, press “0” twice to enable password entry.

3 Enter the sequence “1-2-3-4-5-6”, then press “E” to return to the

main menu.

20-51

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-51 20-51 7/8/2010 9:07:09 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

4 Press key “C” to access the menu “Initialisation”.

5 Press “1” to start the ECU initialization procedure.

6 Press “C” to continue or “E” to abort the operation.

WARNING

If you continue with the procedure, all data in

memory will be overwritten with the default
values and the ECU will have to be completely
reprogrammed.

20-52

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-52 20-52 7/8/2010 9:07:09 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

7 On completion of the procedure, press “E” to return to the main

menu and proceed with the “line end programming” operation
starting from point 5.

20-53

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-53 20-53 7/8/2010 9:07:10 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.8 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Line end programming (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Line end programming

1 IMPORTANT

This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed but only after the initialization
procedure has been carried out.

2 From the main menu, press “0” twice to enable password entry.

3 Enter the sequence “1-2-3-4-5-6”, then press “E” to return to the

main menu.

20-54

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-54 20-54 7/8/2010 9:07:10 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

4 Press key “C” to access the menu “Initialisation”.

5 Press “2” to start the “line end programming” procedure.

6 Press “C” to start the procedure or press “E” to abort it.

20-55

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-55 20-55 7/8/2010 9:07:10 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

7 As soon as line end programming is activated, the engine

selection page appears on the ART.
If commissioning is carried out on a complete machine (rather
than just a cab) the control unit can identify the type of engine
installed. The identified engine type will therefore be proposed
and the operator can simply confirm the type by pressing [E]. If
the configuration is not correct, or if no configuration is proposed,
the operator can in any case modify the configuration by pressing
[1] and choosing the engine type from among those proposed.

8 Press “1” to access the “TRANSMISSION TYPE” menu

9 Enter the value corresponding to the type of transmission installed

on the tractor, then press “C” and “E” to continue.

IMPORTANT

17 Release the clutch pedal and press “A” to save the value.
Press “E” to proceed with the programming of the ECU.

18 If the clutch pedal travel limit switch is operated when key “A” is
pressed, the ECU will display an error message.
Press “A” to save the value and continue with the calibration.

20-59

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-59 20-59 7/8/2010 9:07:12 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

19 Press “1” to access the menu “1-Hi-Lo”.

20 Enter the value corresponding to the tractor configuration, then

press “E” to confirm the parameter.

IMPORTANT

If you enter the wrong value by mistake, press

“D” to cancel the operation.

Tab.19
VALUE CONFIGURATION
0 Hi-Lo absent
1 Hi-Lo present

21 Press “C” to confirm the configuration or press “A” to cancel the

operation and return to the “OPTIONS” menu in order to repeat
the procedure from point 12 onwards.

20-60

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-60 20-60 7/8/2010 9:07:12 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

22 If the procedure was successful, a screen confirming the

configuration will be displayed.
Press “E” to return to the main menu.
Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then back to “I” (ON) and
proceed with calibration of the shuttle clutches.

NOTE

At the end of the procedure, alarm T10 is

displayed prompting the technician to perform
clutch calibration.

20-61

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-61 20-61 7/8/2010 9:07:12 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.9 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Notes on the clutch calibration procedure
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
The shuttle clutch must be calibrated by the technician in the following cases:
● a - After renewal of one or both shuttle clutches
● b - After renewing the clutch engage control proportional solenoid valve
● c - After the clutch has bedded in (in the case of new or revised tractors) or after years of use, if the clutch or automatic
direction change (without the use of the clutch pedal) is too sudden or slow.
● d - Whenever the shuttle ECU is renewed.
● e - When the line programming procedure is carried out
● f - On appearance of the transmission alarm T10 - Shuttle clutches not calibrated
The technician has the choice of three calibration procedures.
● Automatic calibration, in which the control unit independently sets the characteristic parameters for clutches engagement.
● Manual calibration, where the technician can alter the parameter settings and thus create a personalised clutch engagement
curve to obtain a smoother, more comfortable response from the tractor during travel direction changes.
● Editing the “COMFORT” parameters, where the technician can adjust tractor behaviour, the comfort settings and speed at
which manoeuvres are performed to suit personal requirements.
Depending the status of the tractor, the technician can decide to perform just one of the three calibration procedures.
The table below provides guidelines for the procedures to carry out according to the type of fault encountered.
Tab.20
AUTOMATIC CALI- MANUAL CALIBRA- EDITING COMFORT
BRATION TION PARAMETERS
Alarm T10 X
Renewal of the instrument panel X
Renewal of mechanical/hydraulic assembly X
Renewal of the solenoid-operated proportional valve X
Asymmetric behaviour (one good clutch, one poor clutch) X
Irregular behaviour (both clutches too sharp or too slow) X
Customisation of shuttle behaviour X

20-62

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-62 20-62 7/8/2010 9:07:13 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.10 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Automatic calibration of the shuttle clutches
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1 IMPORTANT

This procedure should only be carried out if the technician finds during a test drive that shuttle clutch
engagement is either too sudden or too slow when moving off from stationary or during direction changes
without using the clutch pedal.

2 Start the engine and bring the transmission oil level to approximately 40°C.
3 Park the tractor on a flat tarmac surface with at least 5 metres free front clearance, and perform the following operations.
● Put the shuttle lever in neutral.
● Select 2nd gear in the fast range (hare symbol) .
● If the Hi-Lo unit is present: select HI speed (hare symbol).
4 From the main menu, press “3” to access the CALIBRATION
MENU .

5 From the “CALIBRATION” menu, press key “2” to access the

menu “CALIBRATE SHUTTLE” .

20-63

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-63 20-63 7/8/2010 9:07:13 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

6 From the “SETTING” menu, press “1” to access the automatic

clutch calibration menu.

7 Press any key on ART. Select the travel direction to be calibrated

(for example FORWARD).

8 The tractor moves forward intermittently and the values shown

on screen change until the optimal values are found. When
the calibration procedure is complete, the message “CALIB.
TERMINATED” is displayed. If you wish to repeat the procedure,
return the shuttle lever to neutral and then move it back to the
travel direction selected previously. To save the values obtained
during calibration, press “E”.

20-64

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-64 20-64 7/8/2010 9:07:13 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

9 Press “C” to save the data or press A” to quit without saving.

Repeat the calibration procedure from point 5 to point 8 for
the other travel direction, then test the results by carrying out
manoeuvres using the shuttle. If the result is not satisfactory,
proceed with the manual calibration of the shuttle clutches.

20-65

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-65 20-65 7/8/2010 9:07:14 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.11 - Renewal of the shuttle control unit - Manual calibration of the shuttle clutches
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Procedure for manual calibration of the shuttle clutches

1 Start the engine and bring the transmission oil temperature to approximately 40°C.
2 Park the tractor on a flat tarmac surface with at least 5 metres free front clearance, and perform the following operations.
● Put the shuttle lever in neutral.
● Take the engine revs to 1500 rpm.
● Select 2nd gear in the fast range (hare symbol).
● If the Hi-Lo unit is present: select HI speed (hare symbol).

Notes on how to edit parameter settings during manual calibration

1 When the technician performs automatic clutch calibration, the control unit calculates the operating parameter values by
applying an algorithm to define the ideal conditions. In some cases, these parameters, even if correct from a hydraulic or
mechanical point of view, make the tractor response too sudden when the clutch is engaged. In this case, the technician
should first attempt to define the type of response by performing, in automatic mode (i.e. without using the clutch pedal),
several direction changes and standing starts in both directions and at various engine speeds (e.g. 1000, 1500, 2000 and max
rpm) and in calibration conditions (for details, see calibration procedures).
The possible responses are:
● Different response when changing between forward and reverse travel (balancing):
when changing direction from forward to reverse the tractor behaves differently than when changing from reverse to
forward.
● Direction change too sudden (or too slow) (response): the tractor engages the direction requested by the technician
too abruptly and the tractor starts moving suddenly rather than gradually (like suddenly taking your foot off the clutch
in a car).
● Direction change too slow (or too fast) (acceleration): the tractor engages the direction requested by the Technician but
takes too long to execute the command - no abrupt movements.

Procedure for manual calibration of the shuttle clutches

1 IMPORTANT

This procedure should only be carried out if the technician finds, during a test drive, that shuttle clutch
engagement is either too sudden or too slow when moving off from stationary or during direction changes
without using the clutch pedal.

2 Start the engine and bring the transmission oil temperature to approximately 40°C.
3 Park the tractor on a flat tarmac surface with at least 50 metres free front clearance, and perform the following operations.
● Put the shuttle lever in neutral.
● Select 2nd gear in the fast range.
● If the Hi-Lo unit is present: select HI speed (hare symbol).

20-66

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-66 20-66 7/8/2010 9:07:14 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

4 From the main menu, press key “3” to access the “CALIBRATION”
menu.

5 From the “CALIBRATION” menu, press key “2” to access the

“CALIBRATE SHUTTLE” menu.

6 From the “SHUTTLE CALIBRATION” menu, press “2” to access

the clutch manual calibration menu.

20-67

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-67 20-67 7/8/2010 9:07:14 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

7 To balance the response to forward and reverse direction

changes.
Press “1” to access the “FWD/REV BALANCE” menu

8 Press “C” or “D” to increase or reduce shuttle response speed

when shifting from reverse to forward, or press “A” or “7” to
increase or reduce shuttle response speed when shifting from
forward to reverse. Press “E” to continue.

9 Press “F” to save the data or “A” to quit without saving.

20-68

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-68 20-68 7/8/2010 9:07:15 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

10 To alter the speed of response to direction change requests

IMPORTANT

The “RESPONSE” parameter regulates the

characteristics of the initial stage of direction
change manoeuvres. This parameter can be
adjusted to eliminate any grabbing in shuttle
clutches operation or the sensation that the
clutches have failed to engage.

Press “2” to access the “SHUTTLE RESPONSE” menu

11 Press “7” or “A” to increase or reduce shuttle response speed.

IMPORTANT

This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed.

2 From the presentation screen, press “E” to access the MAIN

MENU.

3 Press “3” to access the calibrations menu.

20-74

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-74 20-74 7/8/2010 9:07:16 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

4 Press “1” to access the clutch pedal menu.

5 Fully depress the clutch pedal and press “B” to save the value in
the memory.

6 If the clutch pedal travel limit switch is not operated when key “B”
is pressed, the ECU will display an error message.
Press “B” to memorise the data and continue with calibration.

20-75

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-75 20-75 7/8/2010 9:07:17 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

7 Release the pedal and press “A” to save the value.

Press “E” to proceed with the programming of the ECU.

8 If the clutch pedal travel limit switch is operated when key “A” is
pressed, the ECU will display an error message.
Press “A” to save the value and continue with the calibration.

20-76

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-76 20-76 7/8/2010 9:07:17 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.14 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
The engine ECU is supplied as a replacement part in two versions:
● ECU with software but without DATASET; provide the engine serial number indicated on the name plate of the control unit
plate and the engine data plate.
● ECU with software and with DATASET.
The DATASET is the complete set of engine data that is specific to the engine serial number.
If an engine control unit without DATASET is ordered, before changing the control unit, it is necessary to read all the engine data
(DATASET) from the old control unit and save them to a file, which is subsequently to be loaded onto the new control unit. In this
case no calibration is required.
If the ECU is faulty and it is not possible to read the complete DATASET, it will be necessary to order an ECU with DATASET (provide
the engine serial number indicated on the name plate of the control unit plate and the engine data plate) or, if you already have an
ECU without DATASET, request SAT to supply the DATASET for the engine in question.
In this case it will only be necessary carry out the procedures to set the engine operating hours and calibrate the accelerator pedal
and hand throttle.

NOTE

The accelerator pedal and hand throttle calibration procedures can be carried out using the ART connected to the
shuttle ECU.

20-77

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-77 20-77 7/8/2010 9:07:17 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.15 - Renewal of the engine control unit - Reading and saving DATASET (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
1 Connect the laptop computer with the SERDIA program installed.
2 Turn the starter key to “I” (ON) and launch the SERDIA program.
3 From the “PARAMETER” menu, select the option “OVERALL
PROGRAMMING”.

4 Click on “ECU -\> file” and save the data to a floppy disk or to the
computer hard disk (c:\; d:\).

5 note

Make certain that the file has been saved.

Files are named automatically in the following
way: 0044444.hex where the digits “44444”
correspond to the engine serial number. If the
filename is not generated automatically, write the
name you wish to assign to recognise the file in
the space provided.

20-78

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-78 20-78 7/8/2010 9:07:17 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.16 - Renewal of the engine control unit - Programming the control unit with DATASET
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1 Connect the laptop computer with the SERDIA program installed.
2 Turn the starter key to “I” (ON) and launch the SERDIA program.
3 From the “PARAMETER” menu, select the option “OVERALL
PROGRAMMING”.

4 Click on “PROGRAMMING” and select the file saved previously,

or procured from Technical Assistance.

20-79

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-79 20-79 7/8/2010 9:07:18 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

5 After reading the file, click “OK” to continue.

6 At the end of the procedure, press “Close” to interrupt.

20-80

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-80 20-80 7/8/2010 9:07:18 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.17 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Calibration of the accelerator pedal (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
1 To carry out this operation, connect the ART to the connector on the left side of the instrument panel, select the shuttle ECU
(SMART LEVER) from the “AVAILABL TESTS “ menu and follow the instructions.

DANGER

The clutch pedal calibration operation must be carried out with the engine off, the main gear and range gear
levers in neutral and the parking brake applied.

IMPORTANT

This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed.

2 From the MAIN MENU, press 6 - Engine

3 Press 3 - Params.

20-81

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-81 20-81 7/8/2010 9:07:19 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

4 Press 1 - Accel. pedal.

5 With the accelerator pedal released, press “C” to confirm the

parameter.

6 Fully depress the accelerator pedal and, when the value has
stabilised, press “C” to confirm the parameter and terminate the
calibration procedure.
Release the accelerator pedal and, when the value has stabilised,
press “C” to confirm the parameter and terminate the calibration
procedure.

20-82

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-82 20-82 7/8/2010 9:07:19 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.3.18 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Calibration of the hand throttle lever (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
1 To carry out this operation, connect the ART to the connector on the left side of the instrument panel, select the shuttle ECU
(SMART LEVER) from the “AVAILABL TESTS “ menu and follow the instructions.

DANGER

The clutch pedal calibration operation must be carried out with the engine off, the main gear and range gear
levers in neutral and the parking brake applied.

IMPORTANT

This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed.

PANEL UNIT
M84 The ECU detects that the power supply to the engine turbo- Engine 20-105
charger sensor is either absent or incorrect.
M86 The ECU has detected that its internal temperature is too high. Engine 20-96
M87 The ECU detects that atmospheric pressure is outside the Engine 20-93
permissible limits.
M9 The ECU has detected that the coolant temperature reading is Engine 20-93
either absent or incongruous.
M90 The ECU has detected a discrepancy in the parameters writ- Engine 20-105
ten to the EEPROM memory.
M93 The ECU has detected a Stack Overflow error during the Engine 20-104
execution of a program.
M94 The ECU has detected an internal error. Engine 20-105
T08 The control unit signals that the gearbox type configuration is Hydraulic 20-135
incorrect shuttle
T100 The control unit detects that the direction selection solenoid Hydraulic 20-136
valves have been inverted. shuttle
T101 The control unit detects a data transmission error on the Hydraulic 20-136
CANBUS. shuttle
T102 The control unit detects a data transmission error on the Hydraulic 20-137
CANBUS. shuttle
T103 The control unit detects that the information concerning the Hydraulic 20-114
engine speed signal has not been transmitted on the CANBUS shuttle
line.
T11 The control unit indicates that the accelerator pedal and hand Hydraulic 20-135
throttle are not calibrated. shuttle
T12 The control unit indicates that the transmission oil temperature Hydraulic 20-115
sensor is disconnected or shorting to battery positive. shuttle
T13 The control unit detects that the transmission oil temperature Hydraulic 20-115
sensor is shorting to ground. shuttle
T141 The control unit signals that the ECU has detected that the Hydraulic 20-108
accelerator pedal position sensor is disconnected. shuttle
T142 The control unit signals that the ECU has detected that the Hydraulic 20-119
hand throttle position sensor is disconnected. shuttle
T143 The control unit detects total absence of CANBUS signals Hydraulic 20-138
from the engine. shuttle
T15 The control unit detects that the operator presence sensor Hydraulic 20-120
(seat sensor) is disconnected or shorting to ground. shuttle
T16 The control unit detects that the operator presence sensor Hydraulic 20-120
(seat sensor) is shorting to battery positive. shuttle
T17 The control unit detects that the operator presence sensor Hydraulic 20-120
(seat sensor) is faulty. shuttle
T18 The control unit detects that the status of the services circuit Hydraulic 20-110
alarm pressure switch does not correspond to the tractor shuttle
operating status.
T19 The control unit detects that the proportional valve pressure Hydraulic 20-108
switch is faulty or shorting to ground. shuttle
T20 The control unit detects that the proportional valve pressure Hydraulic 20-108
switch is faulty or disconnected shuttle
T24 The control unit detects that the shuttle clutches are slipping.Hydraulic 20-127
shuttle
T47 The control unit detects that the wheel speed sensor is discon- Hydraulic 20-117
nected. shuttle

20-86

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-86 20-86 7/8/2010 9:07:20 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

CODE ON INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION CONTROL HEADING

PANEL UNIT
T48 The control unit detects that the wheel speed sensor is short- Hydraulic 20-117
ing to battery positive. shuttle
T50 The control unit detects that the shuttle speed sensor is Hydraulic 20-111
disconnected. shuttle
T51 The control unit detects that the wheel speed sensor is short- Hydraulic 20-111
ing to ground or to battery positive. shuttle
T52 The control unit detects a conflict between the wheel speed Hydraulic 20-111
sensor signal and the shuttle solenoid valves status. shuttle
T64 The control unit detects a conflict in the information received Hydraulic 20-123
from the clutch pedal position sensor and the clutch pedal shuttle
depressed sensor concerning the effective position of the
clutch pedal.
T65 The control unit detects that the clutch pedal position sensor is Hydraulic 20-123
disconnected or shorting to ground. shuttle
T66 The control unit detects that the clutch pedal position sensor is Hydraulic 20-123
shorting to battery positive. shuttle
T67 The control unit detects a problem with the 5V power supply to Hydraulic 20-120
the clutch pedal position sensor and the operator seat sensor. shuttle
T70 The control unit detects that the clutch pedal position sensor is Hydraulic 20-123
not correctly calibrated. shuttle
T73 The control unit detects that the clutch disengagement button Hydraulic 20-126
(comfort clutch) is shorting to ground (equivalent to the button shuttle
being continuously pressed).
T76 The control unit detects that the shuttle proportional solenoid Hydraulic 20-128
valve is disconnected shuttle
T77 The control unit detects a short to ground in the control line of Hydraulic 20-128
the shuttle proportional solenoid valve. shuttle
T79 The control unit detects that the forward travel solenoid valve Hydraulic 20-130
is disconnected. shuttle
T80 The control unit detects a short to ground in the control line of Hydraulic 20-130
the forward travel solenoid valve. shuttle
T82 The control unit detects that the reverse travel solenoid valve Hydraulic 20-132
is disconnected shuttle
T83 The control unit detects a short to ground in the control line of Hydraulic 20-132
the reverse travel solenoid valve. shuttle
T85 The control unit detects that the shuttle joystick is faulty. Hydraulic 20-127
shuttle
T93 The control unit detects the power supply is absent. Hydraulic 20-114
shuttle
T94 The control unit detects a short to battery positive in the con- Hydraulic 20-128
trol line of the shuttle proportional solenoid valve. shuttle
T95 The control unit detects a short to battery positive in the con- Hydraulic 20-130
trol line of the forward travel solenoid valve. shuttle
T96 The control unit detects a short to battery positive in the con- Hydraulic 20-132
trol line of the reverse travel solenoid valve. shuttle
T99 The control unit has detected an error during control unit Hydraulic 20-135
configuration. shuttle

20-87

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-87 20-87 7/8/2010 9:07:20 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.4.2 - Engine alarms

Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 91 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Alarm SPN 91 - FMI 2

Description
● The engine ECU has detected that the connection to the accelerator pedal position sensor is not present or short-circuiting.
Test
● Check that the contacts on ECU connector “MX2” and connector “X19” are not loose or corroded.
● Check that the power supply to the accelerator position sensor is correct (approx. 5Vdc between pin 1 (positive) and pin 2
(negative) of connector “X19” ).
● With connector “MX2” disconnected from the engine ECU, check that there is electrical continuity between pin 4 of connector
“X19” and pin 24 of connector “MX2”.
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “MX2” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin
4 of connector “X19” and to the cab earth and and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading:
infinity).
● With connector “MX2” connected to the engine ECU and the starter key in position “I” (ON), connect a test meter to pin 4 of
connector “X19” and to the cab earth and check that the voltage is zero (test meter reading : 0V).
● Check that the resistance of the accelerator position sensor is correct (for technical details, see “Wiring diagrams”).

Fig.68

20-88

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-88 20-88 7/8/2010 9:07:21 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Alarm SPN 91 - FMI 11

Description
● The engine ECU has detected a failed connection with the accelerator pedal position sensor or a signal outside the valid
range.
Test
● Check that the contacts on ECU connector “MX2” and connector “X19” are not loose or corroded.
● Check that the resistance of the accelerator position sensor is correct (for technical details, see “Wiring diagrams”).
● Check that the power supply to the accelerator position sensor is correct (approx. 5Vdc between pin 1 (positive) and pin 2
(negative) of connector “X19” ).
● With connector “MX2” disconnected from the engine ECU, check that there is electrical continuity between pin 4 of connector
“X19” and pin 24 of connector “MX2”.
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position, connect a test meter to pin 4 of connector “X19” and to the cab earth and and
test the resistance to check for shorting to earth (test meter reading: infinity).
● With connector “MX2” connected to the engine ECU and the starter key in position “I” (ON), connect a test meter to pin 4 of
connector “X19” and to the cab earth and check that the voltage is zero (test meter reading : 0V).

Fig.69

20-89

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-89 20-89 7/8/2010 9:07:21 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 102 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Alarm SPN 102 - FMI 2

Description
● The engine ECU has detected that the engine boost pressure signal is either nonexistent or unreliable.
Test
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 1 of connector “B48” and pin 23 of connector “MX1”.
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 2 of connector “B48” and pin 24 of connector “MX1”.
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 3 of connector “B48” and pin 25 of connector “MX1”.
● Check that the sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● Check that the power supply to the sensor is correct (approx. 5Vdc between pin 3 (positive) and pin 1 (negative) of connector
“B48” ).
● With connector “MX1” disconnected from the engine ECU and the starter key in position “I” (ON), connect a test meter to pin
4 of connector “B48” and to the engine earth and check that the voltage is zero (test meter reading : 0V).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 4 of connector “B48” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).

Fig.70

20-90

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-90 20-90 7/8/2010 9:07:21 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 105 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Alarm SPN 105 - FMI 0

Description
● The engine ECU has detected that boost air temperature has exceeded the alarm threshold.
Test
● Check with the Serdia that the parameter “521 CharAirTempWarn” is correct.
● Check that the sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 4 of connector “B48” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).

Fig.71

Alarm SPN 105 - FMI 0

Description
● The engine ECU has detected that boost air temperature has exceeded the alarm threshold.
Test
● Check that the coolant level is within the normal limits.
● Check with the Serdia that the parameter “525 CharAirTempEcy” is correct.
● Check that the sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 1 of connector “B48” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).

20-91

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-91 20-91 7/8/2010 9:07:21 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.72

Alarm SPN 105 - FMI 2

Description
● The engine ECU has detected that the engine boost air temperature signal is either nonexistent or unreliable.
Test
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 1 of connector “B48” and pin 23 of connector “MX1”.
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 2 of connector “B48” and pin 4 of connector “MX1”.
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 3 of connector “B48” and pin 25 of connector “MX1”.
● Check that the sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”)
● Check that the power supply to the sensor is correct (approx. 5Vdc between pin 3 (positive) and pin 1 (negative) of connector
“B48” ).
● With connector “MX1” disconnected from the engine ECU and the starter key in position “I” (ON), connect a test meter to pin
2 of connector “B48” and to the engine earth and check that the voltage is zero (test meter reading : 0V).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “B48” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).

20-92

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-92 20-92 7/8/2010 9:07:21 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.73

Engine ECU alarms - ART code SPN 108 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Alarm SPN 108 - FMI 12 - Serdia Code 087

Description
● The engine control unit detects that atmospheric pressure is outside the permissible limits.
Inspection
● Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and wait a few minutes. Turn the key back to “I” (ON) and check that the alarm does not
reoccur.
● If the alarm is repeated, contact the TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE SERVICE.

Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 110 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Alarm SPN 110 - FMI 0

Description
● The engine ECU has detected that the coolant temperature has risen above the alarm threshold.
Test
● Check with the Serdia that the parameter “510 CoolantTempWarn” is correct (normal value: 113 °C).
● Check that the sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 1 of connector “B43” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).

20-93

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-93 20-93 7/8/2010 9:07:22 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.74

Alarm SPN 110 - FMI 0

Description
● The engine ECU has detected that the coolant temperature has risen above the alarm threshold.
Test
● Check that the coolant level is within the normal limits.
● Check with the Serdia that the parameter “514 CoolantTempEcy” normal value: 130 °C) is correct.
● Check that the sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 1 of connector “B43” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).

20-94

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-94 20-94 7/8/2010 9:07:22 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.75

Alarm SPN 110 - FMI 2

Description
● The engine ECU has detected that the coolant temperature signal is either nonexistent or unreliable.
Test
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 1 of connector “B43” and pin 9 of connector “MX1”.
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 2 of connector “B43” and pin 8 of connector “MX1”.
● Check that the temperature sensor is functioning correctly using an external infrared thermometer and comparing the reading
with that of the engine ECU.
● Check that the coolant level is within the normal limits.
● Check with the Serdia that the parameters “510 CoolantTempWarn” (normal value: 113 °C) and “514 CoolantTempEcy” (normal
value: 130 °C) are correct.
● Check that the sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see “Wiring diagrams”)
● With connector “MX1” disconnected from the engine ECU and the starter key in position “I” (ON), connect a test meter to pin
1 of connector “B43” and to the engine earth and check that the voltage is zero (test meter reading : 0V).
● With connector “MX1” disconnected from the engine ECU and the starter key in position “I” (ON), connect a test meter to pin
2 of connector “B43” and to the engine earth and check that the voltage is zero (test meter reading : 0V).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 1 of connector “B43” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).

20-95

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-95 20-95 7/8/2010 9:07:22 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “B43” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).

Fig.76

Engine ECU alarms - ART code SPN 171 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Alarm SPN 171 - FMI 12

Description
● The engine control unit detects that its internal temperature is too high.
Inspection
● Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and wait a few minutes for the engine to cool down. Turn the key back to “I” (ON) and check
that the alarm does not reoccur.
● If the alarm is repeated, contact the TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE SERVICE.

Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 174 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Alarm SPN 174 - FMI 0

Description
● The engine ECU has detected that fuel temperature has exceeded the alarm threshold.
Test

20-96

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-96 20-96 7/8/2010 9:07:22 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

● Check that the sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 1 of connector “B43” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).

Fig.77

Alarm SPN 174 - FMI 2

Description
● The engine ECU has detected that the fuel temperature signal is either nonexistent or unreliable.
Test
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 1 of connector “B37” and pin 5 of connector “MX1”.
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 2 of connector “B37” and pin 8 of connector “MX1”.
● Check that the sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”)
● With connector “MX1” disconnected from the engine ECU and the starter key in position “I” (ON), connect a test meter to pin
1 of connector “B37” and to the engine earth and check that the voltage is zero (test meter reading : 0V).
● With connector “MX1” disconnected from the engine ECU and the starter key in position “I” (ON), connect a test meter to pin
2 of connector “B37” and to the engine earth and check that the voltage is zero (test meter reading : 0V).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 1 of connector “B37” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “B37” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).

20-97

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-97 20-97 7/8/2010 9:07:22 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.78

Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 190 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Alarm SPN 190 - FMI 8

Description
● The engine ECU detects that the engine pickup signal is either nonexistent or incorrect.
Test
● Check that the engine pickup is properly installed and at the correct distance from the pulse wheel.
● Check that the internal resistance of the sensor is correct (for details, see “Wiring diagrams”).
● Check that the contacts on connector “B40” and engine ECU connector “MX1” are not loose or corroded.
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 1 of connector “B40” and pin 12 of connector “MX1”.
● Check there is electrical continuity between pin 2 of connector “B40” and pin 13 of connector “MX1”.

20-98

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-98 20-98 7/8/2010 9:07:22 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.79

Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 201 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Alarm SPN 201 - FMI 2

Description
● The ECU detects that the connection to the hand throttle position sensor is not present or short-circuiting.
Test
● Check that the contacts on ECU connector “MX1” and connector “X21” are not loose or corroded.
● Check that the power supply to the hand throttle position sensor is correct (approx. 5Vdc between pin 1 (positive) and pin 2
(negative) of connector “X21” ).
● With connector “MX1” disconnected from the engine ECU, check continuity between pin 4 of connector “X21” and pin 20 of
connector “MX1”.
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “MX1” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 4 of
connector “X21” and to the cab earth and and test the resistance to check for shorting to earth (test meter reading: infinity).
● With connector “MX1” connected to the engine ECU and the starter key in position “I” (ON), connect a test meter to pin 4 of
connector “X21” and to the earth on the cab and check the voltage is zero (meter reading 0V).
● Check that the resistance of the accelerator position sensor is correct (for technical details, see “Wiring diagrams”).

20-99

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-99 20-99 7/8/2010 9:07:22 PM

Alarm SPN 752 - FMI 2

Description
● The engine control unit has detected a “Stack Overflow” error during the execution of the program.
Inspection
● Note down the values of parameters “3897 CStackTestFreeBytes” and “3898 IStackTestFreeBytes”
● Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then back to “I” (ON).
● If the problem persists, contact Technical Assistance Service.

Alarm SPN 752 - FMI 12

Description
● The engine control unit has detected an error in reading the program memory during the normal control cycle.
Inspection
● Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then back to “I” (ON).
● If the problem persists, contact Technical Assistance Service.

20-104

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-104 20-104 7/8/2010 9:07:23 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Engine ECU alarms - ART code SPN 765 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Alarm SPN 765 - FMI 2

Description
● The engine control unit has detected a discrepancy between the parameters written in EEPROM.
Inspection
● Check that the parameter values to be written in the control unit EEPROM are correct and consistent with one another.
● Send the parameters to the control unit again.
● Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then back to “I” (ON).
● If the problem persists, contact Technical Assistance Service.

Alarm SPN 765 - FMI 12

Description
● The engine control unit has detected an error in writing the parameters.
Inspection
● Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then back to “I” (ON).
● Repeat the data write procedure, and if the problem persists, contact Technical Assistance Service.

Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 766 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Alarm SPN 766 - FMI 2

Description
● The ECU detects that the power supply to the accelerator pedal position sensor is not present or incorrect.
Test
● Check that the power supply to the accelerator position sensor is correct (approx. 5Vdc between pin 1 (positive) and pin 2
(negative) of connector “X19” ).
● Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then back to “I” (ON).
● Check whether the alarm is still present; if so contact TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE SERVICE.

20-105

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-105 20-105 7/8/2010 9:07:24 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.84

Alarm SPN 766 - FMI 2

Description
● The engine ECU has detected an error in reading the operating memory during the normal control cycle.
Test
● Make a note of the values of parameters “3895 RAMTestAddr” and “3896 RAMTestPattern”
● Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then back to “I” (ON).
● If the fault persists, contact Technical Assistance Service.

Alarm SPN 766 - FMI 2

Description
● The engine ECU detects that the power supply to the actuator is outside the permissible limits.
Test
● Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then back to “I” (ON).
● Check whether the alarm is still present; if so, contact TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE SERVICE.

Alarm SPN 766 - FMI 2

Description
● The engine ECU has detected an internal error.

20-106

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-106 20-106 7/8/2010 9:07:24 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Test
● Contact Technical Assistance Service

Alarm SPN 766 - FMI 2

Description
● The ECU detects that the power supply to the engine boost sensor is not present or incorrect.
Test
● Check that the power supply to the engine boost sensor is correct (approx. 5Vdc between pin 3 (positive) and pin 1 (negative)
of connector “B48” ).
● Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then back to “I” (ON).
● Check whether the alarm is still present; if so, contact TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE SERVICE.

Fig.85

20-107

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-107 20-107 7/8/2010 9:07:24 PM

Fig.87

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 127 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 127 - FMI 2

Description
● The ECU detects that the status of the service circuit alarm pressure switch does not correspond to the operating status of
the tractor.
ECU response
● The system continues to function normally.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “3K” of the instrument panel and “X69” of the services circuit alarm pressure switch are
not loose or corroded.
● Check that the services circuit alarm pressure switch is functioning correctly (for details, see “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connectors “3K” and “X69” disconnected, connect a test meter to connector
“X69” and to pin 19 of connector “3K” and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading: 0 Ohm)
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “3K” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 19
of connector “3K” and to the frame earth and test the resistance to check shorting to earth (test meter reading: infinity).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-110

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-110 20-110 7/8/2010 9:07:25 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.88

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 160 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 160 - FMI 2

Description
● The ECU detects a conflict between the wheel speed sensor signal and the status of the shuttle solenoid valves.
ECU response
● The system continues to function, but moving off from stationary and changes in drive direction are only possible using the
clutch pedal.

NOTE

This alarm is detected when the ECU reads the travel speed as zero but the drive direction solenoid is activated
and the shuttle clutch is engaged.

SPN 161 - FMI 2

Description
● The ECU detects the absence of the engine speed signal on the CAN BUS.
ECU response
● The system continues to function, but it is only possible to move off from stationary and change the drive direction using the
clutch pedal.
Test
● Check for the presence of information regarding the engine ECU and its components. Carry out fault diagnosis also with the
SERDIA software.
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 168 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 168 - FMI 2

Description
● The ECU detects the power supply is not present.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the shuttle unit and puts the transmission in neutral.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU are not loose or corroded.
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 15 of
connector “X54” and check that it is receiving power correctly.
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-114

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-114 20-114 7/8/2010 9:07:25 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.92

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 177 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 177 - FMI 3

Description
● The ECU detects that the transmission oil temperature sensor is disconnected or shorting to a positive feed.
ECU response
● The system continues to function, but the tractor tends to move in sudden jerks when changing gear or direction.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and “X58” of the transmission oil temperature sensor are not
loose or corroded.
● Check that the oil temperature sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1
of connector “X58” and to pin 5 of connector “X54” and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading:
0 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X58” and to the frame earth and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading: 0 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1 of
connector “X58” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-115

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-115 20-115 7/8/2010 9:07:26 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.93

SPN 177 - FMI 3

Description
● The ECU detects that the transmission oil temperature sensor is shorting to earth.
ECU response
● The system continues to function, but the tractor tends to move in sudden jerks when changing gear or direction.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and “X58” of the transmission oil temperature sensor are not
loose or corroded.
● Check that the oil temperature sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1 of
connector “58” and to the transmission earth and test the resistance to check for short-circuits (test meter reading: infinity).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-116

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-116 20-116 7/8/2010 9:07:26 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.94

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 191 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 191 - FMI 3

Description
● The ECU detects that the wheel speed sensor is shorting to a positive feed.
ECU response
● The system continues to function, but changes in travel direction are controlled on the basis of the engine rpm rather than the
tractor’s ground speed and moving off from stationary is only possible using the clutch pedal.

Description
● The ECU detects a short circuit in 5V power feed to the clutch pedal position sensor and the operator seat sensor.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the tractor.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU, connector “X55” of the clutch pedal position and connector
“X27” of the operator seat sensor are not loose or corroded.
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position, and connectors “X55” and “X27” disconnected, check that the voltage between pin
1 (positive) and pin 3 (negative) of connector “X27” is approx. 5V.
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Fig.97

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 1504 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 1504 - FMI 2

Description
● The ECU detects that the operator presence sensor (seat sensor) is faulty.

20-120

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-120 20-120 7/8/2010 9:07:27 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

ECU response
● The tractor can travel only using the clutch pedal.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X27” of the operator seat sensor are not loose
or corroded.
● Check that the operator present sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1 and
to pin 3 of connector “X27” and check that the the sensor is receiving power correctly (voltage across pin 1 (positive) and pin
3 (negative) of connector “X27” approx. 5 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Fig.98

SPN 1504 - FMI 3

Description
● The ECU detects that the operator presence sensor (seat sensor) is shorting to a positive feed.
ECU response
● The tractor can travel only using the clutch pedal.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X27” of the operator seat sensor are not loose
or corroded.
● Check that the operator present sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).

20-121

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-121 20-121 7/8/2010 9:07:27 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X27” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Fig.99

SPN 1504 - FMI 4

Description
● The ECU detects that the operator presence sensor (seat sensor) is disconnected or shorting to earth.
ECU response
● The tractor can travel only using the clutch pedal.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X27” of the operator seat sensor are not loose
or corroded.
● Check that the operator present sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2
of connector “X27” and to the frame earth and test the resistance to check for shorting to earth (test meter reading infinity)
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2
of connector “X27” and to pin 4 of connector “X54” and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading:
0 Ohm).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-122

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-122 20-122 7/8/2010 9:07:27 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.100

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5110 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 5110 - FMI 2

Description
● The ECU detects a conflict in the information received from the clutch pedal position sensor and clutch pedal depressed
sensor regarding the position of the pedal.
ECU response
● The system continues to function, but moving off from stationary and changes in drive direction are only possible using the
clutch pedal.

IMPORTANT

If the alarms T65 (SPN 5110 – FMI 4) or T66 (SPN 5110 – FMI 3) regarding the clutch pedal position sensor
are also present, first diagnose and remedy the causes of these alarms, then, if the original alarm persists,
diagnose and remedy this.

Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU, connector “X7” of the clutch pedal pressed sensor and
connector “X115” of the clutch pedal position sensor are not loose or corroded.
● Check that the clutch pedal pressed sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position, connect a test meter to pin 2 (red/green wire) of connector “X7” and to the frame
earth and test the resistance to check for shorting to earth (test meter reading: infinity).

20-123

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-123 20-123 7/8/2010 9:07:27 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position, connect a test meter to pin 3 (black wire) of connector “X7” and to the frame
earth and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading: 0 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2
of connector “X7” (red/green wire) and to pin 19 of connector “X54” and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity
(test meter reading: 0 Ohm).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Fig.101

SPN 5110 - FMI 3

Description
● The ECU detects that the clutch pedal position sensor is shorting to a positive feed.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the shuttle unit and puts the transmission in neutral.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X55” of the clutch pedal position sensor are
not loose or corroded.
● Check that the clutch pedal position sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position, check that the power feed to the clutch pedal position sensor is correct (approx. 5
V measured across pin 1 (positive) and pin 2 (negative)).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1
and to pin 4 of connector “X55” and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: infinity).

20-124

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-124 20-124 7/8/2010 9:07:28 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X55” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 4 of
connector “X55” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Fig.102

SPN 5110 - FMI 4

Description
● The ECU detects that the clutch pedal position sensor is disconnected or shorting to earth.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the shuttle unit and puts the transmission in neutral.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X55” of the clutch pedal position sensor are
not loose or corroded.
● Check that the clutch pedal position sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position, connect a test meter to pin 4 of connector “X55” and to pin 12 of connector “X54”
and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading: 0 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2
and to pin 4 of connector “X55” and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: infinity).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 4
of connector “X55” and to the frame earth and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: infinity).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-125

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

● Test the internal resistance of the solenoid (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1
of connector “X62” and to the frame earth and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: infinity).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2
of connector “X62” and to the frame earth and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: infinity).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Fig.106

SPN 5350 - FMI 5

Description
● The ECU detects that the solenoid operated proportional valve of the shuttle is disconnected.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the tractor.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X62” of the shuttle solenoid operated proportional
valve are not loose or corroded.
● Test the internal resistance of the solenoid (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1 of
connector “X62” and to pin 21 of connector “X54” and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading:
0 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X62” and to pin 23 of connector “X54” and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading:
0 Ohm).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-129

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-129 20-129 7/8/2010 9:07:29 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.107

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5370 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 5370 - FMI 3

Description
● The ECU detects a short to a positive feed in the control line of the forward drive solenoid valve.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the tractor.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X60” of the forward drive solenoid valve are
not loose or corroded.
● Test the internal resistance of the solenoid (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X60” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-130

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-130 20-130 7/8/2010 9:07:29 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.108

SPN 5370 - FMI 4

Description
● The ECU detects a short-circuit in the control line of the forward drive solenoid valve.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the tractor.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X60” of the forward drive solenoid valve are
not loose or corroded.
● Test the internal resistance of the solenoid (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1
of connector “X60” and to the frame earth and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: infinity).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Fig.109

20-131

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-131 20-131 7/8/2010 9:07:29 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

SPN 5370 - FMI 5

Description
● The ECU detects that the forward drive solenoid is disconnected.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the tractor.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X60” of the forward drive solenoid valve are
not loose or corroded.
● Test the internal resistance of the solenoid.
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X60” and to pin 20 of connector “X54” and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading:
0 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1
of connector “X60” and to the transmission earth and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading:
0 Ohm).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Fig.110

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5380 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 5380 - FMI 3

Description
● The ECU detects a short to a positive feed in the control line of the reverse drive solenoid valve.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the tractor.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X61” of the reverse drive solenoid valve are
not loose or corroded.

20-132

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-132 20-132 7/8/2010 9:07:29 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

● Test the internal resistance of the solenoid (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X61” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Fig.111

SPN 5380 - FMI 4

Description
● The ECU detects a short to earth in the control line of the reverse drive solenoid valve.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the tractor.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X61” of the reverse drive solenoid valve are
not loose or corroded.
● Test the internal resistance of the solenoid (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1
of connector “X61” and to the frame earth and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: infinity).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2
of connector “X61” and to the frame earth and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: infinity).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-133

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-133 20-133 7/8/2010 9:07:29 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.112

SPN 5380 - FMI 5

Description
● The ECU detects that the reverse drive solenoid is disconnected.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the tractor.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X61” of the reverse drive solenoid valve are
not loose or corroded.
● Test the internal resistance of the solenoid (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X61” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1 of
connector “X61” and to pin 25 of connector “X54” and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading:
0 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X61” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X61” and to pin 22 of connector “X54” and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading:
0 Ohm).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-134

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-134 20-134 7/8/2010 9:07:29 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.113

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5512 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 5512 - FMI 2

Description
● The ECU has detected an error during configuration.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the tractor.
Test
● Carry out the procedure for putting the tractor into service and, if the alarm reappears, renew the ECU.

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5562 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 5562 - FMI 13

Description
● The ECU signals that transmission type configuration is incorrect.
ECU response
● The system continues to function correctly, but engine speed is limited 1800 rpm.
Test
● Configure the transmission correctly and if the alarm persists, renew the ECU.

SPN 5562 - FMI 13

Description
● The ECU signals that transmission type configuration is incorrect.

20-135

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-135 20-135 7/8/2010 9:07:30 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

ECU response
● The system signals that the accelerator pedal and hand throttle calibration procedures must be carried out.
Test
● Calibrate the accelerator pedal and the hand throttle lever.

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5910 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 5910 - FMI 9

Description
● The ECU detects a data transmission error on the CAN BUS.
ECU response
● The system continues to function, but it is only possible to move off from stationary and change the drive direction using the
clutch pedal.
Test
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position and check if the alarm is still
present, in which case the ECU must be renewed
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 3
and to pin 4 of connector “X53” and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: 60 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 3
and to pin 4 of connector “X53” and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: 120 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter
to pin 3 and to pin 4 of connector “X53” and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: 120 Ohm).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-136

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-136 20-136 7/8/2010 9:07:30 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Fig.114

SPN 5910 - FMI 9

Description
● The ECU has detected that the drive direction solenoids are swapped over.
ECU response
● The system inhibits all operation of the tractor.
Test
● Swap over the connections of wiring connectors “X60” and “X61”.
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5920 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 5920 - FMI 9

20-137

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-137 20-137 7/8/2010 9:07:30 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Test
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position and check if the alarm is still
present, in which case the ECU must be renewed
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 3
and to pin 4 of connector “X53” and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: 60 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 3
and to pin 4 of connector “X53” and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: 120 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter
to pin 3 and to pin 4 of connector “X53” and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: 120 Ohm).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Fig.115

Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5930 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

SPN 5930 - FMI 9

Description
● The ECU detects a total absence of signals from the engine on the CAN BUS.
ECU response
● The system continues to function correctly.

20-138

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-138 20-138 7/8/2010 9:07:30 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

Test
● Check the engine ECU for alarms regarding the CANBUS and carry out fault diagnosis as indicated in the relative paragraphs
of this manual.
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

20-139

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-139 20-139 7/8/2010 9:07:30 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.4.4 - Instrument panel alarms

Instrument panel alarms - Code 2.83339.248.0/80 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

The instrument panel signals a malfunction of the components it controls using the display on the right-hand side. Malfunctions are
signalled using codes that identify the device at fault.

Instrument panel alarms - ART code 20 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Description
● The instrument panel detects that the fuel level sensor is shorting to a positive feed.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connectors “5K” of the instrument panel and “X65” of the fuel level sensor are not loose or
corroded.
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter
to pin 3 of connector “X65” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.

Fig.116

20-140

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-140 20-140 7/8/2010 9:07:30 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.4.5 - Transmission alarms

P.T.O. selfdiagnosis indicator light. (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

The light integrated in the instrument panel (1) also serves to indicate
the type of fault on the control by means of intermittent flashes.

1 F0143860

When the tractor engine is started, the indicator light will flash to show that the control system has been activated.
Tab.22
CODE (NUMBER OF FLASHES) DESCRIPTION
2 Solenoid valve disconnected
3 Pushbutton control continuously activated
4* Speed sensor faulty
5 Solenoid control output signal shorted to earth or in overcurrent
6* Speed excessive
7 Internal ECU fault in power stage
8 Sensor presence detected in configuration where not required
*: Alarms present in U.S.A. configuration only.

If a fault occurs on the control, the electronic control unit inhibits operation of the P.T.O.

20-141

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-141 20-141 7/8/2010 9:07:31 PM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

20-142

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 20-142 20-142 7/8/2010 9:07:31 PM

30 - METHOD OF INTERVENTION

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-1 30-1 7/8/2010 9:07:31 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1 - B0 - ENGINE

30.1.1 - Engine - Separation from the transmission (B0.00.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.8 - Silencer - Page 30-99 - (C0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.5 - Fenders - Page 30-357 - (G0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Separation
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Slacken off the screw (1), remove the brake fluid reservoir
downwards (2) and set it aside.

3 Loosen unions (3) and (4) of the conditioning system.

Loosen the unions and disconnect heater hoses (5) and (6).

30-2

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-2 30-2 7/8/2010 9:07:31 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Label and disconnect the gearbox oil hoses (7), (8).

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.

5 Slacken the nuts (9) of the conditioning hose bulkhead unit and
remove them from the mount (10).

6 Remove screw (11) and mount (10).

Fold the hoses back towards the rear of the vehicle and secure
them in position.

7 Label and disconnect the upper pipes (12), (13) from the front
lift.
Remove the screws and remove the valve unit (14) with the front
hoses (15).
Fold back and secure the unit towards the front of the vehicle.

30-3

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-3 30-3 7/8/2010 9:07:32 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Disconnect the cabling (17) from the preheater (16).

9 Disconnect the fuel suction pipe (19) from the settling filter (18).

10 Disconnect the connector (20) from the relay unit.

11 Disconnect the ground lead (21) from the engine.

30-4

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-4 30-4 7/8/2010 9:07:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

12 Unplug connector (22).

13 Disconnect the power connectors (23).

14 Disconnect the power lead (25) from the starter motor (24).

15 Remove the screws (26) and remove fuse holder bracket (27)
and set it aside.

30-5

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-5 30-5 7/8/2010 9:07:34 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

16 Disconnect the wire (29) from the alternator (28).

17 Disconnect the connector (30) of the engine wiring.

18 Remove the hood frame (31).

19 Loosen the clamp and disconnect the fuel return hose (32).

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.

30-6

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-6 30-6 7/8/2010 9:07:35 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

20 Position a stand “A” under the clutch housing (33).

21 Attach a hoist to rear engine lifting bracket (34) and take the
strain with the chain.

22 Loosen and remove the lower (35) and upper engine bolts (n.
4).

23 Move the engine (36) by prising against both front wheels.

Reconnection
Reconnect by reversing the separation operation and carry out the following procedures.

30-7

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-7 30-7 7/8/2010 9:07:37 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 23
● To facilitate installation of the shaft, turn the crankshaft slightly in both directions.
● Apply a film of lubricant to the locating dowels and mating surfaces.
● Mating surfaces and dowels: engine oil
● Fixing:
M12 - 102±5 Nm
M16 - 254±12 Nm
Procedure 3
● Delivery (5/8” - 18UNF): 13.6÷20.3 Nm
Return (7/8”-14UNF): 35.3÷42.0 Nm

2 Loosen screw (4), pull the brake oil tank (5) downwards to
remove and set aside.

30-9

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-9 30-9 7/8/2010 9:07:39 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 Remove the hood support frame (6).

4 Disconnect the fuel intake pipe(8) from the fuel settling filter (7).

5 Detach wiring (10) from the alternator (9).

6 Remove nut (11) and protection (12).

Disconnect wires (13) from the starter motor.

30-10

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-10 30-10 7/8/2010 9:07:39 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

7 Remove extension (14), protection (15) and cable (16).

Remove the screw and detach cable (17).

8 Cut the clamps, remove the screws (18), remove the fuse holder
bracket (19) and set aside.

9 Loosen the clamp and disconnect the fuel return pipe (20).

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.

10 Loosen the clamp and disconnect pipe (21).

30-11

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-11 30-11 7/8/2010 9:07:40 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

11 Loosen the clamps and detach heating pipes (22) and (23).
Loosen unions (24) and disconnect air conditioning pipes (25).

12 Loosen the nuts (26) of the bulkhead couplings for the air
conditioning pipes and withdraw from the support(27).

13 Mark and disconnect the gearbox oil pipes(28) and (29).

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.

14 Remove the screw (30) and remove support (27).

Bend the gearbox oil pipes towards the rear of the tractor and
secure in place.

30-12

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-12 30-12 7/8/2010 9:07:42 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

15 Loosen the clamp (31) and remove the oil vapour suction pipe
(32).

16 Remove screw (33), lower nut (34) and support (35) of the
radiator.

17 Remove screws (36) (n°3) and support (37) complete with the
remaining pipes .

18 Disconnect the earth lead (38) from the engine.

30-13

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-13 30-13 7/8/2010 9:07:43 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

19 Detach connector (39) from the relay unit.

IMPORTANT

Remove wiring from the clamps.

20 Detach the multi-purpose connector (40) from the engine.

21 Disconnect the power cable (41) from the pre-heating unit.

22 Position an “A” stand below the housing.

30-14

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-14 30-14 7/8/2010 9:07:44 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

23 Connect the engine to the lifting equipment by means of brackets

(42) and (43); tension the chains slightly.

24 Loosen and remove the lower engine fixing nuts (44) .

25 Loosen and remove the upper engine fixing screws (45) .

26 Remove the engine (46).

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:

30-15

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-15 30-15 7/8/2010 9:07:46 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure no. 25
● To facilitate installation of the shafts, turn the crankshaft slightly in both directions.
● Screws: M12 = 102±5 Nm - M16 = 254±12 Nm
● Nuts: 254±12 Nm
● Apply a film of lubricant to the locating dowels and mating surfaces.
● Mating surfaces and dowels: oil
Procedure 11
● Delivery (5/8”-18UNF): 13.6-20.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.)
● Return (7/8”-14UNF): 35.3-42.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)

IMPORTANT

Restore all levels

IMPORTANT

Bleeding the fuel circuit

IMPORTANT

Bleeding the braking circuit

30-16

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-16 30-16 7/8/2010 9:07:46 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.3 - Air conditioning compressor drive belt (B0.02.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Loosen nut (1) and unscrew tie rod (2) to slacken off drive belt
(3).
1

3
2

3 For versions with front PTO

Using a pin punch, remove pin (4) and withdraw PTO engagement 5
shaft (5) towards the front of the tractor.

4 For all versions

Remove drive belt (3).

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Adjust the tension of the fan drive belt.

30-17

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-17 30-17 7/8/2010 9:07:46 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.4 - Tension adjustment of the fan and air conditioning compressor drive belt
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Tension adjustment
1 ● Before adjusting the tension, carefully examine the drive belt for signs of wear. The belt must be renewed immediately
at the first sign of cracking, fraying or separation of the plies.
● Always replace both drivebelts at the same time.

DANGER

If new drivebelts are fitted, re-adjust the tension after approx. 50 operating hours.

2 Loosen nuts (1) and screws (2).

3 Tighten tie-rod (3) forcing it gradually until obtaining belt deflection

of 10-15 mm (0.4-0.6 in.) when applying a load of 10 kg (22 lb.)
on the long section of the belt. 4
● In the case of a new belt, deflection should be 7-9 mm
(0.276 - 0.355 in.).
Secure compressor (4) in place and re-check belt tension. 3

30-18

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-18 30-18 7/8/2010 9:07:48 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.5 - Alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Loosen screws (1) and (2) securing the fuel pump, disengage
alternator drive belt (3) and remove it by passing it between the
bottom of the crankshaft pulley and the front axle support.

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Adjust drive belt tension.

30-19

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-19 30-19 7/8/2010 9:07:49 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.6 - Tension adjustment of the alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Tension adjustment
1 Tension the belt using a “T” bar with a 3/4” drive extension, or a
3/4” angle drive bar inserted in the aperture in the support of fuel
pump (1).
Tension the drive belt by turning the bar clockwise and then
tighten down screws (2) and (3).

2 To check that the tension is correct, use the tool and procedure
indicated in the engine manual.
Static deflection “A” on first fitting
● 13 mm belt: 450±50 N
Static deflection “A” after 15 minutes
● 13 mm belt: 300±50 N

DANGER

This check should be carried out with the engine

cold.

30-20

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-20 30-20 7/8/2010 9:07:49 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.7 - Checking the compression pressure (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Special tools:
● Connector 5.9035.170.0

Checking the compression pressure

1 ● Set valve clearance.
See para. 30.1.12 - Checking and sett... - Page 30-33
● Removing fuel injectors.
See para. 30.1.17 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-56
● Mount sealing ring (1). 2

● Insert connector (2).

2 ● Mount clamping shoe (1).

● Tighten screw (2).
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

1
© 46378-0

30-21

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-21 30-21 7/8/2010 9:07:50 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 ● Connect adapter (1) to connector.

4 ● Connect compression pressure tester to connector.

● Turn over engine with starter.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

5 NOTE:
No.
The measured compression pressure depends K ompressio n in bar
Compressio n valu e in bar
on the starting speed during the measuring Pressio n en bar
Dat . _________
process and the altitude of the engine installation 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
site. Therefore, limit values cannot be determined
Zyl.

exactly. The compression pressure measurement

1
is only recommended as a reference 2
measurement of all cylinders of an engine to 3
4
each other. If more than 15% deviation has been 5
determined, the cause should be determined by 6
7
disassembling the cylinder unit concerned. 8
DBGM Mad e in Germa ny
MOT O METER
© 33771-5

30-22

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-22 30-22 7/8/2010 9:07:50 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 ● Remove the compression pressure tester and adapter

(1).

7 ● Unscrew screw (1).

● Remove clamping shoe (2).
● Remove connector.
● Remove sealing ring.
● Install fuel injectors.
See para. 30.1.17 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-56

1
© 46378-1

30-23

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-23 30-23 7/8/2010 9:07:51 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.8 - Removing and installing the crankcase bleeding (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removing the crankcase bleeding

1 ● Loosen the spring band clip with spring band pliers and
pull down.
● Pull off hose pipe (1).
● Unscrew screws (2). 3
2
● Remove crankcase bleeding (3).

2 ● Visually inspect the component.

● Clean sealing surfaces.
● Insert new seal (1).
1

3 NOTE:

Pay attention to perfect installation position

(arrow).

● Mount crankcase bleeding (1). 1

30-24

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-24 30-24 7/8/2010 9:07:51 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 ● Tighten screws (1).

See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
● Position hose pipe (2).
● Position spring band clip with spring band pliers. 1

30-25

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-25 30-25 7/8/2010 9:07:52 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.9 - Installing and removing turning gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Turn-over gear 5.9035.114.0

NOTE:

The turning gear 5.9035.115.0 may also be used depending on the installation ratio.

Disassembly
1 ● Unscrew screws (1).
● Remove cover (2).
1

1
© 46419-0

Attaching turning gear

1 NOTE:

The toothed gear of the turn-over gear must grip 2

into the teeth of the camshaft wheel.

● Insert turn-over gear (1). 1

● Tighten screws (2).

2
© 46420-0

30-26

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-26 30-26 7/8/2010 9:07:52 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Removing turning gear

1 ● Unscrew screws (2).
● Remove turning gear (1).
2

2
© 46420-0

2 ● Clean the sealing surface on cover and gearcase.

● Mount new O-ring (1).
● Lightly oil O-ring.

3 ● Press in the cover (3) to the stop.

● Tighten screw (2).
1
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
● Tighten screws (1).
2
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

1
© 46419-1

30-27

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-27 30-27 7/8/2010 9:07:52 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.10 - Removing and installing the flywheel (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removing the flywheel

1 ● Remove stopper (1).

1
© 31115-2

2 ● Block flywheel with suitable tool.

● Unscrew screws (1).
● Remove flywheel.
● Visually inspect the components. 1

30-28

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-28 30-28 7/8/2010 9:07:53 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installing the flywheel

1 NOTE:

The bores in the flywheel must match the

threaded bores in the crankshaft flange.

● Insert self-made guide pin (arrow).

2 Attention!

Renew screws every time they are loosened.

● Tighten screws alternately.

❍ M10 x 30:
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
❍ M10x 35 -M10 x 85:
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

3 ● Drive plugs into the threaded bores (arrows) to the stop.

30-29

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-29 30-29 7/8/2010 9:07:53 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.11 - Checking piston overhang (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Special tools:
● Turn-over gear 5.9035.115.0
● Dial gauge 5.9035.116.0
● Measuring device 5.9035.117.0

Checking piston overhang

1 ● Attach turning gear.
See para. 30.1.9 - Installing and rem... - Page 30-26
● Remove cylinder head.
See para. 30.1.15 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-45

2 ● Turn the crankshaft until the respective piston is just in

front of the top dead centre (arrow).

30-30

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-30 30-30 7/8/2010 9:07:54 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 ● Insert dial gauge into measuring beam.

● Place shims (1) and measuring beam (2) on the sealing
surface of the crankcase.

1
1

4 ● Move the measuring beam.

● Apply stylus of the dial gauge to the crankcase sealing
surface with pre-tension (arrow).
● Adjust dial gauge to “0”.

5 NOTE: 1

Schematic representation

● Measure at the points (1) and (2) on the piston.

2
© 34151-2

30-31

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-31 30-31 7/8/2010 9:07:54 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 NOTE:

The stylus may not be positioned on the labelling

of the piston. Note greatest measured value.

● Move the measuring beam.

● Apply stylus to the specified measuring points under pre-
tension.
● Continue turning the crankshaft evenly until the reversal
point of the pointer on the dial gauge is reached.

7 NOTE:

Example: Piston projection = 0.7 mm corresponds

to cylinder head gasket with 3 holes (arrow).

● Select cylinder head gasket according to the largest piston

projection measured.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
Tab.23
PISTON PROJECTION HOLE
0.33 - 0.55 mm 1
0.56 - 0.65 mm 2
0.66 - 0.76 mm 3
© 44154-0

8 ● Install cylinder head.

See para. 30.1.15 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-45
● Remove turning gear.
See para. 30.1.9 - Installing and rem... - Page 30-26

30-32

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-32 30-32 7/8/2010 9:07:55 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.12 - Checking and setting the valve clearance (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Turn-over gear 5.9035.114.0

NOTE:

Let the engine cool down for at least 30 minutes before setting the valve clearance. Engine oil temperature < 80
°C.

Setting engine to valve overlap

1 ● Attach turning gear.
See para. 30.1.9 - Installing and rem... - Page 30-26
● Remove the cylinder head hood.
See para. 30.1.15 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-45
● Turn crankshaft using the turning gear until the valve
overlap of cylinder 1 is reached.

2 NOTE:

Arrangement of the inlet and exhaust valves. IN

= inlet valve EX = exhaust valve EX IN

30-33

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-33 30-33 7/8/2010 9:07:55 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 NOTE:

Valve overlap means: The inlet valve starts

opening, exhaust valve closes.

See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

4-cylinder
Ignition sequence: 1- 3 - 4 - 2
Tab.24
VALVES CYLINDERS
overlap 1 3 4 2
set to 4 2 1 3

Setting the inlet valve clearance

1 NOTE:

The rocker arm must touch the thrust washer of

2
the spring cap (arrow).

Attention!

Pay attention to versions of the adjusting screws

(slotted, hexagonal, hexagonal socket). 1

● Loosen lock nut (1).

● Press in the adjusting screw (2) to the stop.

2 NOTE:

Do not rotate adjusting screw.

● Set the rotation angle disc with a screwdriver insert at the

adjusting screw.
● Fix magnet of rotation angle disc on cylinder head.
● Set the rotation angle disc in the direction of the arrow to
„0“.

30-34

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-34 30-34 7/8/2010 9:07:56 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 ● Turn the adjusting screw in the direction of the arrow. -

Inlet
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

4 ● Hold adjusting screw.

● Tighten lock nut (1) with open wrench.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
● Remove rotation angle disc.

Setting the exhaust valve clearance

1 NOTE:

The rocker arm must touch the thrust washer of

the spring cap (arrow).

● Loosen lock nut (1).

● Press in the adjusting screw (2) to the stop. 2

30-35

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-35 30-35 7/8/2010 9:07:56 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 NOTE:

Do not rotate adjusting screw.

● Set the rotation angle disc on the adjusting screw with a

screwdriver insert for slotted screws.
● Fix magnet of rotation angle disc on cylinder head.
● Set the rotation angle disc in the direction of the arrow to
„0“.

3 ● Turn the adjusting screw in the direction of the arrow. -

Outlet
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

4 ● Hold adjusting screw.

● Tighten lock nut (1) with open wrench.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
● Remove rotation angle disc.
● Mount cylinder head cover.
See para. 30.1.15 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-45
● Remove turning gear.
See para. 30.1.9 - Installing and rem... - Page 30-26

30-36

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-36 30-36 7/8/2010 9:07:57 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.13 - Removing and installing the rocker arm and rocker arm bracket (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)

Removing the rocker arm and rocker arm bracket

1 NOTE:

Lay out components in the order in which they

should be installed.
2
● Remove the cylinder head hood.
See para. 30.1.15 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-45
● Unscrew the cylinder head screw (1) with the socket
wrench insert.
● Unscrew screw (2).
1
● Remove rocker arm bracket.

2 NOTE:

Lay out components in the order in which they

should be installed.

● Remove push rods (1).

30-37

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-37 30-37 7/8/2010 9:07:58 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 ● Visually inspect the components.

Installing the rocker arm and rocker arm bracket

1 NOTE:

Note the assignment of the stop rods. The stop

rod must be seated with the ball head in the ladle
of the tappet.

● Insert stop rods (1).

2 NOTE:

The ball heads (2) must be seated in the ladles

of the stop rods.
1
● Mount rocker arm bracket (1).

30-38

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-38 30-38 7/8/2010 9:07:58 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 NOTE:

Do not tighten the screw.

1
● Fasten screw (1).

4 Attention!

Cylinder head screws can be used max. 3 times

with written proof, otherwise renew every time
they are loosened. 1

● Lightly oil cylinder head screw (1).

● Turn in cylinder head screw (1).

5 Attention!

Make sure that the stop rods are not under stress
due to valve overlap when fastening the screw.

● Align rocker arm bracket symmetrically with the valve

axles.
● Tighten cylinder head screw with the socket wrench
insert.
Pre-clamping value:
❍ See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

30-39

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-39 30-39 7/8/2010 9:07:59 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 ● Tighten screw (1).

See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

7 ● Tighten cylinder head screw with the socket wrench

insert.
Post-clamping value:
❍ See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
● Set valve clearance.
See para. 30.1.12 - Checking and sett... - Page 30-33

30-40

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-40 30-40 7/8/2010 9:07:59 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.14 - Disassembling, assembling and checking the rocker arm and rocker arm bracket
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Dial gauge 5.9035.116.0

Disassembling the rocker arm bracket

1 ● Remove rocker arm and rocker arm bracket.
See para. 30.1.13 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-37
● Remove locking ring with locking ring pliers.

2 NOTE:

Lay out components in the order in which they

should be installed.

● Remove rocker arm.

30-41

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-41 30-41 7/8/2010 9:08:00 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Checking the rocker arm

1 NOTE:

When the wear limit is reached the rocker arm

must be renewed.

● Measure rocker arm bore.

❍ Outlet
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
❍ Inlet
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

2 Attention!

Pay attention to versions of the adjusting screws

(slotted, hexagonal, hexagonal socket).

NOTE:

Lay out components in the order in which they

should be installed. 2

● Loosen lock nut (1).

● Unscrew adjusting screw (2).

1
© 46393-0

3 ● Check components for visible signs of wear.

● Check oil channels (arrows) for free passage.

30-42

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-42 30-42 7/8/2010 9:08:00 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 ● Screw in setting screw (1).

● Loosen lock nuts (2). 2

Checking the rocker arm pin

1 NOTE:

When the wear limit is reached the rocker arm

bracket must be replaced.

● Measure the diameter of journals with the micrometer

gauge.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

30-43

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-43 30-43 7/8/2010 9:08:01 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Assembling the rocker arm bracket

1 NOTE:

The rocker arm’s sliding surface (3) mustface the 2

threaded bore (arrow). Mount the rocker arm (1)
on the outlet side. Mount the rocker arm (2) on
the inlet side. 1

● Lightly oil the rocker arm pin.

● Push rocker arm (1) onto rocker arm pin.
● Push rocker arm (2) onto rocker arm pin.

3
© 46471-0

2 ● Insert new locking rings (1).

● Install rocker arm and rocker arm bracket.
See para. 30.1.13 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-37

30-44

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-44 30-44 7/8/2010 9:08:01 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.15 - Removing and installing the cylinder head (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removing cylinder head

1 ● Unscrew all screws (1).
● Remove cylinder head cowling (2).

2 ● Cut through the gasket at the gates (1).

● Remove gasket.
● Visually inspect the components.

1 1 1

3 ● Remove the fan mounting.

See para. 30.1.16 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-53
● Remove the exhaust pipe.
See para. 30.1.23 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-75

30-45

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-45 30-45 7/8/2010 9:08:01 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 ● Removing fuel injectors.

See para. 30.1.17 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-56
● Remove rocker arm brackets.
See para. 30.1.13 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-37
● Remove the charge air pipe.
See para. 30.1.22 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-71
● Unscrew screws (1).
2
1
● Remove holder (2).

5 ● Unscrew all screws (1) with the socket wrench insert.

1
● Remove cylinder head.
● Remove gasket.
● Clean sealing surfaces.

Installing the cylinder head

1 NOTE:

Measure the piston overhang on all pistons.

Select cylinder head gasket according to the
largest piston projection measured.

● Check piston overhang.

See para. 30.1.11 - Checking piston o... - Page 30-30

30-46

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-46 30-46 7/8/2010 9:08:02 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 NOTE:

Example: Piston projection = 0.7 mm corresponds

to cylinder head gasket with 3 holes (arrow).

● Select cylinder head gasket according to the largest piston

projection measured.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
Tab.25
PISTON PROJECTION HOLE
0.33 - 0.55 mm 1
0.56 - 0.65 mm 2
0.66 - 0.76 mm 3
© 44154-0

3 NOTE:

Make sure the clamping bushings (1) are in

place.
1

4 NOTE:

The sealing surfaces for the cylinder head gasket

must be clean and free of oil. Label OBEN /
TOP facing the cylinder head.

● Fit a new cylinder head gasket.

30-47

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-47 30-47 7/8/2010 9:08:02 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 ● Fit cylinder head.

6 NOTE:

Note the assignment of the stop rods. The stop

rod must be seated with the ball head in the ladle
of the tappet.

● Insert stop rods (1).

7 NOTE:

The ball heads (2) must be seated in the ladles

of the stop rods.
1

● Mount rocker arm bracket (1).

30-48

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-48 30-48 7/8/2010 9:08:03 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 NOTE:

Do not tighten the screw.

1
● Fasten screw (1).

9 Attention!

Cylinder head screws can be used max. 3 times

with written proof, otherwise renew every time
they are loosened. 1

● Lightly oil cylinder head screw (1).

● Turn in cylinder head screw (1).

10 Attention!

Make sure that the stop rods are not under stress
due to valve overlap when fastening the screw.

● Align rocker arm bracket symmetrically with the valve

axles.
● Tighten cylinder head screw with the socket wrench
insert.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

30-49

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-49 30-49 7/8/2010 9:08:03 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

11 ● Tighten screw (1).

See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

12 NOTE:

Use socket wrench insert.

● Tighten all cylinder head screws according to the tightening

sequence.
– Post-clamping value:
❍ See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

13 ● Mount holder (2).

● Tighten screws (1).
● Install the charge air pipe.
See para. 30.1.22 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-71
● Install rocker arm brackets.
See para. 30.1.13 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-37
● Set valve clearance.
2
1
See para. 30.1.12 - Checking and sett... - Page 30-33
● Install fuel injectors.
See para. 30.1.17 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-56

30-50

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-50 30-50 7/8/2010 9:08:04 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

14 ● Install the exhaust pipe.

See para. 30.1.23 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-75
● Install fan mounting.
See para. 30.1.16 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-53

Installing cylinder head cover

1 Attention!

Do not bend or deform metal beading gasket.

Remove burr from cut surfaces.

● Cut through the new gasket at the gates (1).

1 1 1

2 NOTE:

Ensure that the installation location is free from

faults.

● Clean sealing surfaces.

● Mount new gasket.
● Mount cylinder head cover.
● Tighten all screws (1) alternately.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
1

30-51

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-51 30-51 7/8/2010 9:08:05 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 NOTE:

Pay attention to perfect installation position

(arrow).

30-52

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-52 30-52 7/8/2010 9:08:05 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.16 - Removing and installing the air bearing (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
NOTE:

Emptying and filling the engine with operating media must be carried out according to the operating manual and the
appropriate documentation of the vehicle/equipment manufacturer.

Removing the fan mounting

1 ● Unscrew screws (1).
● Remove the fan mounting.

1 1

2 ● Remove gasket (1).

1
● Pull out plug element (2).
● Visually inspect the components.

30-53

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-53 30-53 7/8/2010 9:08:05 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installing the fan mounting

1 ● Insert new sealing ring (1).
● Coat the sealing ring with fitting compound.

2 ● Fit new sealing rings (1).

● Coat the sealing rings with fitting compound.

3 ● Insert plug element (1).

30-54

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-54 30-54 7/8/2010 9:08:06 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Attention!

Ensure that the installation location is free from

faults.

1
NOTE:
1 1
Note different screw lengths.

● Mount air bearing.

● Tighten screws (1).
● Tighten screws (1).
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
© 46551-0

30-55

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-55 30-55 7/8/2010 9:08:07 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.17 - Removing and installing the fuel injectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Puller 5.9035.126.0
● Extraction tool 5.9035.246.0
● Special wrench 5.9035.129.0
● Slide hammer 5.9035.094.0

DANGER

Wait 30 seconds after switching off the engine before working on the fuel system.

Attention!

Ensure utmost cleanliness when working on the fuel system. Carefully clean the area around the affected parts.
Blow damp areas dry with compressed air. Observe the safety regulations and national specifications for handling
fuels. Close all connections immediately after opening with new, clean plugs/caps. Do not remove plugs/caps until
immediately before assembling. Collect leaking operating fluids in suitable vessels and dispose of according to
regulations.

NOTE:

The following work procedure describes the removal and installation of a fuel injector. Proceed the same to remove
another fuel injector.

Removing fuel injector

1 ● Remove the cylinder head hood.
See para. 30.1.15 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-45
● Unscrew union nut (1) with special wrench.

30-56

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-56 30-56 7/8/2010 9:08:08 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 ● Unscrew union nut (1) with special wrench.

● Remove injection line.
● Remove sealing rubber from injection line.

3 ● Unscrew screw (1).

● Remove clamping shoe (2).
● Pull out fuel injector (3).
3

Removing stuck fuel injectors

1 ● Assembly sliding hammer (1) and puller (2).
● Tighten lock nut (3).

30-57

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-57 30-57 7/8/2010 9:08:08 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 ● Mount sliding hammer on fuel injector.

● Screw on lock nut (1). 1
● Pull out stuck fuel injector.
● Pull out stuck sealing ring on cylinder head with extraction
tool.

3 ● Visually inspect the components.

● Check the fuel injector.

Installing the fuel injector

1 ● Mount new O-ring (1).
● Mount sealing ring (2).

30-58

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-58 30-58 7/8/2010 9:08:08 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Attention!

Note installation position. The countersink (1)

on the fuel injector must face away from the
clamping shoe.
1

3 ● Insert fuel injector (3).

● Mount clamping shoe (2).
● Tighten screw (1).
3
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

4 ● Install new high pressure pipe (1).

● Tighten union nuts (2) with special wrench.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
● Mount the sealing rubber (3). 2
● Mount cylinder head cover.
See para. 30.1.15 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-45
1

2
© 46431-0

30-59

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-59 30-59 7/8/2010 9:08:09 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.18 - Removing and installing the engine shutdown (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removing the engine shutdown

1 ● Pull out the cable plug from the engine shutdown.
● Unscrew screws (1).

2 ● Pull out engine shutdown (1).

● Visually inspect the components. 1

30-60

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-60 30-60 7/8/2010 9:08:09 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installing the engine shutdown

1 ● Mount new O-ring (1).
● Lightly oil O-ring.

1
© 46417-0

2 Attention!

Check control linkage for smooth action.

● Actuate the control linkage between start and stop

position.
Speed governor with shutdown lever:
❍ Via shutdown lever.
Speed governor without shutdown lever:
❍ Via shutdown spindle (1) with open-ended spanner
(9 mm spanner size).

3 ● Press the control linkage into the stop position and hold.
Speed governor with shutdown lever:
❍ Via shutdown lever.
1
Speed governor without shutdown lever:
❍ Via shutdown spindle (1) with open-ended spanner
(9 mm spanner size).

30-61

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-61 30-61 7/8/2010 9:08:09 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 ● Insert engine shutdown (1).

5 NOTE:

Ensure that the connection is perfect.

● Tighten screws (1).

See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
● Plug cable plug to engine shutdown.

30-62

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-62 30-62 7/8/2010 9:08:10 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.19 - Removing and installing the coolant pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
NOTE:

Collect leaking operating substances in suitable vessels and dispose of according to regulations.

NOTE:

Emptying and filling the engine with operating media must be carried out according to the operating manual and the
appropriate documentation of the vehicle/equipment manufacturer.

Removing coolant pump

1 NOTE: 1
1
Collect and dispose of coolant according to
regulations.

● Remove the fan mounting.

See para. 30.1.16 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-53
● Remove fuel supply pump.
1
See para. 30.2.10 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-103
● Unscrew screws (1).

2 ● Visually inspect the components.

30-63

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-63 30-63 7/8/2010 9:08:10 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installing coolant pump

1 NOTE:

The sealing surfaces must be dry and free from

grease and dirt.

● Clean sealing surfaces.

2 Attention!

Use new coated screws. 1

● Mount new gasket.

● Mount coolant pump (1).
● Fasten screws.

3 NOTE:
2
Tightening order: screw (1), then screw (2), then
the other screws in any order.

● Tighten the screws according to the tightening sequence.

See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

1
© 46578-0

30-64

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-64 30-64 7/8/2010 9:08:11 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 ● Install fuel pump.

See para. 30.2.10 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-103
● Install fan mounting.
See para. 30.1.16 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-53

30-65

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-65 30-65 7/8/2010 9:08:11 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.20 - Checking the coolant thermostat (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

DANGER

Risk of injury! Hot water and hot thermostat.

Checking thermostat
1 ● Remove thermostat.
See para. 30.2.12 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-108
● Measure beginning of stroke, dimension (a).
● Note measured value, dimension (a).

2 NOTE:

In order to determine the exact beginning of

opening, the temperature should be measured
as close as possible to the thermostat. The
water should be continuously stirred for an
even temperature distribution. The temperature
rise should not take place faster than 1°C/min.
Otherwise the beginning of opening will be
delayed accordingly.

● Heat up the thermostat in the water bath.

● Determine beginning of opening.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
© 34680-2

30-66

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-66 30-66 7/8/2010 9:08:12 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 ● Measure end of stroke, dimension (b).

● Note measured value, dimension (b).

4 ● Determine stroke.
Calculation example
❍ Desired: Stroke
❍ Given: -
❍ Measured: Beginning of stroke, dimension (a)
- End of stroke, dimension (b) - Dimension (b) -
dimension (a)
❍ Result: = stroke
● Compare result with setpoint value. a
b
❍ Nominal value stroke travel:
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
© 34679-1
● Install thermostat.
See para. 30.2.12 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-108

30-67

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-67 30-67 7/8/2010 9:08:12 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.21 - Removing and installing the V-belt pulley (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removing the V-belt pulley

1 ● Loosen screws (1).
● Remove V-belt.

2 ● Attach turning gear.

See para. 30.1.9 - Installing and rem... - Page 30-26
● Block flywheel with turning gear.
● Unscrew screws (1) with the socket wrench insert.
● Remove V-belt pulley.
1

3 ● Visually inspect the component.

30-68

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-68 30-68 7/8/2010 9:08:12 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installing the V-belt pulley

1 NOTE:

Make sure the clamping bushing (1) is in place.

2 NOTE:

The bore (1) must match the bore (2).

● Mount V-belt pulley.

3 Attention!

Renew screws every time they are loosened.

NOTE:

Screws: M16 x 1.5

● Tighten new screws with the socket wrench insert and

rotation angle disc.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
● Remove turning gear.
© 46604-0
See para. 30.1.9 - Installing and rem... - Page 30-26
● Install V-belt.

30-69

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-69 30-69 7/8/2010 9:08:13 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

See para. 30.2.14 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-112

30-70

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-70 30-70 7/8/2010 9:08:13 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.22 - Removing and installing the charge air line (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Remove charge air line

1 ● Unscrew hollow screws (1).
● Remove sealing rings.

2 ● Disconnect cables.
● Unscrew screws (1).
● Remove charge air manifold (2).
1 1
● Remove gasket.
● Remove plug piece.

3 ● Remove the cylinder head hood.

See para. 30.1.15 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-45
● Unscrew all screws (1). 2
● Remove charge air pipe (2).
● Remove seals.
● Visually inspect the component.

30-71

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-71 30-71 7/8/2010 9:08:13 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Install charge air line

1 NOTE:

Ensure that the installation location is free from

faults.
1
● Clean sealing surfaces.
● Mount new gaskets (1).

2 ● Mount charge air line.

3 NOTE:

Do not move gaskets.

NOTE:

Tightening sequence: From the centre

outwards.

● Fasten screws.
● Tighten screws.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

30-72

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-72 30-72 7/8/2010 9:08:14 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 ● Mount cylinder head cover.

See para. 30.1.15 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-45
● Clean sealing surfaces.
● Mount new gasket (1).
1

5 ● Fit new sealing rings (1).

6 ● Coat plug piece (1) with mounting compound.

● Insert plug element (1).

30-73

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-73 30-73 7/8/2010 9:08:15 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

7 NOTE:

Note different screw lengths: M8x 30 mm (1)

M8x 95 mm (2) M8x 80 mm (3)
3
● Mount charge air manifold.
● Insert screws (1) with locking agent.
2
● Insert screws (2) with locking agent.
● Fasten screws.
● Tighten screws.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2 1

● Connect cable.
© 46491-1

8 NOTE:

Use new sealing rings.

● Tighten hollow screw (1).

See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
1

30-74

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-74 30-74 7/8/2010 9:08:15 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.23 - Removing and installing the exhaust line (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removing exhaust line

1 ● Remove turbocharger.
See para. 30.1.24 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-78
● Unscrew nuts (1).
● Remove spacing sleeves. 1 1
● Remove exhaust line (2).

1 2 1

2 ● Remove seals.
● Remove studs.

3 ● Visually inspect the component.

30-75

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-75 30-75 7/8/2010 9:08:15 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installing exhaust line

1 ● Clean sealing surfaces.
● Coat new pin bolts with mounting compound.
● Mount new studs.
● Mount new gaskets.

2 ● Mount exhaust line (2).

● Mount spacer sleeves (1).

3 ● Turn on new nuts (2).

2 2

30-76

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-76 30-76 7/8/2010 9:08:15 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 NOTE:

Tightening sequence from inside to outside, start

with nut (1).

● Tighten all nuts (1).

See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
● Install the turbocharger.
See para. 30.1.24 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-78

30-77

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-77 30-77 7/8/2010 9:08:16 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.1.24 - Removing and installing the turbocharger (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Disassembly tool 5.9035.245.0

NOTE:

Collect leaking operating substances in suitable vessels and dispose of according to regulations. Emptying and
filling the engine with operating media must be carried out according to the operating manual and the appropriate
documentation of the vehicle/equipment manufacturer.

Removing turbocharger
1 ● Hold nut (2).
● Unscrew screw (1).
2

2 ● Unscrew hollow screws (1).

1
● Remove sealing rings.
● Remove lubricating oil pipe (2).
2

30-78

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-78 30-78 7/8/2010 9:08:16 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 ● Unscrew screw (1).

● Remove holder.

4 ● Remove oil return pipe (1).

5 ● Unscrew nuts (1).

● Remove turbocharger (2).
● Remove gasket.
1
● Unscrew the pin bolts. 1
● Visually inspect the components.

2
© 46503-0

● Mount holder.
● Tighten screw (2).
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

8 ● Hold nut (2).

● Tighten screw (1).
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2 2

30-82

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-82 30-82 7/8/2010 9:08:18 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2 - C0 - ENGINE ACCESSORIES

30.2.1 - Radiator (C0.01.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove the screws and lower protection (1).

F0120061

3 Remove screw (2) and remove bracket (3) .

2
3

F0144291

4 Detach wiring (4) of the engine air filter clogged sensor (5) .

F0144350

30-83

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-83 30-83 7/8/2010 9:08:18 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Loosen hose clamps (6) and remove intake duct (7).

6
7

F0144360

6 Remove screws (8), (9) fixing cooler (10) for the front P.T.O. .

F0144370

7 Remove the P.T.O cooler (10) and set aside.

F0144380

8 Detach the gearbox oil return and delivery pipes (11) and (12) .

IMPORTANT 11

Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress

of dirt.
12

IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers.

F0144301

Tilt the pipes towards the rear of the tractor.

30-84

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-84 30-84 7/8/2010 9:08:19 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Remove the three screws (13) fixing the fuel cooler (14).
14
IMPORTANT

Tilt the cooler (14) towards the rear of the tractor

and secure provisionally.

F0144390

10 Loosen the clamps (15) and (16)and detach the inlet and outlet
pipes (18) and (19) from the intercooler (17).

18 16

17
19
15

F014431 1

11 Remove the lower fixing screws and remove the intercooler

(17).
17

F0144340

12 Remove screws (20).

20
F0144400

30-85

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-85 30-85 7/8/2010 9:08:21 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

13 Remove the gearbox oil cooler (21).

F0144410

14 Disconnect expansion tank connection pipe (23) from radiator

(22). 22

F0144420

15 Loosen the clamps (24) and detach pipes (25) and (26) from the
radiator.

25 26
24

24
F0144430

16 Remove the four upper fixing screws (27).

F0144440

30-86

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-86 30-86 7/8/2010 9:08:21 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

17 Remove lower fixing screws (28).

F0144450

18 Remove radiator (29).

F0144460

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Fill the engine cooling system with coolant.
● Run the engine for a few minutes to circulate the cooling fluid and gearbox oil and check the seals.
● Stop the engine and restore levels.

30-87

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-87 30-87 7/8/2010 9:08:23 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.2 - Air cleaner (C0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Raise hood (1).

F0144260

2 Loosen the clamps (2) and detach pipe (4) from air cleaner (3) .
3

2 4

F0144270

3 Loosen and remove screws (5) and remove air cleaner (3).
5
3

F0144280

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-88

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-88 30-88 7/8/2010 9:08:23 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.3 - Intercooler (C0.02.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.2.2 - Air cleaner - Page 30-88 - (C0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove the screw and remove pipe retainer bracket (1) .

F0144290

3 Detach the gearbox oil return and delivery pipes (2) and (3) .

IMPORTANT 3

Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress

of dirt. 2

IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers.

F0144300

Tilt the pipes towards the rear of the tractor.

4 Remove the retainer screws (4) of the fuel cooler (5) and set
aside.

30-89

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-89 30-89 7/8/2010 9:08:25 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Loosen the clamps (6) and (7)and detach the inlet and outlet
pipes (9) and (10) from the intercooler (8).

6 Loosen and remove lower fixing screws (11) of intercooler (8).

7 Remove intercooler (8).

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-90

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-90 30-90 7/8/2010 9:08:27 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.4 - Fuel tank (C0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 DANGER

Do not smoke or allow naked flames in the vicinity during the removal, refitting and filling of the fuel tank.

DANGER

Wipe up any spilt fuel immediately before someone slips on it.

DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Position suitable lifting equipment under fuel tank (1) and apply
a slight lifting force.

1
F0081231

3 Remove nut (2) and remove lower tank support pin (3).

F0081241

30-91

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-91 30-91 7/8/2010 9:08:27 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Remove screw (4) and remove the pin (5).

5
F0081251

5 Remove pin (6) supporting tank (1).

1 F0120561

6 Lower tank (1) slowly by about 10 cm.

F0120571

7 Disconnect wiring connector (7) of the fuel level sensor.

7
Loosen clamp (8) and disconnect pipe (9).
9
● Plug the pipe and union to prevent the ingress of dirt.

F0120581

30-92

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-92 30-92 7/8/2010 9:08:28 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Loosen hose clamp (10), disconnect pipe (11) and remove tank
(1). 11 1
● Plug the pipe and union to prevent the ingress of dirt. 10

F0120591

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-93

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-93 30-93 7/8/2010 9:08:29 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.5 - Fuel cooler (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.2.2 - Air cleaner - Page 30-88 - (C0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.

2 Detach wiring (1) of the engine air filter clogged sensor (2) .

1
F0144470

3 Remove screws (3), (4) fixing the front P.T.O. cooler (5).
3
4

F0144371

4 Remove the P.T.O cooler (5) and set aside.

F0144381

30-94

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-94 30-94 7/8/2010 9:08:30 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Detach the fuel inlet and outlet pipes (6) and (7) .

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress 6

of dirt.

IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers on each removal

procedure. 7
F0144480

6 Remove the three screws (8) fixing the cooler (9).

F0144391

7 Remove cooler (9).

F0144490

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Bleeding the fuel circuit

30-95

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-95 30-95 7/8/2010 9:08:31 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.6 - Starter motor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove nut (1), detach leads (2) from the starter motor (3) and
3
remove protection (4).
1 4

F0144500

3 Remove extension (5), detach cable (6) and remove protection

(7). 5 7

F0144510

4 Remove screw and disconnect cable (8).

F0144520

30-96

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-96 30-96 7/8/2010 9:08:32 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove the three screws (9) and remove the starter motor (3).

3 F0144530

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Screw: 1 to 1.3 Nm (0.74-0.96 lb.ft.)
Procedure 3
● Extension: 16 to 20 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)
Procedure 2
● Nut: 16 to 20 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)

30-97

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-97 30-97 7/8/2010 9:08:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tractor with cab (C0.06.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Remove screw (1).

F0120380

2 Slacken off collar (2) and remove exhaust pipe (3).

F0120390

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-98

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-98 30-98 7/8/2010 9:08:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.8 - Silencer (C0.06.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Remove screws (1).

2 Loosen and remove screws (2).

3 Remove silencer (3).

IMPORTANT
● Renew gasket (4) after every removal.

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-99

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-99 30-99 7/8/2010 9:08:34 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.9 - Remove and install fuel filter console (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Special wrench 5.9035.176.00
● Plugs/caps 5.9035.177.00

DANGER

Wait 30 seconds after switching off the engine before working on the fuel system.

Attention!

Removing the fuel filter console

1 NOTE:

Collect draining fuel and dispose of according to

regulations. 1

● Unscrew hollow screws (1).

● Remove sealing rings.

30-100

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-100 30-100 7/8/2010 9:08:35 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 ● Unscrew screws (1).

● Remove fuel filter console (2).

3 ● Visually inspect the component.

Installing the fuel filter console

1 ● Mount the fuel filter console.
● Mount nut (1).
● Fasten screw (2). 1
2

30-101

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-101 30-101 7/8/2010 9:08:36 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 ● Mount nut (1).

● Fasten screw (2). 1
● Tighten screws.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

3 Attention!

Lay the hose pipe free from chafing and tension.

2
1
NOTE:

Bleed the fuel system via the manual fuel pump

on the fuel pre-filter according to the operation
manual.

● Tighten hollow screw (1) with new sealing rings.

See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
● Tighten hollow screw (2) with new sealing rings.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2 © 46583-1

30-102

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-102 30-102 7/8/2010 9:08:37 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.10 - Removing and installing the fuel supply pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Plugs/caps 5.9035.177.0

DANGER

Wait 30 seconds after switching off the engine before working on the fuel system.

1 Attention!
1
Hold on the hexagon of the plus pole screw.

● Disconnect cables.
● Unscrew screws (1).
1

2 ● Remove hose nozzles (1).

● Remove gasket (2).
● Remove heating flange.
● Remove gasket (3).

3 2

3 ● Visually inspect the component.

30-106

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-106 30-106 7/8/2010 9:08:40 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installing the heating flange

1 ● Mount gasket (3).
● Mount heating flange.
● Mount gasket (2).
● Mount hose nozzles (1).

3 2

2 Attention!
1
Hold on the hexagon of the plus pole screw.

● Tighten screws (1).

● Tighten screws alternately.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2 1

● Tighten screws alternately.

See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

30-107

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-107 30-107 7/8/2010 9:08:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.12 - Removing and installing the thermostat (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
NOTE:

Removing the thermostat

1 ● Unscrew screws (1).
● Remove outlet nozzle (2).
1

1 2

2 ● Remove coolant thermostat (1).

● Visually inspect the components.
1

30-108

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-108 30-108 7/8/2010 9:08:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installing the thermostat

1 ● Clean sealing surfaces.
1
● Insert new sealing ring (1).
● Coat the sealing ring with fitting compound.

2 ● Insert coolant thermostat.

3 ● Mount outlet nozzle (2).

● Tighten screws (1).
1
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

1 2

30-109

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-109 30-109 7/8/2010 9:08:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.13 - Removing and installing temperature transmitter (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
NOTE:

Removing temperature transmitter

1 ● Unlock cable plug (1) and remove.

2 ● Unscrew temperature transmitter (1).

30-110

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-110 30-110 7/8/2010 9:08:42 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 ● Visually inspect the component.

Installing temperature transmitter

1 NOTE:

Make sure the sealing ring is in place.

1
● Tighten temperature transmitter (1).
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

2 NOTE:

Ensure that the connection is perfect.

● Plug in the cable plug (1).

30-111

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-111 30-111 7/8/2010 9:08:42 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.14 - Removing and installing the generator (operating side) (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Attention!

Only test / tighten / renew V-belts when the engine is not running.

NOTE:

The V-belt tension of new V-belts must be checked after they have been running for 15 minutes.

Removing the generator

1 NOTE:

Note assignment! - (1) = terminal W - (2) =

terminal D+ - (3) = terminal B+
1
● Disconnect the battery’s negative terminal.
● Remove cable from generator. 2

2 ● Loosen screws (1).

30-112

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-112 30-112 7/8/2010 9:08:43 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 ● Remove V-belt.
● Loosen screw (1).
2
● Unscrew screws (3). 3

● Remove generator (2). 1

● Visually inspect the components.

Installing the generator

1 ● Mount generator (3).
● Tighten screws (2).
3
❍ M8-10.9 2

See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2 1

● Tighten screw (1).
❍ M8-10.9
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
● Tighten screw (4).
❍ M8-10.9
4
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

30-113

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-113 30-113 7/8/2010 9:08:43 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installing the V-belt

1 ● Mount V-belt.
● Press clamping strap (1) in direction of arrow with a
suitable tool.

2 ● Pre-tighten screws (1).

Check V-belt tension with V-belt tension measuring device

1 ● Lower indicator arm (1) into V-belt tension measuring
device.

30-114

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-114 30-114 7/8/2010 9:08:43 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 NOTE:

The V-belt must be between the guides (arrow).

● Mount V-belt tension measuring device on V-belt.

3 NOTE:

Note different units on the scale.

● Press the V-belt measuring device against the V-belt with

the button (1) until you hear it click. 1

● Read measured value at the intersection (arrow) of the

indicator arm and scale.
❍ First assembly:
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
❍ Check after running for 15 minutes under load:
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
© 46560-0
● If the nominal value is not reached, the tensioning process
must be repeated.
4 ● Tighten screws (1).
❍ M8-10.9
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2 1

30-115

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-115 30-115 7/8/2010 9:08:44 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 NOTE:

Note assignment! - (1) = terminal W - (2) =

terminal D+ - (3) = terminal B+
1
● Remove cable from generator.
● Connect the battery’s negative terminal. 2

30-116

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-116 30-116 7/8/2010 9:08:44 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.2.15 - Removing and installing the oil pressure switch (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Long socket wrench insert 5.9035.075.0
● Plugs/caps 5.9035.177.0

NOTE:

Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when working on the lube oil system. Carefully clean the area around the
affected parts. Blow damp areas dry with compressed air. Observe the safety regulations and national specifications
for handling lube oils. Close all connections immediately after opening with new, clean plugs/caps. Do not remove
plugs/caps until immediately before assembling.

Removing the oil pressure switch

1 ● Unlock cable plug (1) and remove.

2 NOTE:

Collect lubricating oil and dispose of according

to regulations.

● Unscrew oil pressure switch (1). 1

● Visually inspect the components.

30-117

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-117 30-117 7/8/2010 9:08:45 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installing the oil pressure switch

1 ● Tighten oil pressure switch (1) with new sealing ring.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2

2 NOTE:

Ensure that the connection is perfect.

● Plug in the cable plug (1).

30-118

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-118 30-118 7/8/2010 9:08:45 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3 - D0 - TRANSMISSION

30.3.1 - Changing the transmission oil (D0.00.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
CAUTION

Accumulators contain gas or oil under pressure. For all repairs, first consult the instructions given in the manufacturer’s
manual.

IMPORTANT:

Dispose of used oil and filters in compliance with applicable regulations. DO NOT dump oil on the ground, in sewers
or containers that are not sealed. Respect the environment.

IMPORTANT:

Change the filters at the same time as the oil.

Procedure for changing the transmission oil

1 Park the tractor on level ground.
2 Open the plug on top of the lift casing (see “Checking the transmission oil level”).

CAUTION

If fuel or oil under pressure hits the skin or eyes, it can cause serious injury, blindness or even death. High-
pressure fluid leaks may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood when looking for leaks. NEVER
use your hands! Wear safety goggles to protect your eyes. If any fluid penetrates your skin, seek immediate
attention from medical personnel with experience of this particular problem.

3 Remove the drain plug (1) located under the gearbox, placing a
suitable receptacle under the hole.

DANGER

Use caution when draining off spent: hot oil can

cause severe burns.

30-119

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-119 30-119 7/8/2010 9:08:45 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 ● Only for tractors equipped with hydraulic shuttle

Remove the plug (2) located under the front of the gearbox,
placing a suitable receptacle under the hole.

DANGER

Use caution when draining off spent: hot oil can

cause severe burns.

5 Remove the oil plug with dipstick (1).

CAUTION

Never top up with oil of a different type (class or

viscosity) to that already present.
1

6 Change the oil filters located on the LH side of the gearbox casing.
7 Fit and tighten the drain plug (1) and fill the gearbox with oil
through the hole on top of the lift casing after removing the plug
(3) to reach the level indicated by the plug with the dipstick (4).

8 After filling, screw in the oil filler plug and run the engine for a few minutes.
9 Check the oil level via the plug with dipstick (4) and top up if necessary.
The tractor is equipped with a gearbox oil cooler, for cleaning it see “Cleaning engine front compartment gearbox oil cooler”.

30-120

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-120 30-120 7/8/2010 9:08:46 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.2 - Range selector assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.11 - Services solenoid... - Page 30-438 - (H0.10.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove screw (1) and disconnect range lever (2).

F0128660

2 Remove screws (3) and remove the complete range gear selector
assembly (4).

4 3

3
F0144730

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Mating face: Silastic

D0024390

30-121

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-121 30-121 7/8/2010 9:08:46 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.3 - Disassembly of the range selector (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1 Remove springs (1) and pins (2).

1 2

F0085130

2 Remove screw (3).

● Renew the screw on reassembly.

F0085140

3 Remove screws (4) and raise lever support assembly (5) and
creeper range control rod (6) and remove fork (7).

4 Remove high speed/low speed range control rod (8).

● Recover interlock pin (9).
8
9

30-122

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-122 30-122 7/8/2010 9:08:47 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove screw (10) and remove fork (11).

● Renew the screw on reassembly. 10

F0085170

6 Remove rod (6) from lever support (5).

6 5

F0085180

7 Remove O-rings (12).

F0087690

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Mating face: Silastic
Procedure 2
● Screw: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)

30-123

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-123 30-123 7/8/2010 9:08:48 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.4 - Separation of housing from transmission (D0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Separation
1 Remove the four lower screws (1).

1
1
F0144540

2 Position a trolley jack “A” under the housing and a stand “B”
under the transmission.
Force a stand “C” under the towing hitch to prevent the
transmission toppling over.

A B
C
F0144550

3 Remove screws (2) and (3) and remove carrier assembly (4).

2 4

3 F0129472

30-124

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-124 30-124 7/8/2010 9:08:48 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Loosen hose clamps (5) and move hose (6) downwards.

6 5

F0144560

5 Remove screw (7).

F0129201

6 Remove union (8) and disconnect pipe (9).

F0129081

7 Loosen nut (10) and remove cover (11).

F0129091

30-125

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-125 30-125 7/8/2010 9:08:49 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Remove screw (12) and remove extension (13).

IMPORTANT

Check the condition of the O-rings and renew 13

them if necessary

13 12

F0129131

9 Disconnect pipe (14) from resonator (15).

IMPORTANT 15 14

Plug the pipe and hole to prevent the ingress of

dirt.

F0129101

10 Loosen union (16), remove clamp (17) and disconnect pipe

(18).
17

16 18

F01291 12

11 Remove nut (19) and screw (20).

F0129121

30-126

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-126 30-126 7/8/2010 9:08:50 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

12 For versions with front lift

Disconnect front lift control pipes (21).

F0121653

13 Loosen unions (22).

14 Remove union (23).

IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers on reassembly

15 Loosen the unions and disconnect brakes pipes (24) and

differential lock pipe (25).

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress

of dirt.

30-127

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-127 30-127 7/8/2010 9:08:51 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

16 Remove the remaining screws (26)

17 Separate clutch housing (27) from transmission (28) by pushing

on both front wheels.

Reconnection
Reconnect the transmission and engine by reversing the separation operation and carry out the following procedures:
Procedures 11-16
● Nut: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.)
● Fixing: 70±3 Nm (51.6±2.2 lb.ft.)

30-128

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-128 30-128 7/8/2010 9:08:53 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.5 - Shuttle assembly - complete unit (D0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.8 - Silencer - Page 30-99 - (C0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.1.1 - Engine - Separatio... - Page 30-2 - (B0.00.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Drain off all the oil from the transmission.

2 Remove all the screws (1).

3 Use a slide hammer puller to detach the shuttle unit (2) from the
housing (3).

30-129

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-129 30-129 7/8/2010 9:08:53 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Screw in two service stud bolts “B” and remove shuttle unit (2).

5 Attach shuttle assembly (2) to a hoist and remove it from the

tractor.

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-130 30-130 7/8/2010 9:08:54 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the
following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Apply a thin film of sealant around holes “A” .
❍ Mating face: Loctite 510
❍ O-ring: grease

30-131

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-131 30-131 7/8/2010 9:08:56 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.6 - Disassembly of the shuttle unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1 Place shuttle unit (1) on a suitable stand and remove the seven
screws (2).

IMPORTANT

Mark flange (3) and the support to facilitate

assembly operations.

2 Remove flange assembly (3).

3 Remove the ten screws (4).

4
4

F0104670

4 Remove forward drive clutch assembly (5).

F0104680

30-132

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-132 30-132 7/8/2010 9:08:56 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Recover springs (7) and pins (8) from reverse drive clutch
assembly (6). 7

8 7

F0104690

6 Remove O-rings (9).

IMPORTANT

Renew the O-rings on reassembly.

F0104700

Assembly
1 Locate springs (7) and pins (8) in clutch assembly (6).
7

8 7

F0104690

2 Make sure that the last friction disc locates correctly on the hub.

F0130080

30-133

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-133 30-133 7/8/2010 9:08:56 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 Locate clutch assembly (5), making sure that springs (10) are
positioned in the holes and that locating dowel (11) is aligned
with the corresponding hole in clutch housing (7).

4 Tighten screws (4).

● Screws: 20 Nm (29.5 lb.ft.)
● Screws: Loctite 242 4
4
IMPORTANT

Tighten the screws in an alternate crosswise

sequence.

F0104670

5 Fit new O-rings (9).

F0104700

6 Locate flange (3), taking care to align the marks made during
disassembly or align locating dowel (12).

IMPORTANT

Lubricate the lip of the oil seal with hydraulic oil.

30-134

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-134 30-134 7/8/2010 9:08:58 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

7 Tighten screws (2).

● Screws: 40 Nm (29.5 lb.ft.)
● Screws: Loctite 242

2 2

F0104651

30-135

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-135 30-135 7/8/2010 9:08:58 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.7 - Disassembly of the cover unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1 Remove seals (1).

F0104710

2 Remove circlip (2) and remove oil seal (3).

IMPORTANT

Renew the oil seal on reassembly. 2

F0104720

3 Remove circlip (4) and, using a suitable puller or drift, remove

roller cage (5).

F0104730

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:

30-136

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-136 30-136 7/8/2010 9:08:58 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 2
● Make sure that oil seal (3) is installed the right way round.

Procedure 1
● Seal rings: hydraulic oil

30-137

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-137 30-137 7/8/2010 9:08:59 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.8 - Disassembly of the forward drive clutch assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
2
7 6
1

10 4

13 5

8
12

D0040980

Fig.117 - Forward drive clutch assembly

Disassembly
1 Remove the two screws (1) and remove disc (2).

IMPORTANT 1
3
Mark the hole in which pin (3) is inserted.
1

F0129650

30-138

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-138 30-138 7/8/2010 9:08:59 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Remove the clutch pack assembly, composed of six corrugated

6 7
springs (4), six friction discs (5), five steel discs (6) 3 mm thick 5
and one steel disc (7) 6.5 mm thick.

IMPORTANT

Take care not to alter the assembly sequence of

the friction and steel discs.

4
F0129660

3 Remove hub (8) and recover Belleville spring (9).

8
9

F0129670

4 Blow compressed air at low pressure through the hole in the side
of clutch housing (10) to expel piston (11).

IMPORTANT
A
Restrain piston (11) as it could be expelled at
high speed and thus damaged.

10
F0129680

5 Check the condition of O-rings (12) and (13) and renew them if
necessary.
13

12
F0104780

30-139

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-139 30-139 7/8/2010 9:09:00 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Only if necessary
Remove bearing (14) from hub (8).
14 8

D0040990

Installation
1 Only if removed
Using a suitable drift, fit bearing (14) on hub (8).
14 8

D0040990

2 Fit O-rings (12) and (13) in clutch housing (10).

IMPORTANT 13 10

To facilitate installation of O-ring (13), stretch

it slightly at various points all around the
circumference so that it is held in place in its
seating.

● O-ring: hydraulic oil.

12
F0104781

3 Fit piston (11) in clutch housing (10) and make sure it is properly
seated.

10
F0129690

30-140

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-140 30-140 7/8/2010 9:09:01 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Position Belleville spring (9) in the clutch housing.

IMPORTANT

Take care to install Belleville spring (9) the right 9

way round.
9

F0129700

5 Fit hub (8) and make sure bearing (14) is firmly seated in Belleville
spring (9). 8

F0129710

6 Fit first steel disc (7), friction disc (5) and corrugated spring (4).
7 4
IMPORTANT 5

Make sure that steel disc (7) is 6.5 mm thick.

● Friction disc ( hydraulic fluid)

F0129720

7 Complete the clutch pack by fitting steel disc (6), friction disc (5) 4
and corrugated spring (4) in sequence. 6
5
● Friction discs: hydraulic oil

F0129730

30-141

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-141 30-141 7/8/2010 9:09:01 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Fit disc (2) and secure it in position with screws (1).

IMPORTANT 1
3
Orient the disc so pin (3) can be inserted in the
1
hole marked during disassembly.

F0129650

30-142

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-142 30-142 7/8/2010 9:09:02 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.9 - Disassembly of the reverse drive clutch assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

4 4
5

6
10

7 8

16 17

13 15

D0040960

Fig.118 - Reverse drive clutch assembly

30-143

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-143 30-143 7/8/2010 9:09:02 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Disassembly
1 Remove needle roller bearing (1).

F0129740

2 Remove the clutch pack assembly, composed of six corrugated

2 3
springs (2), six friction discs (3), five steel discs (4) 3 mm thick
4
and one steel disc (5) 6.5 mm thick.

IMPORTANT

Take care not to alter the assembly sequence of

the friction and plain steel discs.

F0129750

3 Remove hub (6).

F0129760

4 Only if necessary
Using three screws as a driving tool, remove bearing (7) from
hub (6). 6 7

D0040970

30-144

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-144 30-144 7/8/2010 9:09:02 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Blow compressed air at low pressure through hole “A” of support

(8) to expel piston (9). 8

IMPORTANT

Restrain piston (9) as it could be expelled at high

speed and thus damaged.
9

A F0129770

6 Check the condition of O-rings (10) and (11) and renew them if
necessary.
11

10
F0129780

7 Remove circlips (12) and (13).

12 13

F0129790

8 Remove circlip (14).

F0129800

30-145

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-145 30-145 7/8/2010 9:09:03 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Remove clutch housing (15) from support (8).

F0129810

10 Remove bearing (16) from clutch housing (15).

F0129820

11 Remove rings (17) from support (8).

F0129830

Installation
1 Fit rings (17) on support (8).
17
● Seal rings: Hydraulic oil
8

F0129830

30-146

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-146 30-146 7/8/2010 9:09:04 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Insert bearing (16) in clutch housing (15).

F0129820

3 Fit circlips (12) and (13).

12 13

F0129790

4 Fit the clutch housing (15) on support (8) and secure it in position
with circlip (14). 15
14

F0129840

5 Fit O-rings (10) and (11) in clutch housing (15).

15
IMPORTANT
11
To facilitate installation of O-ring (11), stretch
it slightly at various points all around the
circumference so that it is held in place in its
seating.

● O-rings: hydraulic oil.

10
F0129781

30-147

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-147 30-147 7/8/2010 9:09:05 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Fit piston (9) in clutch housing (15) and make sure it is properly
seated.

15
F0129691

7 Using a press and suitable drift, install bearing (7) on hub (6).
Fit hub (6) on clutch housing (15). 6

6
15 F0129850

8 Fit first steel disc (5), friction disc (3) and corrugated spring (2).
5
3

4 F0129721

9 Complete the clutch pack by fitting steel disc (4), friction disc (3)
4
and corrugated spring (2) in sequence. 3
● Friction discs: hydraulic oil.

2 F0129731

30-148

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-148 30-148 7/8/2010 9:09:05 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

10 Position roller cage (1) on hub (6).

F0129741

30-149

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-149 30-149 7/8/2010 9:09:07 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.10 - Gearbox and Hi-Lo assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.21 - Complete gearbox ... - Page 30-193 - (D0.09.04) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.5 - Shuttle assembly -... - Page 30-129 - (D0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 DANGER

Drain off all the oil from the transmission.

2 Remove screws (1) and remove gear lever (2).

1
2
F0128670

3 Loosen unions (3) and (4) and remove the pipe (5).

IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

5
4
F0108652

30-150

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-150 30-150 7/8/2010 9:09:07 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Attach the Hi-Lo unit (6) to a hoist and take up the slack in the
lifting rope.

F0128680

5 Remove the three screws (7) on the right-hand side, and screws
(8) and the four nuts (9) on the left-hand side.
7
8

9
7

F0128690

6 Remove Hi-Lo unit (6) complete with the gearbox.

F0128700

Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 6
● For version with mechanical shuttle
❍ Mating faces: Loctite 518

30-151

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-151 30-151 7/8/2010 9:09:08 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 2
● Mating faces: Silastic 738
Procedure 1
● Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
❍ Transmission oil: max 50 l (13.2 US. gall.)

30-152

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-152 30-152 7/8/2010 9:09:09 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.11 - Disassembly of the Hi-Lo unit (D0.04.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.5 - Fenders - Page 30-357 - (G0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1 DANGER

Drain off all the oil from the transmission.

2 Remove plug (1).

F0108690

3 Loosen unions (2) and (3) and remove pipe (4).

IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

4 3
F0108651

30-153

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-153 30-153 7/8/2010 9:09:09 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Remove screws (5) and remove cover (6).

F0108700

5 Remove circlip (7).

F0108710

6 Remove screws (8) and remove cover (9).

8
9

F0108720

7 Remove the six screws (10) and remove the complete Hi gear
clutch housing (11).
10

F0144740

30-154

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-154 30-154 7/8/2010 9:09:10 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Remove spacer (12) and the first plain steel plate (13).

IMPORTANT 13
Note that this plate is 5 mm thick.
12

F0144750

9 Remove the Lo range clutch pack, composed of three friction

plates (14) and three plain steel plates (15).
15

F0144760

10 Remove circlip (16) and recover shims (17).

F0108761

11 Withdraw planet carrier assembly (18) complete with hub (19).

F0128710

30-155

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-155 30-155 7/8/2010 9:09:10 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

12 Remove bolts (20) and nuts (21).

20
21

F0128720

13 Remove the Hi-Lo unit housing (22) and remove gasket (23).
23
IMPORTANT

Renew gasket (23) on reassembly.

F0128730

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:

IMPORTANT

If the Hi-Lo unit was removed in order to overhaul the clutches or the piston, refit the unit by following the removal
steps in reverse order. In all other cases, check the end float of the sun gears of the final drive unit. (For details, see
“Adjustment of the planetary reduction gear end float” in this chapter).

Procedure 11
● Before installing the complete planet carrier assembly (18), check
that planet gears are still correctly positioned relative to hub (19), 18
i.e. that the notches on one tooth of each planet pinion are all
converging on the centre when the hub is in position.

F0128762

30-156

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-156 30-156 7/8/2010 9:09:11 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 9
● Install a steel plate (15) followed by a friction plate (14) to
complete the clutch pack. 15

❍ Friction plates: transmission oil.

F0144760

● Install the first plain steel plate (13) (thickness 5.0 mm) and
spacer (12).
13

F0144750

Procedure 6
8
● Fit cover (9) and tighten screws (8). 9
❍ Mating face: Loctite 518

F0108720

Procedure 5
● Temporarily install cover (6) and secure in position with screws
(5).
6
● Screw a service bolt (A) (M12x45) fully into the hole on the
Lo range clutch housing in order to gain access to the circlip 5
groove.

A
F0128740

30-157

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-157 30-157 7/8/2010 9:09:12 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 5
● Remove cover (6) and fit circlip (7).

F0108710

Procedure 4
● Mating face: Loctite 518
Procedure 1
● Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
❍ Transmission oil: approx. 50 l (13.2 US. gall.)

Adjustment of the planetary reduction gear end float

1 Fit hub (2) in gearbox (1) and secure in position with circlip (3).
1

F0144770

2 With a feeler gauge “A”, measure the clearance “R” between hub
(2) and gear (4).

2
F0144780

3 Calculate the thickness “S” of the shims to be installed between hub (2) and circlip (3) using the formula:
● S = R – F where:
❍ S = final shim thickness
❍ R = measured dimension
❍ F= fixed clearance (0.4±0.2 mm)
● Example:

30-158

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-158 30-158 7/8/2010 9:09:13 PM

4
5
F0145170

4 Dismantle planet pinions (4) and recover roller cages (6).

6
6 F0145180

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use
caution in relation to the following procedures:
4
Procedure 1
● Make sure that planet pinions (4) are correctly positioned relative
to the hub (1), i.e. that the notches present on one tooth of each
planet pinion are all converging on the centre when the hub is in
position.
1

F0128763

30-161

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-161 30-161 7/8/2010 9:09:14 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.13 - Disassembly of the Hi range clutch housing (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

4
5

6 7

10 8 9
16
11

13
12
21
14

15 20

17 19 18 D0048940

Fig.120 - Cross-section view of Hi range clutch housing

Disassembly
1 DANGER

The use of service tool T3 (code 5.9030.676.0) is essential for this procedure.

30-162

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-162 30-162 7/8/2010 9:09:14 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

12 Remove clutch cylinder (15) from the service tool T3 (code

5.9030.676.0).

13 Remove O-ring (16).

30-165

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-165 30-165 7/8/2010 9:09:16 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

14 Remove the complete shaft (2) from clutch cylinder (15) and
remove spring (17).

15 Remove O-ring seal (18) and remove lock ring (19).

16 Withdraw Lo range piston (20) from clutch cylinder (15).

17 Remove O-ring seal (21) from piston (20).

30-166

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-166 30-166 7/8/2010 9:09:17 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

18 Make sure that check valve (22) functions correctly and that hole
(F) is not blocked by impurities.

Installation
1 Fit O-ring (21) on Lo range piston (20).
● O-ring: transmission oil

2 Install piston (20) in clutch cylinder (15) and ensure it is fully

seated.

3 Install lock ring (19) and O-ring (18) on shaft (2).

● O-ring: transmission oil

30-167

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-167 30-167 7/8/2010 9:09:17 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Fit O-ring (16) on clutch cylinder (15).

● O-ring: transmission oil

5 Fit spring (17) on shaft (2) and position it on service tool T3 (code
5.9030.676.0) making sure that the tab locates in the slot on the
shaft.

6 Locate clutch cylinder (15) on shaft (2) and secure it to service

tool T3 (5.9030.676.0), tightening the screws to seat it.

7 Fit spacer (14).

30-168

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-168 30-168 7/8/2010 9:09:18 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Assemble the Hi range clutch pack, inserting a friction plate (12)

and a plain steel plate (13). Complete the clutch pack with a
friction plate (12).

9 Install O-ring (11) on the Hi range piston (10).

● O-ring: transmission oil

10 Install complete piston assembly (10) in the clutch housing.

11 Fit spacer (9) and shim pack (8) with thickness “A” measured
during disassembly or calculated during the Belleville spring
preload adjustment procedure.

12 DANGER

If the Belleville springs have been renewed, adjust the spring preload (For details, see “Spring preload
adjustment”).

30-169

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-169 30-169 7/8/2010 9:09:18 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-170 30-170 7/8/2010 9:09:19 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

16 Fit nut (3) and tighten with the special wrench T5 (code
5.9030.503.0).
● Nut: 147 Nm

IMPORTANT

Check that the Belleville springs (7) remain

correctly aligned.

17 Stake nut (3).

Spring preload adjustment

1 DANGER

The adjustment procedure mist be carried out whenever the Belleville springs are renewed or if shim packs (5)
and (8) have got mixed up and the technician has not made a note of dimensions “A” and “B”.

2 Measure and make a note of the dimension “D” of spacer (1).

● Example: D = 21.50

30-171

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-171 30-171 7/8/2010 9:09:19 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 Form a shim pack (2) of thickness “S”, which, when added to

the dimension “D” of spacer (1), obtains a thickness equal to the
fixed dimension “F” of 25.25 mm.
● Example:
❍ D = 21.50
❍ F = 25.25
❍ S = F – D = 25.25 – 21.50 = 3.75
● Form a shim pack of:
❍ four spacers at 0.50 = 2.00
❍ five spacers at 0.20 = 1.00
❍ five spacers at 0.15 = 0.75
4 IMPORTANT

After forming the shim pack (2), check that the

total thickness of spacer (1) and the shim pack is
equal to the fixed dimension “F”.

5 Locate spacer (3) and fit spacer (1) in clutch housing (4).

6 While pressing on piston (10), measure dimensions “C” and “L”

and determine the dimension “M” using the formula: M = C – L

30-172

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-172 30-172 7/8/2010 9:09:20 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

7 ● Example:
❍ C =20.32
❍ L = 3.52
❍ M = 20.32 – 3.52 = 16.80

8 Calculate the thickness “A” of the shim pack (5) to be installed

under spacer (1) using the formula: A = 17.70– M where
dimension 17.70 is a fixed value.
● Example:
❍ A = 17.70 – 16.80 = 0.90
Form shim pack (5) of thickness “A” using only those shims used
previously to form shim pack (2).

9 Install the shim pack (5) and the spacer (1) and check, as
described in point 5, that the new dimension C is between 17.65
and 17.75 mm.

IMPORTANT

If dimension C is outside the specified range

of values, adjust shim pack (5) to obtain an
acceptable value.

IMPORTANT

If dimension C is within the specified range,

first remove spacer (1) and then proceed with
assembly of the clutch housing starting from
point (12).

The remaining shims are those that have to be installed above

spacer (1).

30-173

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-173 30-173 7/8/2010 9:09:21 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.14 - Hi-Lo unit output shaft disassembly procedure (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.11 - Disassembly of th... - Page 30-153 - (D0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

4
3 7
2

1
D0048960
5

Fig.121 - Hi-Lo unit output shaft

Disassembly
1 Remove roller bearing races (1) and spacer (2).

1 2 1

F0144810

30-174

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-174 30-174 7/8/2010 9:09:21 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Remove circlip (3) and remove the thrust washer of bearing (4).

3 4

F0083331

3 Using a suitable tool, remove bearing inner ring (4).

4 Only if necessary
Remove circlip (6) and roller bearing race (7) from Hi-Lo output
shaft (5). 5

6
F0144820

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-175

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-175 30-175 7/8/2010 9:09:21 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.15 - Disassembly of the gearbox input shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

6 10 11

7
5 2

3
4
8
9

D0040870

Fig.122 - Gearbox input shaft

Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove the complete shaft assembly
(2).
1

2
1
F0129000

2 Remove circlip (3) and recover spacer (4).

3 4

F0129010

30-176

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-176 30-176 7/8/2010 9:09:22 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 Withdraw shaft (5) complete with roller bearing (6).

F0129020

4 Remove bearing (7).

F0129030

5 Remove circlip (8) and recover spacer (9).

8
9

F0129040

6 Using a press and suitable tool, remove bearing (10) and flange
(11) from shaft (2).

12
F0129050

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:

30-177

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-177 30-177 7/8/2010 9:09:22 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 6
● Note which way round flange (11) and bearing (10) are installed
relative to shaft (2). 10

D0040930

Procedure 3
● Fit bearing (7). 7

F0129030

● Hold bearing (7) in place with service washers and install bearing
6
(6) on shaft (5).

7
F0129060

● Using a suitable drift, insert shaft (5) sufficiently to install spacer

(4) and circlip (3).

F0129070

30-178

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-178 30-178 7/8/2010 9:09:23 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.16 - Torsional spring plate (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove screws (1).

3 Remove torsional spring plate (2).

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-179

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-179 30-179 7/8/2010 9:09:23 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.17 - Disassembly of the primary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.11 - Disassembly of th... - Page 30-153 - (D0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

3
2 7 6
1
5

D0048950

Fig.123 - Gearbox assembly - version with Hi-Lo

Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove gear (2).
2

F0128980

30-180

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-180 30-180 7/8/2010 9:09:24 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Using a press, remove bearing (3) and recover circlip (4).

F0128990

3 Remove circlip (5) and remove spacer (6).

5
6
F0144790

4 Using the puller, remove the bearing (7).

F0144800

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-181

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-181 30-181 7/8/2010 9:09:25 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.18 - Secondary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Withdraw secondary shaft (1), Hi-Lo output shaft (2) and recover
needle roller bearings (3) and spacer (4).

3 2

1 4
F0131200

2 Remove circlip (5) and remove gear (6).

5 6

F0144830

3 Remove bearing (7).

F0144840

4 Remove disc (8).

30-182

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-182 30-182 7/8/2010 9:09:25 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove screw (9) and remove 1st speed selector fork (10) and
synchronizer assembly (11). 11
IMPORTANT

Renew screw (9) on reassembly.

IMPORTANT
9
Note the position of the synchronizer . 10
F0144860

6 Remove the driven gear (12) of the 1st gear, remove the circlip
(13) and thrust washer(14). 13
IMPORTANT

Note which way round thrust washer (14) is

installed.

14
12
F0144870

7 Remove lower plugs (15) and recover springs (16) and (17) and
balls (18).
16 17
IMPORTANT 15

Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

F0128832

8 Remove screws (19).

19
F0128840

30-183

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-183 30-183 7/8/2010 9:09:26 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Withdraw selector rod (20) and recover 2nd-3rd speed selector

fork (21).

20
21 F0128850

10 Withdraw 1st speed selector rod (22).

F0128860

11 Withdraw rod (23) and recover 4th-5th speed selector fork (24).

23 24
F0128870

12 Recover spring (25), ball (26) and detents (27) from the gearbox
support.

27
F0128880

30-184

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-184 30-184 7/8/2010 9:09:27 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

13 Remove screws (28) and remove disc (29).

29
F0128921

14 Remove circlip (30) and recover spacer (31).

30
31

F0128891

15 Remove bearing (32) and thrust washer (33).

33
32

F0144880

16 Remove the complete secondary shaft assembly (34).

F0128910

F0144900

3 Remove circlip (5) securing synchonizer ring (6).

IMPORTANT 6

Renew the circlip on reassembly. 5

Remove synchronizer (6) complete with the second synchonizer

ring.

IMPORTANT
F0144910

Note which way round the synchonizer selector

is installed.

4 Remove circlip (7) and 3rd speed gear (8).

IMPORTANT 8
7
Renew the circlip on reassembly.

F0144920

30-188

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-188 30-188 7/8/2010 9:09:29 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove spacer (9) and circlip (10).

IMPORTANT 10

9
Note the orientation of the lubrication points.

F0144930

6 Remove spacer (11) and remove 4th speed gear (12).

11
12
IMPORTANT

Note the orientation of the lubrication points.

F0144940

7 Remove synchonizer ring (13) and remove circlip (14).

IMPORTANT 13

Renew the circlip on reassembly.

F0144950

8 Remove synchronizer (15) complete with the second synchonizer

ring.
15
IMPORTANT
16
Note which way round the synchonizer selector
is installed.

Remove 5th speed gear (16).

F0144960

30-189

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-189 30-189 7/8/2010 9:09:30 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Remove circlip (17).

IMPORTANT

Renew the circlip on reassembly.

F0144970

10 Only if necessary
Remove circlip (18) and roller bearing race (19).

18
F0144821

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 8
● Take care to install synchronizer (15) the right way round. 15

D0048990

Procedure 5
● Take care to install thrust washers (9) and (11) the right way
round.
9

D0049000

30-190

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-190 30-190 7/8/2010 9:09:31 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 3
● Take care to install synchronizer (6) the right way round. 6

D0049010

30-191

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-191 30-191 7/8/2010 9:09:32 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.20 - Range gearbox and differential assembly - complete assembly (AGROFARM

430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle - Page 30-248 - (E0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle - Page 30-257 - (E0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
After having performed the pre-disassembly operations, the assembly will be already disconnected from the tractor.

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-192

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-192 30-192 7/8/2010 9:09:32 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.21 - Complete gearbox assembly - Version with Hi-Lo (D0.09.04) (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.5 - Fenders - Page 30-357 - (G0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Detach connector (1) remove screws (2) and remove gear shift
lever (3). 1

F0128782

2 Remove hose (4) and remove screws (5).

5
4

F0128791

30-193

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-193 30-193 7/8/2010 9:09:32 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 Remove the complete gearbox assembly (6).

F0128801

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Mating face: Silastic 738

D0027990

Procedure 1
● Mating faces: Silastic 738
● Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
❍ Transmission oil: max 50 l (13.2 US. gall.)

30-194

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-194 30-194 7/8/2010 9:09:32 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.22 - Adjustment of the differential - Bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.13.1 - Towing hitch slide - Page 30-518 - (V0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.29 - PTO output shaft ... - Page 30-231 - (D0.14.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle - Page 30-248 - (E0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle - Page 30-257 - (E0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.7 - Park Brake assembly - Page 30-267 - (E0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

30-195

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-195 30-195 7/8/2010 9:09:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

See para. 30.4.5 - Rear differential - Page 30-260 - (E0.02.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

3
2
A

12
13
1

8
5

7
4

11 11

10
D0049100

Fig.125 - Differential - Bevel gear pair

30-196

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-196 30-196 7/8/2010 9:09:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Preparations for adjustments

1 ● All the procedures described in this chapter must be carried out following renewal of the transmission casing, differential
support flanges, bevel gear pair, differential housing or the support bearings of the pinion and differential.
2 Install bearing assembly (2) on pinion shaft (1).

IMPORTANT

When handling bearing (2), take care not to invert

the inner races.
2

IMPORTANT 1

During assembly of bearing (2) on pinion shaft

(1), rotate the outer race to help seat the rollers.
F0085091

IMPORTANT

Bearing: transmission oil

3 Install a service bush “A” (Ø 65 x Ø 50 x 20) on pinion shaft (1)

and provisionally tighten nut (3)

1
3

F0085460

4 Remove the outer race of bearing (5) and relative shims (6) from
flange (4) on the crown wheel side. 5

IMPORTANT
4
Note the thickness “S” of shim pack (6) (e.g.,
0.80 mm).

F0145190

30-197

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-197 30-197 7/8/2010 9:09:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove the outer race of bearing (8) and shims (9) from flange
(7) on the opposite side to the crown wheel.
8

7
9

F0145200

6 Heat bearing inner race (5) to 80 °C and install it on the crown

wheel side of differential (10).
5 5
IMPORTANT 10

Check that the bearing seats against the shoulder

on the differential.

Install the outer race of bearing (5) in crown wheel side flange (4),
with shim pack (6) approximately 0.5 mm less than the measured
6
dimension “S”.
4 F0145210
● Example:
● Measured dimension = 0.80 mm
Thickness of shim pack (6) to be installed: 0.30 mm
7 Heat the inner race of bearing (8) to approx. 80 °C and install on
differential (10) on the side opposite to the crown wheel. 8 9 8

IMPORTANT
10
Check that bearing (8) seats against the shoulder
on the differential.

Install the outer race of bearing (8) and a 1.00 mm thick shim
pack (9) on flange (7) on the opposite side to the crown wheel.

7 F0145220

Adjustment of the differential bearings preload

1 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing.

F0084861

30-198

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-198 30-198 7/8/2010 9:09:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws
(11).
11
● While tightening screws (11), rotate the differential unit to
help seat the bearings.
Bearings: transmission oil
Screws: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)

11
F0145230

3 Position a dial gauge with magnetic stand “A” on the crown wheel
side of differential carrier (4) and set it to zero on the end face of 4
the differential while simultaneously forcing the differential with
lever “B” towards the opposite side.
Force the differential towards the crown wheel side and measure
end float “G”.

IMPORTANT
A
If the end float is zero, adjust shim pack (9) on
the opposite side to the crown wheel to 0.70 mm F0145240

and repeat the procedure to measure end float

“G”.

4 Add 0.10 mm to the measured end float value “G” and round up to the nearest 0.05 mm to determine the shim thickness to be
added under the outer ring of bearing (8) on the opposite side to the crown wheel.
Example:
● Measured value: 0.28 mm
Nominal value: 0.28 + 0.10 = 0.38 mm
Actual shim thickness to be added: 0.40 mm
5 Remove screws (11) on both sides, leaving just one in position
for safety.
11

11
F0145230

30-199

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-199 30-199 7/8/2010 9:09:34 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Using a suitable drift made of soft material, separate differential

flanges (4) and (7) from the transmission casing.

F0145250

7 Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).

F0145260

8 Attach differential (10) to a hoist and remove it.

F0084861

Adjustment of the pinion position

1 Make a note of the value “E” stamped on one of the teeth of
pinion (1).
● In this example: + 0.15 mm

F0085530

30-200

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-200 30-200 7/8/2010 9:09:35 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Install pinion (1) without shims (12) in the transmission casing.

F0087720

3 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing

F0084861

4 Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws
(11).
11
● Screws: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
While tightening screws (11), check for the presence of
clearance between the differential and pinion (1). If the
differential is seated against the pinion, adjust the shim
packs installed under the outer races of the bearings
so as to reduce the thickness of the pack on the crown
wheel side and increase the thickness of the pack on the 11
opposite side by the same amount. F0145230

5 Use a feeler gauge to measure the distance “D” between the end
face of pinion (1) and the Ø 174 section of differential (10) (in this 1
example 4.85).
Calculate dimension “R” by adding dimension “E” previously read D
on the tooth of pinion (1) to the design value of 4.00 mm.
If the value “E” is positive, as in the case reported in the
figure, it should be added to the design value of 4.00 mm: 10

● R= 4.00 + “E” i.e. R= 4.00 + 0.15 = 4.15

If “E” is negative, subtract it from the design value of 4.00
mm
F0087791

● R= 4.00 - “E” i.e. R= 4.00 - 0.15 = 3.85

If the measured value “D” differs from the calculated value “R”,
calculate the difference between “D” and “R”. The resulting value
“S” is the shim thickness to be installed under bearing (2) of
pinion (1).

30-201

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-201 30-201 7/8/2010 9:09:36 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Formula: S = D - R
● which in our example gives: S = 4.85 - 4.15 = 0.70 mm 1

F0087791

6 Remove screws (11) on both sides, leaving just one in position

for safety.
11

11
F0145230

7 Using a suitable drift made of soft material, separate differential

flanges (4) and (7) from the transmission casing.

F0145250

8 Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).

F0145260

30-202

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-202 30-202 7/8/2010 9:09:37 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Attach differential (10) to a hoist and remove it.

F0084861

10 Using a puller, remove pinion (1) complete with the transmission

casing.
1 1
Remove nut (3) and service spacer “A” from pinion shaft (1).

F0085540

11 Measure dimension “R” of the shoulder of bearing (2).

Example: R
● “R” = 4.96 mm
2
Install pinion (1) and shim pack (12) of the previously calculated
thickness “S”, reversing the removal procedure.

F0087730

12 Secure pinion (1) in position with suitable circlip (13) selected

from the available sizes.
13
Select circlip (13) by applying the following formula: 1
Circlip thickness:
● Fixed dimension “K” = 9.5 mm
Shim thickness = “S”
Dimension “R” = 4.96 mm (valid measurements: 4.90-
5.00mm)
Formula: F0085550

● A = K - S - R which in our example gives:

● A = 9.5 - 0.7 - 4.96 = 3.84 mm
The circlip to be used is therefore the one with thickness 3.80
mm.

30-203

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-203 30-203 7/8/2010 9:09:37 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

13
Circlip (13) installed should in any case ensure
pinion end float of less than 0.1 mm. 1

F0085550

Adjustment of pinion and crown wheel backlash

1 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing.

F0084861

2 Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws
(11).
11
● While tightening screws (11), rotate differential assembly
(10) to help seat the bearings.
Bearings: transmission oil
Screws: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)

11
F0145230

3 Position a dial gauge “A” on a magnetic stand with the contact

point perpendicular to the side of a tooth on the external diameter
of the crown wheel. Preload the gauge by approx. 3 mm and
check the backlash “Z” between pinion and crown wheel while A
turning differential (3) in both directions.
● Normal backlash: 0.20-0.28 mm
● Take four measurements 90° apart and calculate the
average.

F0085560

30-204

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-204 30-204 7/8/2010 9:09:39 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 If backlash “Z” is less than the minimum value, remove a shim

from shim pack (6) (crown wheel side) and add the same shim
to shim pack (9) (side opposite to crown wheel). If backlash “Z”
is greater than the maximum value add a shim to (shim pack (6)
(crown wheel side) and remove an identical shim from shim pack
(9) (opposite side to crown wheel).
6 9
IMPORTANT

The sum total thickness of shim packs (6) and

(9) should not be different from the calculated
value. D00491 10

Recheck backlash “Z” and, if necessary, continue to adjust the

shims until the backlash is within the specified tolerance limits.

30-205

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-205 30-205 7/8/2010 9:09:39 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.23 - Disassembly of the rear pinion (D0.11.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.13.1 - Towing hitch slide - Page 30-518 - (V0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.29 - PTO output shaft ... - Page 30-231 - (D0.14.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle - Page 30-248 - (E0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle - Page 30-257 - (E0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.5 - Rear differential - Page 30-260 - (E0.02.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.7 - Park Brake assembly - Page 30-267 - (E0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.21 - Complete gearbox ... - Page 30-193 - (D0.09.04) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

14
11 15
12 3
10
9 6

16 D0041060

Fig.126 - Rear pinion

30-206

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-206 30-206 7/8/2010 9:09:39 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Disassembly
1 Loosen union (1) and remove lubrication pipe (2).

F0084952

2 Remove circlips (3) and (4).

F0109301

3 Versions with 3 range gears

Using a puller, partially withdraw the pinion shaft (5) in order to 5 6
gain access to the nut (6).

F0084972

4 Apply service wrench T (cod. 5.9030.984.0) to the nut and secure

in position. T

Fit a suitable bush on Syncro PTO shaft (7) and loosen nut (6) by
turning the output shaft clockwise.

IMPORTANT
7
If possible, relieve the staking on nut (6).

F0144980

30-207

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-207 30-207 7/8/2010 9:09:40 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 For versions with Syncro PTO

Remove cover (8), fit service tool T11 (code 5.9030.988.0) and
loosen nut (6) by turning it in a clockwise direction.

IMPORTANT

If possible, relieve the staking on nut (6).

8
F0098661

6 Proceed with removal of pinion (5), removing sleeve (9) and

selector (10). 10 9 5

D0032272

7 Remove gear (11) and rotary union (12).

12
11

D0032282

8 Remove low or high range selector fork (13).

F0144990

30-208

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-208 30-208 7/8/2010 9:09:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Remove nut (6) and gear (14).

F0085027

10 Install a service bush “A” on the pinion shaft (example: Ø65 x

Ø50 x 20) and nut (6).
A
6

F0085031

11 Using a puller, remove pinion shaft (5) complete with bearing

(15) and shims (16). 16 5

F0085127

12 Only if necessary
Using a press and a suitable puller, remove bearing (15) from
pinion shaft (5).
5

F0085067

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:

30-209

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-209 30-209 7/8/2010 9:09:42 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 11
● Before fitting bearing (15) on pinion shaft (5), lubricate the inner
races of the bearing.
5
❍ Bearing: transmission oil
● During assembly of bearing (15), rotate the outer race to bed in
the rollers and ensure smooth rotation.
15

F0085099

Procedure 5
● Stake nut (6).
6

F0085081

Procedure 4
T
● Renew nut (6) on reassembly.
● Tighten the nut by turning the Syncro PTO output shaft counter-
clockwise and using service wrench T (code 5.9030.984.0).
❍ Nut: Loctite 270
❍ Nut: Nominal tightening torque: 460±20Nm (339±14.7
lb.ft.)
❍ Tightening torque using the Syncro PTO output shaft
390±17Nm 287.4±12.5 lb.ft). F0145000

● If the bevel gear pair, the bearings of the pinion or differential or the transmission casing are renewed, adjust the bevel gear
pair.

30-210

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-210 30-210 7/8/2010 9:09:43 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.24 - Disassembly of the 4WD output shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.13.1 - Towing hitch slide - Page 30-518 - (V0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.21 - Complete gearbox ... - Page 30-193 - (D0.09.04) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.29 - PTO output shaft ... - Page 30-231 - (D0.14.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.11 - Services solenoid... - Page 30-438 - (H0.10.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle - Page 30-248 - (E0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle - Page 30-257 - (E0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.5 - Rear differential - Page 30-260 - (E0.02.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.23 - Disassembly of th... - Page 30-206 - (D0.11.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

13 17 16 12 11 10 8

5
1 14 15 6

D0049030

Fig.127 - 4WD output shaft

30-211

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-211 30-211 7/8/2010 9:09:44 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Disassembly
1 Remove snap ring (1).
1

F0096980

2 Remove pin (2) and remove range selector fork (3).

IMPORTANT 2

Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

F0085381

3 Remove circlip (4) and remove spacer (5).

F0085391

4 Remove retaining half rings (6).

F0085401

30-212

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-212 30-212 7/8/2010 9:09:44 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Using a soft metal punch, partially drive out shaft (7) and remove
gear (8).
7 8

F008541 1

6 Continue to withdraw the shaft and remove gear (9) complete

with bush (10) and selector sleeve (11) complete with hub (12). 9
11
12
10

F0085421

7 For all versions:

Remove gear (13), roller bearing races (14) with bushes and
spacer (15). 13

14
F0145090

8 Remove circlip (16) and, using a press, remove thrust washer

(17) and bearing (18).
16

17
18

F0085453

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-213

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-213 30-213 7/8/2010 9:09:45 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.25 - PTO clutch. (D0.12.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.13.1 - Towing hitch slide - Page 30-518 - (V0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.29 - PTO output shaft ... - Page 30-231 - (D0.14.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.7 - Rear remote contro... - Page 30-429 - (H0.07.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Loosen union (1), remove clamp (2) and disconnect pipe (3).

1
3

F0129 111

2 Disconnect pipe (4), remove screws (5) and remove pipe (6).

6
4

F0122671

3 Remove the screws (7) and remove the cover (8).

7 F0122681

30-214

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-214 30-214 7/8/2010 9:09:46 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Loosen the upper and lower unions (9) and disconnect the PTO
control hoses (10).

5 Using a slide hammer puller, remove the PTO drive shaft (11).

F0084343

6 Remove the screw and mount (12) and remove manifold (13).

IMPORTANT

Check the condition of O-rings (14) and renew 12

them if necessary.

13 14
F0145020

7 Remove extension (15) from the transmission.

IMPORTANT
15
Check the condition of the O-rings (16) and
renew them if necessary.

F0084362

30-215

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-215 30-215 7/8/2010 9:09:47 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Dislodge circlip (17) from its seat and insert driver sleeve (18) in
clutch assembly (19). 19

18
F0084374

9 Fully loosen union (20) and disconnect lubrication pipe (21) from
clutch assembly (19).
21
20

F0084382

10 Remove complete clutch assembly (19).

F0084393

11 Remove sleeve (17) complete with circlip (18) from clutch

assembly (21) and, if present, remove also spacer (19). 19

17 21 F0084404

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:

30-216

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-216 30-216 7/8/2010 9:09:48 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 11
19
● Install driver sleeve (18) in clutch assembly (19) complete with
circlip (17) and spacer (21).
18
Spacer (21) must always be installed when carrying out the
overhaul or renewal of any of the assemblies or components
associated with operation of the rear PTO.

17 21 F0084404

Procedure 5
● Move driver sleeve (18) towards the front of the tractor so that it
seats against O-ring (23). 23
18

D0036441

● Using a feeler gauge, measure the residual clearance “G”

between spacer (21) and circlip (17).
If the measured clearance “G” is less than 1.00 mm, remove
spacer (21).
21
17

F0084424

Procedure 3
● Mating face: Silastic

D0024300

4 Remove steel disc (5) and then remove all friction discs (6) and
5 6
steel discs (7).

F0084460

30-220

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-220 30-220 7/8/2010 9:09:50 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove hub (8) and shim (9).

8
9

F0084470

6 Using a press and a suitable tool, lightly compress spring (10)

and remove circlip (11).

7 Remove disc (12) and spring (10).

8 Turn the assembly over and blow compressed air at low pressure
into the hole on clutch housing (13) to expel piston (14).

30-221

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-221 30-221 7/8/2010 9:09:51 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Remove O-ring (15) from piston (14) and remove O-ring (17)
from hub (16).

10 Remove screws (18) and remove cover (19), friction disc (20)
and steel disc (21). 18
19

18
20

11 Blow compressed air at low pressure through the hole in the side
of clutch housing (13) to expel piston (22). 13 22

● Restrain piston (22) as it could be expelled at high speed

and thus damaged.

12 Remove O-ring (23) from piston (22) and O-ring (24) from clutch
housing (13). 22
13

24
23

30-222

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-222 30-222 7/8/2010 9:09:51 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

13 Remove circlip (25) and thrust washer (26).

14 Remove clutch assembly (13) from clutch housing (16).

15 Remove retaining rings (27) from clutch housing (16).

Assembly
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
Procedure 15
● Rings: Oil
Procedures 9-12
● O-rings: Oil
Procedures 4-10
● Friction discs: Oil

30-223

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-223 30-223 7/8/2010 9:09:52 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 3
● Position the clutch assembly vertically and, using a feeler gauge,
check that the clearance “G” between circlip (3) and spacer (4)
is within the tolerance limits. If the clearance exceeds tolerance
limits, add another spacer (4).
clearance “G”: 0.6-2.0 mm

Procedures 1-2
● Accumulator and pressure relief valve: Loctite 542

30-224

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-224 30-224 7/8/2010 9:09:53 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.27 - Pump drive PTO - Outer gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

3 8

6
2 9

10 7

8
6

5
3
D0040770

Fig.129

30-225

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-225 30-225 7/8/2010 9:09:53 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2).
1
2

1
F0129220

2 Remove rear pump drive sleeve (3).

F0129230

3 Remove nuts (4) and remove rear flange (5).

6
● Renew paper gasket (6) on reassembly. 5
4

F0129240

4 Withdraw sleeve (7), bearings (8), spacer (9) and gear (10) from
the transmission casing. 10
● Insert a tie “A” in sleeve (7) to prevent spacer (9) from 7 9 7
falling inside the transmission. 8
8

F0129250

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:

30-226

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-226 30-226 7/8/2010 9:09:53 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 3
● Moisten the paper gasket with Loctite 510
Procedure 1
● Mating face: Silastic 738

30-227

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-227 30-227 7/8/2010 9:09:54 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.28 - Pump drive PTO - Inner gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle - Page 30-248 - (E0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle - Page 30-257 - (E0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.130 - Pump drive PTO

Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1).

F0085610

30-228

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-228 30-228 7/8/2010 9:09:54 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Using a soft metal punch, drive out driving gear assembly (2)
and spacer (3). 2
3

F0085620

3 Remove bearing (4) from the transmission casing.

F0085630

4 Using a puller, remove bearing (5) from gear (2).

5 Only if necessary:
Remove circlip (6) and withdraw spacer (7) and roller bearing
(8).
Remove O-ring (9).

Assembly
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:

30-229

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-229 30-229 7/8/2010 9:09:55 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 4
● For 85 HP versions only:
Install bearing (5) with plastic shield on gear (2).

30-230

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-230 30-230 7/8/2010 9:09:55 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.29 - PTO output shaft - 4 speed version (D0.14.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.7 - Rear remote contro... - Page 30-429 - (H0.07.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

22 14 13
19

25
26
21 20 15 16 17 24 D0049510

Fig.131 - PTO output shaft - 4 speed version

REMOVAL
1 Remove the P.T.O. guard (1) and rear hook (2).

2 Remove the nuts and remove PTO flange (3)

30-231

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-231 30-231 7/8/2010 9:09:56 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 For version with attached shaft

Remove nuts (4) and remove output shaft (5).

4 Remove cover (6).

5 Remove screws (7) and remove lubrication manifold (8).

6 Loosen and remove screw (9), extract shaft (10) and shoe (11).
Move hose (12) towards the front of the tractor.

30-232

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-232 30-232 7/8/2010 9:09:56 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

7 Remove circlip (13) retaining bearing (14) and push gear (15)
and the bearing towards the front of the tractor.

8 Remove circlip (16) retaining gear (17).

9 Keeping gear (17) in place, extract shaft (18) complete with rear
bearing (19) and needle roller bearings (20).

10 Remove circlip (21) and hose (22).

30-233

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-233 30-233 7/8/2010 9:09:57 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

11 Push shaft (23) towards the front of the tractor and extract gear
(15) complete with bearing (14).

12 Remove needle roller bearings (20) and spacer (24) from the
shaft. 20 24 19 25
Remove the circlip (25), thrust washer (26) and using a puller,
remove bearing (19).

18
26
D0049520

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 12
● Take care to install bearing (19) the right way round.
Procedure 7
● Take care to install bearing (14) the right way round.
Procedure 6
● Screw: Loctite 270
Procedures 2-4
● Mating face: Silastic

D0024260

Procedure 2
● Nuts: Loctite 270

30-234

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-234 30-234 7/8/2010 9:09:58 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.30 - Disassembly of the PTO output shaft - 4 speed version (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.13.1 - Towing hitch slide - Page 30-518 - (V0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

11 14 12 16 17 18 19 21 4

12
3

13 20 9 2 D0049040

Fig.132 - PTO output shaft.

Disassembly
1 Version with fitted output shaft
Remove the PTO nuts and flange (1). 1

F0145100

30-235

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-235 30-235 7/8/2010 9:09:59 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Remove nuts (2) and remove output shaft (3).

2
3

F01451 10

3 Remove cover (4).

F0145120

4 Refit the shaft (3).

F0145130

5 For all versions

Drive out spring pin (5).

F0122701

30-236

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-236 30-236 7/8/2010 9:09:59 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Remove the bracket (6) and the PTO speed selector rod (7).

F0145140

7 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (8) using a suitable

wrench “A”.

IMPORTANT A
8
Renew the nut on each reassembly

F0145150

8 Using a suitable tool, partially withdraw PTO output shaft (9).

F0084612

9 Remove in sequence the spacer (10) and gear (11) complete

with roller races (12) and bushings (13) and spacer (14). 11
12 12
13 13

10 14

D0049050

30-237

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-237 30-237 7/8/2010 9:10:00 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

10 Remove PTO speed selector fork (15).

F0084632

11 Remove selector sleeve (16) and guide sleeve (17).

16
17

F0084642

12 Remove gear (18).

F0145270

13 Remove circlip (19) and, using a press, remove thrust washer

(20) and bearing (21).

21 20

F0084663

30-238

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-238 30-238 7/8/2010 9:10:02 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

14 Recover bearing (22).

F00851 13

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 13
21
● Take care to install bearing (21) the right way round relative to
shaft (9).

D0024353

Procedure 7
● Ringnut: 88±1 Nm (64.9±0.74 lb.ft.)
Stake ringnut (8).
8

F0084682

Procedure 6
● Check the condition of O-ring (23) and renew it if necessary. 23
O-ring: Grease

F0145160

30-239

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-239 30-239 7/8/2010 9:10:02 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.3.31 - Disassembly of the Groundspeed PTO output shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.133 - Groundpseed PTO output shaft

Disassembly
1 Remove nuts (1) and remove cover (2).
● Mark the top of cover (2) to avoid error on reassembly.
1

F0084690

30-240

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-240 30-240 7/8/2010 9:10:03 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Check that the Groundspeed PTO lever (3) is in the “ON” position
to prevent the engagement sleeve from falling.

3 Withdraw the Groundspeed PTO output shaft (4).

4 Remove circlip (5) and spacer (6).

5 Using a press remove bearing (7) from shaft (4).

Remove spacer (8) and circlip (9).

30-241

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-241 30-241 7/8/2010 9:10:04 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Remove oil seal (10) from cover (2).

2 10

D0024381

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 7
● Take care to install oil seal (10) the right way round relative to 2 10
cover (2).

D0024381

● Mating face: Silastic 738

Oil seal lip: Oil

Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil

Renew the gasket every time it is disturbed.

1
F0145030

2 Remove screws (3) and remove lower plate (4).

4
3

F0129270

3 Using a slide hammer puller, remove hub assembly (5 ).

F0145040

4 Remove circlip (6) and remove bearing (7) from hub (5).

6 6

7 7

D0040940

30-245

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-245 30-245 7/8/2010 9:10:06 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Loosen and remove screw (8).

F0145050

6 Withdraw engagement device (9), spring (10) and disc (11).

11
10
9

F0145060

7 Remove bush (12) from engagement device (9).

F012931 1

8 Recover manifold (13).

F0145070

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:

30-246

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-246 30-246 7/8/2010 9:10:07 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 8
●
IMPORTANT

Check the condition of the O-rings (16) and 16

renew them if necessary.

F0145080

Procedure 7
●
IMPORTANT 15
Check the condition of the O-rings (15) and
renew them if necessary.

F0129330

Procedure 6
14
●
IMPORTANT

Check the condition of O-rings (14) and renew

them if necessary.

14
D0040950

Procedure 5
● Screw: Loctite 242
● Screw: 20 Nm
Procedure 2
● Mating face: Silastic 738

30-247

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-247 30-247 7/8/2010 9:10:07 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.4 - E0 - REAR AXLE

30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle (E0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and depress the parking brake repeatedly to
discharge residual pressure.

2 Remove nuts (1) and disconnect bracket (2) from the axle.

2
1

F0145350

3 Remove nut (3) and plate (4)

4
3

F0145360

4 Using a suitable hoist “A”, raise the cab slightly on the right hand
side and keep in place.

F0087220

30-248

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-248 30-248 7/8/2010 9:10:09 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove screws (5) and remove cab support (6).

6 Disconnect brakes pipes (7) and (8).

F0083941

7 Remove all ten screws (9) and the two nuts (10)

F0145380

8 Attach the axle (11) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting
rope.

F0145390

30-249

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-249 30-249 7/8/2010 9:10:09 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Remove screw (12) and using a service screw “B” (M10x120 with
full-length thread) or a threaded rod, separate axle (11) from the
transmission.
Tighten removed screw (12) and repeat the procedure with the
remaining screws until axle (11) is completely detached from the 11
transmission.

12 B
F0145400

10 Remove axle assembly (11).

IMPORTANT

Recover O-ring (13).

11
F0145410

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 10
● Mating face: Loctite 518
● Carefully check the O-ring, position it and lubricate with oil.

D0024150

Procedure 7
● Screws and nuts: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6
● Bleed the air from the braking system.
● Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.

30-250

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-250 30-250 7/8/2010 9:10:10 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.4.2 - Disassembly of LH/RH rear axle (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle - Page 30-248 - (E0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle - Page 30-257 - (E0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

13 11 12 7 9 10 8 5 1

4
D0049130

Fig.135 - Rear axle

Disassembly
1 Using a puller, remove ring gear (1).

F0084021

30-251

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-251 30-251 7/8/2010 9:10:11 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Remove anti-rotation plate (2).

F0084031

3 Remove screw (3) and remove spacer (4) and shims (5).

5 4
3

F0084041

4 Remove the complete planet carrier assembly (6).

F0084051

5 Using a puller, apply force on axle shaft (7) to remove bearing

8
inner race (8) from axle shaft (7).
Recover inner bearing race (8).

8 7

F0084061

30-252

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-252 30-252 7/8/2010 9:10:12 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Attach axle housing (9) to a hoist and remove it.

F0084071

7 Withdraw bearing outer race (9) and oil seal (8) from axle housing
(10).

10
F0084081

8 Withdraw bearing outer race (11) and disc (12) from axle housing
11
(9).

12 11

F0071 124

9 Remove bearing inner race (11) from axle half shaft (7).

F0084092

30-253

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-253 30-253 7/8/2010 9:10:12 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

10 Only if necessary:
Remove the back-up ring of oil seal (13).
13
IMPORTANT

Renew the oil seal on reassembly.

F0071 143

11 Remove dust seal (13) from axle shaft (7).

IMPORTANT
7
Renew the oil seal on reassembly. 13

IMPORTANT

Note which way round oil seal is installed.

D0024182

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 9
● Fill the zone outlined in the drawing with grease.

D0024231

Procedures 5-7
● Procedure 5: Lubricate bearing (8) and the lip of oil seal (10).
● Procedure 7: Take care to install oil seal (10) the right way
round.

D0024221

30-254

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-254 30-254 7/8/2010 9:10:13 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 3
3 4
● Provisionally fit spacer (4) and screw (3) without shims and
tighten.
Screw: 29.4 Nm (21.7 lb.ft.)

D0024201

● After tightening to the specified torque, rotate the axle housing while holding the axle shaft still to allow the bearings to seat
correctly, then tighten screw (3) again.
● Repeat the procedure until screw (3) no longer turns.
● Remove screw (3) and spacer (4) and, using a depth gauge
“F” and calibrated shims “G” of approximately 25mm, measure
dimensions “A” and “B”. F

G G

F0084101

● Calculate thickness “S” of shim pack (7) to be installed under

spacer (4) with the formula: S = A - B (round off the value obtained G
by ± 0.02 mm):
Calculation example 1:
B A
dimension “A”: 97.44 mm dimension “B”: 95.95 mm S = 97.95
- 50.44 = 1.95 mm thus the final thickness “S” of shims (5) will
be 1.49 mm.
Calculation example 2:
dimension “A”: 97.37 mm dimension “B”: 95.95 mm S = 97.37
- 95.95 = 1.42 mm thus the final thickness “S” of shims (7) will D0024211

be 1.40 mm.
● Fit shim pack (5), spacer (4) and secure in positions by tightening
screw (3).
Screw: 177±9 Nm (130.5±6.6 lb.ft.) 5 4 3
Screw: Loctite 270

F0084 111

30-255

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-255 30-255 7/8/2010 9:10:13 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 1
● Mating faces: Loctite 518

D0049140

30-256

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-256 30-256 7/8/2010 9:10:14 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle (E0.02.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and depress the parking brake repeatedly to
discharge residual pressure.

2 Perform the same operations described for the right-hand rear axle.

30-257

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-257 30-257 7/8/2010 9:10:14 PM

REMOVAL
1 Remove plugs (1) and (2).

IMPORTANT 1

Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

F0145310

2 Drive out spring pin (3).

F0084770

30-260

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-260 30-260 7/8/2010 9:10:15 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 Withdraw piston (4) from the transmission casing and partially

withdraw the rod (5).

5
4

F0145320

4 Remove spring (6) and spacer (7).

F0084790

5 Finally remove rod (5), selector fork (8), spring (9) and spacer
(10).
9
8

F0084800

6 Using a slide hammer puller, remove the PTO drive shaft (11).

F0084343

30-261

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-261 30-261 7/8/2010 9:10:15 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

7 Remove nuts (12) on both sides and remove the lubrication hose
(13). 12

12
13

F0145330

8 Remove screws (14) on both sides, leaving one in place for

safety.
14

14
F0145231

9 Using a suitable drift made of soft material, separate differential

support flanges (15) from the transmission casing.

F0145251

10 Remove the last screw (14) and remove flanges (15) on both
sides.
15
IMPORTANT

Mark the flanges to avoid exchange on re-

assembly.

F0145261

30-262

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-262 30-262 7/8/2010 9:10:16 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

11 Attach differential (16) to a hoist and remove it.

F0145340

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 8
● Fixing: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)

30-263

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-263 30-263 7/8/2010 9:10:18 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.4.6 - Disassembly of the rear differential (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

21 3

10 16

13 18

15
8

9 5
6 4
7
1

Fig.137 - Rear differential

Disassembly
1 Using a puller, remove bearing (1).

IMPORTANT

If the bevel gear pair or both bearings are to be

renewed, remove also bearing (2). 1
2

30-264

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-264 30-264 7/8/2010 9:10:18 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Remove differential lock flange (3).

3 Remove screws (4) and remove differential crown wheel (5).

4
F0145280

4 Remove side gear (6) and its thrust washer (7).

7
6

F0145290

5 Remove the spring pins (8).

30-265

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-265 30-265 7/8/2010 9:10:18 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Withdraw pins (9) and (10) and remove the planet pinions (11)
and (12) and relative thrust washers (13) and (14). 12
11 14

9 10

7 Withdraw pin (15) and remove the planet pinions (16) and (17)
and relative thrust washers (18) and (19). 17
16
19

15 15 F0145300

8 Remove side gear (20) and its thrust washer (24).

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 4-6-7-8
● Gears and thrust washers: Transmission oil
Procedure 3
● Screws: Engine oil
Screws: 112±5,5 Nm (82.5±4.0 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1
● If the transmission casing, differential or bevel gear pair are renewed, do not fit bearings (1) and (2) in this phase and proceed
as described in the chapter “BEVEL GEAR PAIR”.

30-266

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-266 30-266 7/8/2010 9:10:19 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.4.7 - Park Brake assembly (E0.03.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

For removal, use exclusively the tool envisaged.

DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and depress the parking brake repeatedly to
discharge residual pressure.

2 Remove half shaft (1).

3 Fit tool “A” and secure in place by means of screws (2) tightened
down without exerting excessive force.

30-267

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-267 30-267 7/8/2010 9:10:19 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Tighten screws (2) gradually at intervals until the brake disks

rotate freely.

IMPORTANT

This condition can be checked by inserting the

half shaft until the brake disks are engaged.

5 Loosen and remove screws (3) retaining the braking system (4)
.

6 Insert an eye-bolt “B” in upper hole “F”, attach the hoist and
tension slightly.
Insert the half shaft (5) until the brake disks are engaged.

7 Remove the complete braking system assembly (4).

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:

30-268

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-268 30-268 7/8/2010 9:10:20 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 7
● Mating face: Loctite 518
Procedure 5
● Fixing: 28,3-31,2 Nm

30-269

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-269 30-269 7/8/2010 9:10:21 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.4.8 - Park Brake unit disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

7
1

2 6

8
10

D0049630

Fig.138 - Park Brake assembly

Disassembly
1 Remove the first friction disc (1) steel disc (2) and then the
second friction disc (1);. Remove axle shaft (3).

30-270

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-270 30-270 7/8/2010 9:10:21 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Position the brake assembly (4) on a work top with tool “A” facing
upwards.

3 Unscrew and remove screws (5) fixing the reaction ring.

4 Loosen tool A retainer screws (6) gradually and at intervals.

IMPORTANT

Loose screws (6) by approx. 1/4 turn at a time,

proceeding in a circle.

5 Remove tool “A” and reaction ring (7) of the Belleville spring.

30-271

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-271 30-271 7/8/2010 9:10:22 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Remove the Belleville spring (8).

7 Upturn the assembly (4) and, using a lever, insert at various

points to extract piston (9) for the service brake, disengaging it
from the backlash recovery units (10).

IMPORTANT

Renew the O-rings on reassembly.

8 Using a soft plastic mallet, beat the entire circumference and

extract the piston (11) of the parking brake.

IMPORTANT

Renew the O-ring after every removal.

9 Only if necessary
Remove the service brake backlash recovery units (10) by means
of a disassembly key inserted in the lower hex nut.

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-272

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-272 30-272 7/8/2010 9:10:22 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 9
● Backlash recovery unit: Loctite 243
● Backlash recovery unit: 18-19 Nm
● Lubricate the spring pins on each oil change.
Procedures 7-8
● Lubricate the O-rings with gearbox oil

30-273

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-273 30-273 7/8/2010 9:10:23 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5 - F0 - FRONT AXLE

30.5.1 - Separation of front support from engine (F0.01.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.1 - Radiator - Page 30-83 - (C0.01.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Separation
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Close valves (1) turning them clockwise and detach upper pipes
(2) .

IMPORTANT

Label the pipes to avoid confusion on

reconnection.

IMPORTANT

Activate the rear lift control lever to discharge

residual pressure.

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.

3 Loosen and remove the lower pipe retainer clamps (3) .

30-274

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-274 30-274 7/8/2010 9:10:23 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Remove locknuts (4) and tilt the valves (1) towards the front of
the tractor.

5 Extract pin (5) and disengage the front PTO drive shaft (6).

6 Loosen nut (7) and with screw (8) loosen the drive belt (9) of
compressor (10) until it can be released from the engine pulley.

7 Loosen screws (11) and detach belt (12) from the engine pulley
(13).

30-275

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-275 30-275 7/8/2010 9:10:24 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Position a stand “A” under the engine sump.

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt. 4

F0145430

4 Loosen and remove lower nuts (6) (2 per side).

F0120313

5 Position a jack “B” under the front support (7) and drive two
wedges “C” between axle (8) and front support (7) to prevent the
7
support from tipping.

B 8
F0120322

6 Loosen screw (9) to de-tension fuel pump drive belt (10).

F0120332

30-279

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-279 30-279 7/8/2010 9:10:27 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

7 Loosen and remove screws (11) and nuts (12).

F0120343

8 Remove complete front support (7).

IMPORTANT
7
Recover the shims installed between the front
support and engine sump, making a note of their
positions.

IMPORTANT

Keep the left and right shims separate.

F0120352

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 8
● If the engine or engine sump are replaced, or if the shims are
no longer separate or are lost, the shimming procedure must be
performed as follows:
● Before installing the front support, measure the distance “X” X
between the underside of the engine block and the face of the
sump.

F0120361

● Form a shim pack (13) to obtain alignment within the tolerance of

±0.1 mm (0.004 in.).

F0120372

30-280

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-280 30-280 7/8/2010 9:10:28 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 7
● Nuts and screws: 300±1,5 Nm (221.1±1.1 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6
● Adjust the tension of the fuel pump drive belt.
Procedure 4
● Nuts: 300±1,5 Nm (221.1±1.1 lb.ft.)
● Bleed the front brakes circuit.

30-281

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-281 30-281 7/8/2010 9:10:29 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.3 - 4WD front axle (F0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.5 - Fenders - Page 30-357 - (G0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Lift the front of the tractor so that the front tyres are clear of the
ground and position a stand “A” under the engine block.

F0145420

3 Remove unions (1) and disconnect steering pipes (2).

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress

of dirt

IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers on reassembly

4 Position the jack “B” under the front axle.

30-282

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-282 30-282 7/8/2010 9:10:29 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove the four nuts (3).

3 3
3
3
F0079872

6 Remove front axle assembly (4).

F0121520

Assembly
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 6
● If the front support, axle body, or axle pivot brackets are renewed, adjust axle end float before proceeding with the final fixing
of the axle.
Procedure 5
● Nuts: 270±13 Nm (199±9.6 lb.ft.)

30-283

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-283 30-283 7/8/2010 9:10:30 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.4 - Adjusting the front axle end float (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1 Install thrust washer (1) and pivot bracket (2) on the rear of the
axle.
1

F0079890

2 Loosen nuts (3) and remove shim packs (4) on both sides. Re-
tighten nuts (3).
3
4

F0079900

3 Fit dust seal (5).

● Take care to install the dust seal the right way round. 5

● Dust seal: grease

5
F0079910

4 Fit thrust washer (6) and support (7).

30-284

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-284 30-284 7/8/2010 9:10:30 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Fit front axle assembly (8) on front support (9).

6 Tighten nuts (10) and (11).

● Nuts: 270±13 Nm (199±9.6 lb.ft.)

7 Loosen nuts (3) and use two levers to force axle (8) and support
(12) apart.

8 Using a feeler gauge, measure clearance “A” between axle (8)

and support (12).

30-285

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-285 30-285 7/8/2010 9:10:31 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Calculate the thickness “S” of shim packs (4) to obtain a final end
float value “G” between 0.1 and 0.4 mm.
Example calculation:
● measured play “A”: 3.20 mm
calculated value “S”: 3.00 mm
residual end float “G”: 0.20 mm

10 Form two shim packs (4) of the same thickness “S” and install
them between axle (8) and support (12) then tighten nuts (3).
● Nuts: 120±6 Nm (88.4±4.4 lb.ft.) 4

8 3
12
F0086420

30-286

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-286 30-286 7/8/2010 9:10:32 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.5 - Steering cylinders (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove unions (1) and disconnect steering control pipes (2).

● Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt.
● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

2
2
1

3 Remove screw (3) on both sides and remove guard (4).

● Recover spacers (5).
5

4 Loosen nut (6) and remove set screw (7).

7
6

30-287

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-287 30-287 7/8/2010 9:10:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Withdraw pin (8).

9
● If the cylinder is to be removed with the axle installed on
the tractor, remove grease nipple (9) and extract pin (8)
downwards.

6 Recover oil seals (10) complete with bushes (11).

7 Remove screw (12) and withdraw pin (13).

8 Recover seals (14) complete with bushes (15) and remove

steering cylinder (16). 15

14 16

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● After installing the steering cylinder, start the engine and repeatedly turn the steering to full lock in both directions to expel any
air from the steering circuit.

30-288

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-288 30-288 7/8/2010 9:10:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.6 - Steering cylinders disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1 Loosen front ringnut (1) by about 5 turns.

F0009110

2 With a soft mallet, lightly tap front ringnut (1) to drive in end cap
(2) by about 3 mm (0.118 in.).

1 2

F0009120

3 Remove ringnut (1) and remove circlip (3) fixing head (2).

F0009130

30-289

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-289 30-289 7/8/2010 9:10:34 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Withdraw piston assembly (4).

F0009140

5 Unscrew and remove self-locking nut (5) and remove piston (6).
Withdraw end cap (2) from rod (7).
7 2
6

F0009150

6 Remove outer O-ring (8), rod wiper (9) and rod guide ring (10)
from end cap (2).

7 Remove outer seal (11) and inner O-ring (12) from piston (6).

F0009170

30-290

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-290 30-290 7/8/2010 9:10:35 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installation
1 Fit rod guide (10) and rod wiper (9) in end cap (2).
● Carefully check correct orientation of ring (10).
Fit O-ring (8).

2 Fit a suitable installation guide on the piston (6) and fit piston
sealing O-ring (12) by hand.

12 6
F0009160

3 Fit the outer piston seal (11) on the installation guide.

Using a suitable installer, drive the seal into its seat (11).

F0009170

4 Using a gauge and suitable support, calibrate the seal passing

the gauge over the entire length of piston (6).

30-291

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-291 30-291 7/8/2010 9:10:36 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Fit end cap (2) and piston (6) on rod (7); Secure piston (6) with
self-locking nut (5).
● Cylinder end cap: Gearbox oil.
7 2
● Nut: 86÷90 Nm (63.4-66.3 lb.ft.) 6

F0009150

6 Lubricate the seals of the piston and end cap; install the assembly
in the cylinder taking care not to damage the seals.
2
● Seals: Gearbox oil.
● Insert end cap (2) approx. 2 mm (0.08 in.) beyond the seat
of circlip (3).

F0009190

7 Fit circlip (3) and tighten ringnut (1).

● Nut: 40 Nm (29.5 lb.ft.)
3
● To tighten the ringnut pressurise the lower side of the
cylinder with compressed air at 5-8 bar.

F0009130

30-292

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-292 30-292 7/8/2010 9:10:36 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.7 - Steering knuckle housing and half-shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.16 - Planetary reducti... - Page 30-334 - (F0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

3 14 18 15 16

25 27

28
26
24
22
21

11 20 12 D0049161

Fig.139

30-293

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-293 30-293 7/8/2010 9:10:37 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

REMOVAL
1 Remove split pin (1) and loosen nut (2) without removing it.

2
2

F0080221

2 Using a soft mallet, disconnect rod (4) from steering knuckle

housing (3).

F0080232

3 Remove screw (5) and withdraw pin (6).

5
6

F0079962

4 Recover oil seals (7) complete with bushes (8).

F0079972

30-294

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-294 30-294 7/8/2010 9:10:37 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove union (9) and disconnect brake pipe (10).

F0080241

6 Remove screws (11).

F0080251

7 Tighten screws (11) into the three threaded holes and withdraw
pin (12).
Recover shim (13).
12

13
11
F0080261

8 Remove screws (14).

F0080271

30-295

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-295 30-295 7/8/2010 9:10:38 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Tighten the three screws (14) into the threaded holes and partially
withdraw pin (15).
Recover shims (16). 15

● Note the quantity of shims (16) installed under pin (15).

14
16

F0080281

10 Attach the steering knuckle housing (3) to a hoist, remove pin

(15) and lift steering knuckle housing (3) clear of the tractor.
15
3 3

F0080291

11 Remove seal (17), thrust washer (18), and remove the inner race
of bearing (19).
17

F0080301

12 Remove seal (20) and thrust washer (21) and remove the inner
race of bearing (22).

20 22

F008031 1

30-296

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-296 30-296 7/8/2010 9:10:39 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

13 Remove axle shaft (23).

F0080321

14 Only if necessary: Remove the outer races of bearings (19) and

(22).

D0023442

15 Only if necessary: Remove oil seal (25), circlip (26) and needle
roller bearing (27) from axle housing (24).
25 24

D0023901

16 Remove oil seal (28) from steering knuckle housing (3).

● Take care to install oil seal (28) the right way round. 28 3

D0049170

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:

30-297

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-297 30-297 7/8/2010 9:10:40 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 17
24
● Using a suitable drift, install needle roller bearing (27) in axle
housing (24) and secure with circlip (26).
27

F0073202

● Using a suitable drift A, install oil seal (25) in the axle housing.

F0073215

Figure showing driving tool A

30-298

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-298 30-298 7/8/2010 9:10:40 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

276.5
5 x 30

ł 43.8
ł 25

ł 60

ł 45
5.
R7
200 8 18.5 50
D0028600

Fig.140

30-299

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-299 30-299 7/8/2010 9:10:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 16
● Adjust the bearings preload only if bearings (19) and (22) or steering knuckle housing (3) or axle housing (24) are renewed.
Procedure 1
● Nut: 98±5 Nm (72.2±3.7 lb.ft.)
If the notch is not aligned with the hole on the pin, tighten down further until it is aligned.
Bleed the front brakes circuit.

30-300

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-300 30-300 7/8/2010 9:10:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.8 - Adjustment of steering knuckle housing and axle shaft (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.16 - Planetary reducti... - Page 30-334 - (F0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.5 - Fenders - Page 30-357 - (G0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

9 12 5 10 11

6
1
3

7 15 8 13 D0049160

Fig.141

30-301

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-301 30-301 7/8/2010 9:10:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Adjusting the bearings preload

1 Fit axle shaft (2) in axle housing (1).
1

F0080322

2 Using a suitable tool, fit the outer races of bearings (3) and (4) in
axle housing (1).

IMPORTANT

Make sure that the thinner outer race is installed

in the upper hole and the thicker outer race in the
the lower hole.

Install, the inner race of bearing (3), shim (5) and seals (6) in axle
housing upper side, and install the inner race of bearing (4), shim
(7) and oil seal (8) on the axle housing lower side.

3 Locate the steering knuckle housing (9) and secure it in position

with the upper pin (10) without the shim and tighten the screws
(12).
12
9 10

F0080340

4 Fit the lower pin (13) and an 0.5 mm shim (14) and secure it in
position with screws (15).
14 15

F0080350

30-302

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-302 30-302 7/8/2010 9:10:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Loosen screws (12), raise upper pin (10) and insert a shim pack
(11) approx. 1.5 mm thick; retighten screws (12).

6 Position a dial gauge “A” with a magnetic stand on the axle

housing oriented so that the contact point is perpendicular to the
lower pin (13) and preload the gauge by about 2 mm.

A
F0080370

7 Apply leverage between axle housing (1) and steering knuckle

housing (9) and measure play “G” of the bearings.
9 10
Calculate the thickness of the shim pack to be inserted between
the upper pin (10) and the steering knuckle housing (9) in order 1
to preload the bearings between 0.10 and 0.15 mm.
Example 1: Measured play: 0,07
● Final shim pack thickness: 1.5 - 0.10 - 0.07=1.33 mm
which rounds down to: 1.30 with a bearing preload of 0.13
mm
F0080380
Example 2: Measured play: 0.18 mm
● Final shim pack thickness: 1.50 - 0.10 - 0.18=1.22 mm
which rounds down to: 1.20 with a preload of 0.12 mm
8 Loosen screws (12), adjust shim pack (11) to the calculated
thickness and fully tighten screws (12).

30-303

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-303 30-303 7/8/2010 9:10:42 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.9 - Differential unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.3 - 4WD front axle - Page 30-282 - (F0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from the axle.
● Axle oil: max. 10.5 l (2.77 US.gall.)

2 Remove union (3) and disconnect differential lock pipe (4).

● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
3
4

F0080400

3 Remove all the nuts (5).

● Note the positions of the thicker washers.
5

5
F0080422

30-304

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-304 30-304 7/8/2010 9:10:43 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Using two screws as pullers, separate differential assembly (6)

from the axle housing.

6
F0080432

5 Attach differential unit (7) to a hoist and lift it clear of the tractor.

F0080452

Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 5
● Mating face: Silastic 738

Bleed the front brakes circuit.

30-305

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-305 30-305 7/8/2010 9:10:44 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.10 - Differential disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2) and O-ring (3).

1 2

F0080460

2 Remove differential lock control piston (4).

● Check the condition of the O-rings (5) and renew them if
necessary. 4

5
F0080470

3 Detach spring (6).

F0080480

30-306

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-306 30-306 7/8/2010 9:10:44 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Remove split pin (7) and remove pin (8) and washer (9).

9
7

F0080490

5 Remove control rod assembly (10).

F0080500

6 Drive out spring pin (11) and remove lever (12) and fork (13)
complete with shoes (14). 13
11

14
F0080510

7 Remove circlip (15), shims (16) and complete differential lock

assembly (17). 17
16
● Note the quantity of shims (16). 15

F0080520

30-307

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-307 30-307 7/8/2010 9:10:45 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Only if necessary: Remove disc (18) and remove the seventeen

balls (19) and shims (20).
● Note the quantity of shims (20).

9 Separate quill (21) from sleeve (22).

F0080471

9 Fit cover (14) and relative O-ring (15) and tighten screws (16).
16
15

F0080560

10 Fit complete control rod assembly (17).

Fit pin (18) and washer (19) and secure them in position with 18 19
split pin (20).

17
20

F0080570

30-311

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-311 30-311 7/8/2010 9:10:48 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

11 Adjust the length “B” of differential lock control rod (13) so that,
when sleeve (1) is in the position shown, shoes (10) are not 1
forced against it.

10
B

18,5
D0022000

12 Fit spring (21).

F0080481

30-312

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-312 30-312 7/8/2010 9:10:48 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.12 - Bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.142 - Bevel gear pair

Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and detach flange (2) and shims (3).
1 2 3

1
F0080580

30-313

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-313 30-313 7/8/2010 9:10:49 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Remove screws (4) and detach flange (5) and shims (6).
4 6
5

4
F0080590

3 Remove the two opposing screws (7) and, using a very slender
drift, dislodge the inner ring of bearing (8). 7

8
F0080600

4 Using a puller, completely remove the inner ring of bearing (8).

5 Remove screw (9) and using a very slender drift remove the
inner race of bearing (10).

30-314

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-314 30-314 7/8/2010 9:10:49 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Remove differential assembly (11).

7 Remove the remaining screws (9) and remove crown wheel

(12).

8 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (13).

● To loosen the ringnut turn it clockwise.
Renew ringnut (13) on reassembly.

9 Using a soft mallet, drive pinion (14) out from differential carrier
(15) and recover spacer (16).
14 16

F0080660

30-315

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-315 30-315 7/8/2010 9:10:52 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

10 Recover shims (17) and spacer (18) from pinion (14).

14
17
18

F0080670

11 Remove the outer ring of bearing (19) and shims (20) from
differential carrier (15).

15
19
F0080680

12 Using a suitable tool, remove oil seal (21) and bearing assembly
(22) from differential carrier (15).
22
● Renew the oil seal on reassembly.

15 21
F0080690

13 Remove the inner race of bearing (19) from pinion (14).

● Dislodge the bearing using a very slender driving tool and
then use a puller to remove it completely.

Assembly
Adjust.

30-316

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-316 30-316 7/8/2010 9:10:53 PM

5 Calculate distance “D” from the differential’s axis of rotation to

pinion head (1) with the following formula:
D=X-R
where: R = 45.00 = radius of bearing (7) on the opposite side to
the crown wheel
Example:
● Dimension “X” = 107.75 mm
Radius “R” = 45.00
D = 107.75 - 45.00 = 62.75 mm

6 Remove pinion (1), outer bearing race (2) and flanges (4) and (5)
and form a shim pack (8) of thickness “S” calculated using the
following formula:
1
S = D - Theoretical value + E
where: S = final shim pack thickness (8)
D = measurement calculated at point 5
2
Theoretical value = 61.00
E = dimension stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1)
Example 1 (negative “E” value) F0080750

● D = 62.75 mm
E = - 0.05 mm
Theoretical value = 61.00
S = 62.75 - 61.00 - 0.05 = 1.70 mm
Example 2 (positive “E” value)
● D = 62.75 mm
E = + 0.15 mm
Theoretical value = 61.00
S = 62.75 - 61.00 + 0.15 = 1.90 mm

30-320

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-320 30-320 7/8/2010 9:10:55 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

7 Install shim pack (8) and bearing outer race (2) in differential
carrier (3).

3
2 F0080681

8 Install pinion assembly (1) in the differential carrier and install

spacer (9) and a shim pack (10) approx. 1.50 mm thick. 10

● Bearing: oil
1
9

F0080760

9 Install bearing assembly (11) in differential carrier (3) and seat it

using a suitable driving tool.
● To facilitate installation of the bearing, put the differential
carrier in a vertical position and rest the pinion end face
on a spacer.

10 Fit spacer (12) on pinion shaft (1) and secure it by tightening nut
(13). 1
● Nut: 206-226 Nm (151.8-166.6 lb.ft.)
12
To tighten the nut, turn it counterclockwise.
When tightening the nut, take care not to preload bearings
(2) and (11). If the bearings are preloaded, increase the
thickness of the shim pack(10). 13

F0080780

30-321

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-321 30-321 7/8/2010 9:10:56 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

11 Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand as shown and

place the contact point perpendicular to the end face of pinion
(1). Preload the gauge by about 2 mm then apply leverage to the
pinion and read play “G” of bearings (2) and (11).

12 Calculate the thickness “P” of shim pack (10) to be installed

under spacer (9) using the following formula, rounding the value
down to the nearest 0.05 mm.
“P” = Installed shim thickness - measured play “G”
Example 1: (measured play = 0.17 mm)
● P = 1.50 - 0.17 = 1.33 mm which rounds down to 1.30
mm
Example 2: (measured play = 0.13 mm)
● P = 1.50 - 0.23 = 1.27 mm which rounds down to 1.25
mm

13 Remove nut (13) and withdraw the pinion assembly, spacer (9)
and the inner race of bearing (11).
● Loosen the nut by turning it clockwise.

14 Alter shim pack (10) to thickness “P” calculated in point 12 and

refit the pinion as described in points 8 - 9 and 10.
● While tightening the nut, rotate the pinion to help seat
bearings (2) and (11).

15 Rotate the pinion both directions tapping it lightly to help seat bearings (2) and (11) and check as described in point 12 that
there is no pinion end float.
If end float is detected, repeat the procedures described in points 13, 14 and 15.

30-322

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-322 30-322 7/8/2010 9:10:57 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Adjustment of the differential preload

12
11
8 6

14 2

13 5

9
15

4 7

D0049191

Fig.144 - Adjustment of the differential preload

Adjustment procedure
1 Fit crown wheel (2) to differential (1) and tighten screws (3).
● Screws: 75±4 Nm (55.3±3 lb.ft.)

30-323

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-323 30-323 7/8/2010 9:10:57 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Fit differential assembly (1) in differential carrier (4) and, using a

suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (5).
● Take care to install bearing (5) and differential (1) the right
way round relative to differential carrier (4).
5
4

F0080830

3 Using a suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (6).

F0080840

4 Install the outer race of bearing (5) on the flange of the side
opposite the crown wheel (7).
Fit the outer race of bearing (6) in the crown-wheel side flange
(8).

5 Install an 0.5 mm thick shim pack (9) and flange (7) in differential
carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (10). 7 9 7

4
F0080860

30-324

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-324 30-324 7/8/2010 9:10:58 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Install a 1.5 mm thick shim pack (11) and flange (8) in differential
carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (12). 11
8 12

4
F0080870

7 Position a dial gauge on a magnetic stand “F” as shown, with the

contact point perpendicular to the hub of differential (1). Preload
the dial gauge by approx. 2 mm and set it to zero.
F
Use a lever to apply force under differential (1) and measure play
“G”.
Example:
● measured play “G” = 0.37 mm

1
F0088280

8 Calculate the total thickness of shims “T” to be installed under

the flanges by subtracting measured play “G” from the thickness 9 11
of shims (9) and (11) installed under flanges (7) and (8), rounding
down the value obtained to the nearest 0.05 mm.
Example:
● Thickness of installed shims (9) and (11): 2.00 mm
Measured play “G” = 0.37 mm
Total shim thickness “T”: 2.00 -0.37 = 1.63 mm, which
7 8
rounds down to 1.60 mm
F0080890

Remove flanges (7) and (8) and shims (9) and (11).
9 Change the thickness of shim pack (11) to 1.00 mm, and reinstall
it with flange (8). 11
8 12
● Bearing: oil
Tighten screws (12).

F0080871

30-325

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-325 30-325 7/8/2010 9:10:58 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

10 Calculate thickness “H” of shim pack (9) by subtracting the

thickness of shims (11) installed under flange (8) from the value 7 9 7
“T”, calculated in point 9.
Example:
● H = T - 1.00 = 1.60 -1.00 = 0.60 mm 10
Form a shim pack (9) of thickness “H”, install it with flange (7) and
secure it by tightening down screws (10).
● While tightening the screws, rotate the differential to
ensure that bearings (5) and (6) turn smoothly.
F0080861

● Bearing: oil
11 Rotate the pinion and crown wheel in both directions to help seat
bearings (5) and (6) and check, as described in point 8, that the
differential has no end float.
Using a feeler gauge “A”, check that dimension “D” between
the end face of pinion (13) and differential housing (1) is correct
within a tolerance of ±0.10 mm.

12 Distance “D” = theoretical distance+ value “E” where:

Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm
Value E = value stamped on pinion tooth.
Example 1 (positive value “E”)
● Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm
E = + 0.10 mm
D = 1.00 + 0.10 = 1.10 mm
Acceptable values: 1.00 to 1.20 mm
Example 2 (negative value “E”)
● Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm
E = - 0.05 mm
D = 1.00 - 0.05 = 0.95 mm
Acceptable values: 0.85-1.05 mm

30-326

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-326 30-326 7/8/2010 9:10:59 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Adjustment of pinion and crown wheel backlash

1 Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand with the contact
point perpendicular to a tooth flank on the external diameter
of the crown wheel. Preload the gauge by approx. 2 mm and
measure backlash “Z” between the pinion and crown wheel by
turning the differential back and forth in both directions.
Normal backlash “Z”:
● 100 hp version: 0.15 - 0.20 mm
Take four measurements 90° apart and calculate the
average.

2 If backlash “Z” is less than 0.15 mm, remove shims from shim
pack (11) (crown wheel side) and add the same number of shims
9
to shim pack (9) (opposite side to crown wheel). If backlash “Z” is
greater than 0.20 mm add shims to shim pack (11) (crown wheel
side) and remove the same number of shims from shim pack (9) 11
(opposite side to the crown wheel).
● The sum total thickness of shim packs (11) and (9) should
be the same as the value obtained when checking the
preload of the differential bearings.
Recheck backlash “Z” and, if necessary, continue to adjust the D0049200

shims until the backlash is within the specified tolerance limits.

3 Finally tighten down screws (10) and (12) securing flanges (7)
and (8). 7
12
● Screws: 45±2 Nm (33.2±1.5 lb.ft.)
Screws: Loctite 242
10
8

F0080910

30-327

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-327 30-327 7/8/2010 9:11:00 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.14 - Disassembly of the differential (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

6 5
1 9 10

2 4
12

11 3
7

8
D0049210

Fig.145 - Differential

Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove flange (2).
2
1

D0048150

2 Remove shim (3) and side gear (4).

D0048080

30-328

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-328 30-328 7/8/2010 9:11:00 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 Drive out spring pins (5) and (6).

6
5

D0048090

4 Withdraw pin (7) and remove planet pinion (8) and the relative
shim (9). 8
9

D0048100

5 Withdraw pin (10) and remove planet pinion (11) and the relative
shim (12). 11
12

D0048110

6 Partially withdraw pin (13) and remove planet pinion (14) and the
relative shim (15).
14

D0048130

30-329

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-329 30-329 7/8/2010 9:11:01 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

7 Remove pin (13) and remove locating ring (16).

D0048140

8 Remove planet pinion (17) and relative thrust washer (18).

17 19
Remove side gear (19) and relative shim (20)
18
20

D0048120

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure n° 2-4-5-6-7-8
● Shims: oil

30-330

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-330 30-330 7/8/2010 9:11:01 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.15 - 4WD shaft (F0.04.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove screws (1) (3 on the left-hand side and 2 on the right-

hand side).

F0120220

3 Remove screws (2) and (3) and remove guard (4).

3
2

4
4

F0120230

4 Remove clamps (5).

5
5

F0120240

30-331

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-331 30-331 7/8/2010 9:11:01 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Disconnect brake pipes (6) and differential lock pipes (7).

● Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt 7

Label the hoses to avoid confusion on refitting.

F0120250

6 Disconnect steering control pipes (8).

● Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt 8
Label the hoses to avoid confusion on refitting.

F0120260

7 Remove front spring pin (9) and slide sleeve (10) along front axle
drive shaft (11).
11
10 9

F0120270

8 Remove rear pin (12) and slide sleeve (13) along the front axle
12 11
drive shaft (11).
Remove 4WD shaft (11).

F0120280

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:

30-332

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-332 30-332 7/8/2010 9:11:02 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 5
● Bleed the front brakes circuit.

30-333

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-333 30-333 7/8/2010 9:11:03 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.16 - Planetary reduction gear (F0.06.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from steering
knuckle housing (3).
● Oil: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)

3 Remove screw (4), loosen breather valve (5) and remove cover
(6).

4 Unscrew and remove cover (7).

Remove circlip (8).

30-334

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-334 30-334 7/8/2010 9:11:03 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Using a slide hammer, remove cover (9).

Remove circlip (10).

6 Remove all the nuts (11) and, using two bolts as pullers, dislodge
planetary reduction gear assembly (12).

7 Attach planetary reduction gear assembly (12) to a hoist and lift

it clear off the tractor.

Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 7
● Check the condition of O-ring (13) and renew it if necessary.
O-ring: grease.
Procedure 2
● Fill the steering knuckle housing with oil.
Steering knuckle housing: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)

30-335

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-335 30-335 7/8/2010 9:11:04 PM

11 Only if necessary: extract bearing (14), circlip (15) and O-ring 16

(16) from planet carrier (4).

15 14 4
D0023880

Assembly
1 Remove all traces of paint from face “A” of planet carrier (4) and B
face “B” of ring gear (6) to facilitate subsequent installation of oil
A
seal (12).

4
6

D0023890

2 Only if removed: Heat ring (13) to around 80 °C (176 °F) and

install it on planet carrier (4).
● Make sure that is seated correctly.

3 Fit ball cage (9).

30-339

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-339 30-339 7/8/2010 9:11:07 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Install planet pinions (5) complete with needle roller bearings (11)
and shims (10) in planet carrier (4) and secure them with pins
(3).

5 Fit ring gear (6).

6 Fit ball cage (8) and ring (7).

7 Locate disc (2) and tighten screws (1).

● Screws: 63±3 Nm (46.4±2.2 lb.ft.)

30-340

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-340 30-340 7/8/2010 9:11:08 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Place the final drive reduction unit under a press and, using the
specific tool T4 (code 5.9030.980.0), install new oil seal (12).

30-341

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-341 30-341 7/8/2010 9:11:08 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.18 - Front brake discs (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.16 - Planetary reducti... - Page 30-334 - (F0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove screws (1).

F0145440

2 Remove the reaction flange (2) and retrieve the piston return
springs (3). 3

3
3
F0145450

3 Remove friction disc (4) and steel disc (5).

F0145460

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Friction disc: Transmission oil
Procedure 1
● Screws: 59-65 Nm (43.5-48.0 lb.ft.)

30-342

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-342 30-342 7/8/2010 9:11:09 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.5.19 - Front axle brake piston (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.16 - Planetary reducti... - Page 30-334 - (F0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Using a slide hammer puller, remove piston (1).

● To facilitate removal of the piston, loosen the bleed screw 1
by a few turns.

F0085700

3 Recover seals (2) and (3).

F0085710

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Install piston (1), making sure that the side with the slots is oriented outwards.
Seals: Brake fluid

30-343

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-343 30-343 7/8/2010 9:11:09 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6 - G0 - BODYWORK - CAB - PLATFORM

30.6.1 - Cab (G0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.8 - Silencer - Page 30-99 - (C0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-).

2 For versions with air conditioning

Disconnect air conditioning pipes (1) and (2).

3 For versions with cab

Remove nuts (3) and disconnect pipes (4) and (5) from bracket
(6).
Loosen hose clamps (7) and disconnect heater pipes (8).

30-344

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-344 30-344 7/8/2010 9:11:10 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 For all versions

Disconnect wiring connectors (9), loosen screw (10) and move
brake and clutch fluid reservoir (11) towards the rear of the
tractor.

5 Unplug connector (12).

6 Unplug connector (13)of the shuttle wiring, detach pipe (14) and
remove the hose clamp (15).

7 Remove screws (16) (3 on the left-hand side and 2 on the right-

hand side).

30-345

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-345 30-345 7/8/2010 9:11:11 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Remove screws (17) and (18) and remove guard (19).

IMPORTANT

Recover the spacers

30-347

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-347 30-347 7/8/2010 9:11:13 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

16 Mark and remove split pins (34), and disconnect the lift control
cables (35).

17 Remove screw (36) and disconnect gear range lever (37).

18 Remove screw (38) and disconnect gear engage lever (39).

19 Remove circlip (40), fork (41) and disconnect cable (42) from the
PTO speed selector lever (43) .

30-348

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-348 30-348 7/8/2010 9:11:14 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

20 Only if fitted
Remove circlip (44) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod
(45).

21 Disconnect the earth lead (46) from the axle.

22 Detach the cab wiring from the hose clamp and unplug connector
(47)

23 Unplug the three starter motor supply connectors (48).

30-349

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-349 30-349 7/8/2010 9:11:15 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

24 Remove the front hood support (49).

25 Remove the rear fender screws (50) and fit two eyebolts retained
by nuts.

26 Connect cab (51) to a hoist and tension the ropes slightly.

27 Remove the two front nuts (52) and the two rear nuts (53).

30-350

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-350 30-350 7/8/2010 9:11:16 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

28 Lift and remove the cab (51).

IMPORTANT

Lift the cab in a level position and ensure there

are no restraints.

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 27
● Nuts: 170 Nm (125.3 lb.ft.)
Procedures 12-13
● Bleed the air from the brake circuit.
Procedure 2
● Air conditioning pipe fittings:
❍ Delivery: 13.6-20.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.)
❍ Return: 35.3-42.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)

30-351

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-351 30-351 7/8/2010 9:11:17 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.2 - Front hood and side panels (G0.01.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Engine hood

REMOVAL
1 IMPORTANT

Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.

2 Briefly press the pushbutton and raise hood (1).

F0144260

3 Unplug the light cluster connector (2) .

4 Remove the side guards(3).

30-352

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-352 30-352 7/8/2010 9:11:17 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Loosen and remove three of the four nuts (4) fixing the hood
support (5) .

IMPORTANT

Leave one screw for safety.

6 Holding the hood (1), disconnect the gas spring (6).

Remove the last nut (4) and hood (1).

Installation
Install following the removal procedure in reverse.

Lower hood

REMOVAL
1 Remove the four screws (1) and remove the complete guard
(2).

Installation
Install following the removal procedure in reverse.

30-353

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-353 30-353 7/8/2010 9:11:18 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.3 - Battery support (G0.01.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Apply the parking brakes and remove the key from the starter switch.

2 Remove the tool box (1) .

3 Loosen and remove fixing knobs (2) and remove guard (3) .

4 Disconnect the lead from the battery (4) negative terminal (-) (5)
and then from the positive terminal (+) (6).

30-354

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-354 30-354 7/8/2010 9:11:19 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove the screws (7) and remove the control unit (8) complete
with support (9) and set aside.

6 Use a hoist to hold the battery support unit (10) in place.

7 Loosen and remove screws (11) and (12) and remove the
assembly.

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Connect first the positive terminal (+) and then the negative terminal (-).

30-355

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-355 30-355 7/8/2010 9:11:20 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.4 - Cab access steps (G0.03.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.

2 Loosen and remove screws (1) and remove the access steps.

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-356

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-356 30-356 7/8/2010 9:11:20 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.5 - Fenders (G0.04.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Remove the four screws (1) and remove fender assembly (2).
● Make note of the orientation or the anti-rotation brake (3). 2

1
1

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-357

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-357 30-357 7/8/2010 9:11:21 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.6 - Right-hand console (G0.06.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove screws (1) and remove storage compartment (2).

3 Remove the bolt (3).

4 Remove all knobs (4).

30-358

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-358 30-358 7/8/2010 9:11:21 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove screws (5) and slightly raise right-hand console (6).

6 Disconnect wiring connector (7) and remove the console (6).

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-359

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-359 30-359 7/8/2010 9:11:22 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.7 - Left-hand console (G0.06.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal of the battery.

2 Remove screws (1) and cover (2).

3 Remove screw (3) and remove the knob (4).

4 Remove pin (5) and remove ECO PTO knob (6) and, if present,
of the groundspeed PTO.

30-360

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-360 30-360 7/8/2010 9:11:22 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove screws (7) and remove console (8).

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-361

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-361 30-361 7/8/2010 9:11:23 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.8 - Front instrument panel (G0.06.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove cover (1).

F0129390

3 Remove nut (2) and remove steering wheel (3).

F0129900

4 Remove knob (4), remove screws (5) and remove cover (6).

5 F0129400

30-362

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-362 30-362 7/8/2010 9:11:23 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove screws (7) and remove cover (8).

F0129410

6 Remove screws (9) and disconnect wiring connector (10) of the

12
shuttle lever.

F0129420

7 Remove screws (11) and remove support (12) complete with

steering column switch unit (13).

F0122971

8 Remove panels (14) on both sides. 15

F0129430

30-363

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-363 30-363 7/8/2010 9:11:24 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Detach instrument (15) from the instrument panel.

IMPORTANT

To avoid damaging the instrument panel, prise

off the retaining clips of the instrument with a
9
screwdriver inserted through the lateral openings
of the instrument panel.

F0129440

10 Disconnect wiring connectors (16) and remove instrument (15).

F0122991

11 Remove lower screws (17).

F0129450

12 Remove upper screws (18) and move the instrument panel

towards the rear of the tractor.

30-364

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-364 30-364 7/8/2010 9:11:25 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

13 Disconnect wiring connectors (19) and (20).

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-365

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-365 30-365 7/8/2010 9:11:26 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.9 - Roof lining - Version with high visibility cab (G0.06.07) (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove screws (1) and remove the guides (2) of the roller
sunblind.

2 Loosen and remove the fixing screws (3) of roof lining (4).

3 Remove the central screws (5) and lower the roof lining (4).

4 Pull out the roof lining (4) towards the rear of the tractor.

30-366

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-366 30-366 7/8/2010 9:11:26 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-367

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-367 30-367 7/8/2010 9:11:27 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.10 - Heating fan - Version with high visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.9 - Roof lining - Vers... - Page 30-366 - (G0.06.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove screw (1) fixing duct (2).

2 Remove the duct (3).

3 Disconnect the wiring connectors (4) and (5).

30-368

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-368 30-368 7/8/2010 9:11:27 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Remove screws (6) and (7).

5 Remove the heating fan (8)

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-369

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-369 30-369 7/8/2010 9:11:27 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.11 - Air conditioning system controls - High-visibility roof system (G0.09.01)

(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

2
15 bar
A
20 bar
2,45 bar B
28 bar
C

10
4

3 1

9
D0040790

Fig.147 - Operating diagram

KEY
1. Compressor with electromagnetic clutch
2. Condenser
3. Receiver-drier tank
4. 4-level pressure switch for compressor clutch engagement/disengagement and condenser cooling fans control.
5. Expansion valve
6. Evaporator
7. Evaporator electronic minimum temperature sensor
8. Cab air blowers
9. Air cowling
10. Condenser cooling fans.

30-370

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-370 30-370 7/8/2010 9:11:28 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

● To: low pressure gas

● B high pressure gas
● C: high pressure liquid
TECHNICAL DATA
● Minimum safety pressure: 2.45 bar Maximum safety pressure: 28 bars
Refrigerant type: R134a
Refrigerant quantity: 1100 g
Total quantity of moisture-free oil added at 1st charging: 200 g
Oil type: SUN-OIL COMPANY SP20

Operation
The compressor (1) is driven from the crankshaft via a drivebelt and pulley with an electromagnetic clutch (1a), which is controlled by
a switch on the control panel. The system is protected by a safety pressure switch, which performs the following functions:
● Inhibits engagement of the electromagnetic clutch (1a) when the system pressure falls below 2.45 bar as a result of incomplete
charging or refrigerant leakage.
Disengages the clutch (1a) and thereby stops the compressor when the pressure exceeds the permitted maximum of 28 bar
(406 psi) (generally as a result of overheating).
A further contact controls operation of the cooling fans (10) of the condenser (2) in order to maintain normal operating pressure
within the range of 15 to 20 bar. The refrigerant (in vapour form) is drawn in by the compressor where it is compressed. This
compression causes the temperature of the vapour to rise; the refrigerant flows to the condenser (2) where its heat is transferred
to the air flow generated by cooling fans (10). The refrigerant gas is thus cooled to the point at which it condenses to high-pressure
liquid. On leaving the condenser, the liquefied refrigerant flows to the receiver-drier (3) which performs three functions: to filter out
any impurities, absorb any moisture in the circuit, and finally, act as a storage reservoir. The liquid refrigerant is then transferred
to the evaporator (6) through the expansion valve (5), which meters the flow of refrigerant into the evaporator to ensure optimum
evaporation. In the evaporator, the refrigerant expands to the critical evaporation point with an ambient temperature of around -- 8°C
(17.6°F). The temperature of the air flow over the evaporator (6) generated by the fans (8) is significantly higher than -- 8°C (17.6°F),
and therefore it gives up its heat to the refrigerant, causing it to boil and evaporate. On leaving evaporator (6), the refrigerant returns
to compressor (1) to repeat the cycle. The removal of heat from the ambient air flowing over the evaporator causes the moisture in the
air to condense, and the air is thus dehumidified; the moisture condenses on the fins of the evaporator, where, if it is not maintained
at temperature above 0°C (32°F), it will freeze and impair the efficiency of the evaporator. The task of maintaining the evaporator
at a temperature above 0°C (32°F) (and within the optimum temperature for efficient heat exchange), is performed by an electronic
temperature sensor (7); this sensor disengages the clutch (1a) of the compressor (1) when the temperature falls to the lower limit
and engages the clutch (1a) when the evaporator temperature reaches the upper limit. The condensate that forms on the evaporator
fins (6) contains dust, pollen and other airborne particulates; continuous condensation thus has the effect of purifying the air, and the
droplets of condensate are conveyed out of the vehicle via two ducts. A fixed quantity of moisture-free oil is added to the circuit in
order to lubricate all the mechanical components of the system; a certain percentage of this oil continuously circulates in the form of
an oil mist, thereby lubricating the compressor (pistons and bearings) and the expansion valve.

Discharging, flushing and recharging

1 DANGER

Before discharging, flushing and recharging the air conditioning system, check the system for leaks using a
leak detector.

2 In order to carry out the system servicing operations you will require a dedicated A/C servicing station capable of performing
the following tasks:
● Aspiration of the refrigerant fluid.

30-371

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-371 30-371 7/8/2010 9:11:28 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

● Creation of a high vacuum to purge the system of contaminants.

● Filtration of the recovered refrigerant.
● Separation of the antifreeze and lubricating oil from the liquid refrigerant and determination of its quantity by weight.
● Recharging system with the exactly the same amounts of refrigerant and oil as those recovered.
● Measuring the system high side pressure and low side pressure.

Discharging the system

30.6.12 - Air conditioning system - Standard roof version (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

2
cl ose 15 bar
open 11 bar
A
2,45 bar B
28 bar
C

10
4

3 1

9
D0040780

Fig.148 - Operating diagram

KEY
1. Compressor with electromagnetic clutch
2. Condenser
3. Receiver-drier
4. 3-level pressure switch for compressor clutch engagement/disengagement and condenser cooling fans control.
5. Expansion valve
6. Evaporator
7. Evaporator electronic minimum temperature sensor
8. Cab air blowers
9. Air cowling
10. Condenser cooling fan.

30-373

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-373 30-373 7/8/2010 9:11:29 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

● To: low pressure gas

● B: high pressure gas
● C: high pressure liquid
TECHNICAL DATA
● Minimum safety pressure: 2.45 bar Maximum safety pressure: 28 bars
Refrigerant type: R134a
Refrigerant quantity: 1100 g
Total quantity of moisture-free oil added at 1st charging: 200 g
Oil type: SUN-OIL COMPANY SP20

Operation
The compressor (1) is driven from the crankshaft via a drivebelt and pulley with an electromagnetic clutch (1a), which is controlled by
a switch on the control panel. The system is protected by a safety pressure switch, which performs the following functions:
● Inhibits engagement of the electromagnetic clutch (1a) when the system pressure falls below 2.45 bar as a result of incomplete
charging or refrigerant leakage.
Disengages the clutch (1a) and thereby stops the compressor when the pressure exceeds the permitted maximum of 28 bar
(406 psi) (generally as a result of overheating).
A further contact controls the operation of fan (10) of condenser (2) in order to maintain normal operating pressure within the range
of 11 to 15 bar. The refrigerant (in vapour form) is drawn in by the compressor where it is compressed. This compression causes the
temperature of the vapour to rise; the refrigerant flows to the condenser (2) where its heat is radiated to the air flow generated by
the cooling fans (10). The refrigerant vapour is thus cooled to the point where it condenses to high-pressure liquid. On leaving the
condenser, the liquefied refrigerant flows to the receiver-drier (3) which performs three functions: to filter out any impurities, absorb
any moisture in the circuit, and finally, act as a storage reservoir. The liquid refrigerant is then transferred to the evaporator (6) through
the expansion valve (5), which meters the flow of refrigerant into the evaporator to ensure optimum evaporation. In the evaporator,
the refrigerant expands to the critical evaporation point with an ambient temperature of around -- 8°C (17.6°F). The temperature of
the air flow over the evaporator (6) generated by the fans (8) is significantly higher than -- 8°C (17.6°F), and therefore it gives up its
heat to the refrigerant, causing it to boil and evaporate. On leaving evaporator (6), the refrigerant returns to compressor (1) to repeat
the cycle. The removal of heat from the ambient air flowing over the evaporator causes the moisture in the air to condense, and the
air is thus dehumidified; the moisture condenses on the fins of the evaporator, where, if it is not maintained at temperature above
0°C (32°F), it will freeze and impair the efficiency of the evaporator. The task of maintaining the evaporator at a temperature above
0°C (32°F) (and within the optimum temperature for efficient heat exchange), is performed by an electronic temperature sensor (7);
this sensor disengages the clutch (1a) of the compressor (1) when the temperature falls to the lower limit and engages the clutch
(1a) when the evaporator temperature reaches the upper limit. The condensate that forms on the evaporator fins (6) contains dust,
pollen and other airborne particulates; continuous condensation thus has the effect of purifying the air, and the droplets of condensate
are conveyed out of the vehicle via two ducts. A fixed quantity of moisture-free oil is added to the circuit in order to lubricate all the
mechanical components of the system; a certain percentage of this oil continuously circulates in the form of an oil mist, thereby
lubricating the compressor (pistons and bearings) and the expansion valve.

Discharging, flushing and recharging

1 DANGER

Before discharging, flushing and recharging the air conditioning system, check the system for leaks using a
leak detector.

2 In order to carry out the system servicing operations you will require a dedicated A/C servicing station capable of performing
the following tasks:
● Aspiration of the refrigerant fluid.

30-374

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-374 30-374 7/8/2010 9:11:29 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

● Creation of a high vacuum to purge the system of contaminants.

Discharging the system

1 DANGER

Remove the key from the starter switch.

Flushing and recharging the system

DANGER

Maximum vacuum must be maintained for at least 10 minutes.

DANGER

For details of the oil and refrigerant recharging procedure, refer to the instructions supplied with the service
machine.

30-375

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-375 30-375 7/8/2010 9:11:30 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.13 - Heating and air conditioning unit - Version with high visibility cab (G0.09.03)
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.9 - Roof lining - Vers... - Page 30-366 - (G0.06.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove the ducts (1) on both sides.

2 Loosen hose clamps (2) and disconnect the condensate

collection pipes (3).

3 Disconnect the connectors (4) from the anti-ice sensor(5).

30-376

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-376 30-376 7/8/2010 9:11:30 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Loosen clamp (6) and disconnect heater pipe (7).

5 Loosen clamp (8) and disconnect heater pipe (9).

Disconnect the air conditioning pipes (10).

IMPORTANT

Retrieve the O-rings from the air conditioning

pipes

6 Remove screws (11) and remove the heating and air conditioning
carrier assembly (12).

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-377

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-377 30-377 7/8/2010 9:11:31 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.14 - Heating control cable (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove screws (1) and lower the switch support assembly (2).

2 Recover spacers (3).

3 Remove the sheath retainer (4) and detach the heating control
cable (5).

4 Loosen screw (6), remove the sheath retainer (7) and remove
cable (5).

30-378

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-378 30-378 7/8/2010 9:11:32 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedures 3-4
● Ensure that when the heating control knob is set to cool, the valve is closed completely. If necessary, adjust the position of the
sheath with respect to the valve until it is completely closed.

30-379

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-379 30-379 7/8/2010 9:11:32 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.15 - Condenser - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove screw (1) and reposition pipe (2) towards the rear of
the tractor.

IMPORTANT

Recover spacer (3).

IMPORTANT

Immediately plug the ends of the pipe to prevent

moisture from getting into the system.

2 Disconnect pipe (4) from receiver-drier (5).

Remove screw (6) and remove pipe (4).

IMPORTANT

Recover spacer (7).

IMPORTANT

Immediately plug the opening in the receiver-

drier to prevent moisture from entering.

3 Turn over the condenser and remove screws (8).

30-380

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-380 30-380 7/8/2010 9:11:32 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Remove condenser (9).

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry
out the following procedures.
Procedures 1-2
● Check the condition of the O-rings and renew them if damaged.
● Flush and recharge the air conditioning system.

30-381

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-381 30-381 7/8/2010 9:11:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.16 - Receiver drier - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Disconnect the pipes (1) and (2).
1
IMPORTANT

Plug the open ends of the pipes immediately to

prevent moisture getting into the circuit.

2
F0131130

2 Remove screw (3).

F0131140

3 Remove receiver-drier (4).

F0131150

Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the
following procedures:
Procedure 1
● Inspect the seals and renew them if damaged.
Flush and recharge the air conditioning system.

F0131160

30-382

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-382 30-382 7/8/2010 9:11:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.17 - Conditioner evaporator - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.13 - Heating and air c... - Page 30-376 - (G0.09.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove all fixing screws (1) of cover (2).

2 Remove nuts (3), detach the thermostat (4) and fan speed
selector (5) from the heating unit and tilt up the cover (2).

IMPORTANT

Take care when handling the thermostat probe.

3 Remove evaporator (6).

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-383

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-383 30-383 7/8/2010 9:11:34 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.18 - Air-conditioning evaporator - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430

-> 1001)

Removal
1 Remove evaporator (1).
IMPORTANT
● Recover foam gasket (2).

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-384

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-384 30-384 7/8/2010 9:11:35 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.19 - Heating valve - Version with high visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.9 - Roof lining - Vers... - Page 30-366 - (G0.06.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove screw (1) and lower valve (2).

2 Loosen screw (3), remove the sheath retainer (4) and withdraw
the valve control cable (5).

3 Loosen hose clamps (6), detach pipes (7) and (8) and remove
the valve (2).

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Ensure that when the heating control knob is set to cool, the valve is closed completely. If necessary, adjust the position of the
sheath with respect to the valve until it is completely closed.

30-385

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-385 30-385 7/8/2010 9:11:35 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.20 - Heater matrix - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Remove all the screws (1), remove spring clips (2) and remove
the half casing (3).

IMPORTANT

Cut gasket (4) in proximity to the joint between

the half casings.

2 Remove heater matrix (5).

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-386

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-386 30-386 7/8/2010 9:11:36 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.21 - Heating radiator - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.13 - Heating and air c... - Page 30-376 - (G0.09.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove all fixing screws (1) of cover (2).

2 Remove nuts (3), detach the thermostat (4) and fan speed
selector (5) from the heating unit and tilt up the cover (2).

IMPORTANT

Take care when handling the thermostat probe.

3 Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect pipe (7).

30-387

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-387 30-387 7/8/2010 9:11:36 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Remove the complete radiator assembly (8).

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-388

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-388 30-388 7/8/2010 9:11:37 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.22 - Heating and air conditioning unit fan - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.13 - Heating and air c... - Page 30-376 - (G0.09.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.9 - Roof lining - Vers... - Page 30-366 - (G0.06.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove all fixing screws (1) of cover (2).

2 Remove screws (3) and disconnect resistor (4).

Disconnect the four connectors (5) from the fan (6).

3 Remove screws (7) and remove half housing (8).

30-389

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-389 30-389 7/8/2010 9:11:37 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Detach the retainer (9) and remove the fan assembly (6) .

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-390

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-390 30-390 7/8/2010 9:11:38 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.23 - Expansion valve - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Remove all the screws (1), remove spring clips (2) and remove
the half casing (3).

IMPORTANT

Cut gasket (4) in proximity to the joint between

the half casings.

2 Remove insulating tape (5).

IMPORTANT

Renew the insulating tape on reassembly

3 Remove spring clip (6) securing sensor (7).

4 Remove screws (8) and remove pipes (9) and expansion valve
(10).

30-391

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-391 30-391 7/8/2010 9:11:38 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Check the condition of the O-rings and renew them if damaged.

30-392

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-392 30-392 7/8/2010 9:11:39 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.24 - Expansion valve - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.13 - Heating and air c... - Page 30-376 - (G0.09.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove insulating tape (1).

IMPORTANT

Renew the insulating tape on reassembly.

2 Remove screws (2) and remove pipes (3) and expansion valve
(4).

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures.
Procedure 2
● Check the condition of the O-rings and renew if damaged.

30-393

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-393 30-393 7/8/2010 9:11:39 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.25 - Antifreeze sensor - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Remove all the screws (1), remove spring clips (2) and remove
the half casing (3).
IMPORTANT
● Cut gasket (4) in proximity to the joint between the half
casings.

2 Remove insulating tape (5).

IMPORTANT
● Renew the insulating tape on reassembly

3 Remove spring clip (6) securing sensor (7).

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-397 30-397 7/8/2010 9:11:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.28 - Air conditioning temperature control thermostat - Version with standard roof
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.13 - Heating and air c... - Page 30-376 - (G0.09.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Detach connectors (2) from thermostat (1).

2 Remove nut (3) and disconnect thermostat (1).

3 Withdraw the probe (4) from the heating unit and remove
thermostat (1).

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-398

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-398 30-398 7/8/2010 9:11:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.29 - Remote valve control cables (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Loosen nuts (1) and disconnect remote valve control cables (2).

IMPORTANT 1

Label the cables to avoid confusion on

reconnection.

F0120661

3 Remove screws (3) and remove storage compartment (4).

4 Disconnect the relevant control cable (6) from lever (5).

Remove lock ring (7) and remove cable (6).
7

5 6

F0130750

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-399

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-399 30-399 7/8/2010 9:11:42 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.6.30 - Adjustment of the control levers (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.7 - Rear remote contro... - Page 30-429 - (H0.07.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Adjustment
1

This procedure should be carried out with the lift unit installed on the transmission and service tool T2 installed
in place of the auxiliary services remote control valve. Furthermore, the level tube installed inside the lift cover
should be replaced with another tube approximately 100 mm long.

2 DANGER

Before starting the tractor, make sure that the yellow lift control lever is in the ‘maximum depth’ position.

3 DANGER

When starting the engine, make sure that the hand throttle lever is in the minimum (idle) position.

4 Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2).

1
1

1
2

5 Connect service tool T2 to the tractor hydraulic system as

shown. 2

30-400

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-400 30-400 7/8/2010 9:11:43 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Connection to service tool T2.

7 Attach either an implement or a 200 kg weight to the 3-point

linkage.
Move yellow lever (3) to the ‘maximum height’ position. 3

8 Check that lever (4) is up against stop (5).

If not, or if lever (4) is restricting the travel of yellow lever (3),
adjust the length of tie rod (6).

9 After making the adjustment, move yellow lever (3) to the ‘control’
position and green lever (7) to position “12”.

30-401

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-401 30-401 7/8/2010 9:11:43 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

10 Start the engine and run at idle speed and slowly move yellow
lever (3) to the maximum lift position.
3

11 When the lift stops, check that the end of piston (8) is flush with
cylinder (9).
9

12 If piston (8) protrudes from the cylinder or stops inside it, adjust
the stroke by way of tie rod (10).
● Shorten the tie-rod to make the piston protrude from the
cylinder.
10
Lengthen the tie rod to cause the piston to retract inside
the cylinder.

13 Move yellow lever (3) to the ‘control’ position and green lever (7)
to position “0”.
● Take care as the lift arms should still rise a little.
3
7

30-402

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-402 30-402 7/8/2010 9:11:45 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

14 Check that piston (8) protrudes approximately 5 mm from cylinder

(9).
9

15 If piston (8) does not stop in the correct position, adjust the stroke
by way of screw (11).
● Screw in if the piston protrudes too much (7 mm).
Screw out if the piston does not protrude enough (3 mm).
After each adjustment, check by moving green lever (7) to
position “12” and then back to position “0”.

16 Move green lever (7) to position “12”.

● The lift should be lowered to maximum depth position.
Slowly move green lever (7) towards position “0” until the lift
starts to move.

17 The lift should start to move when green lever (7) is in position
“4”.

30-403

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-403 30-403 7/8/2010 9:11:45 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

18 If the lift starts to move earlier (near positions “5” or “6”) shorten
tie-rod (12).
If it starts to move later (near positions “3” or “2”) lengthen tie-rod 12
(12).
12

19 On completion of the adjustments, replace the temporary level tube with the original one, remove special tool T2 and complete
the installation of the lift and the removed components.

30-404

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-404 30-404 7/8/2010 9:11:46 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.7 - H0 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

30.7.1 - Pump for hydraulic lift and auxiliary services (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the battery’s negative terminal lead (-).

2 Remove screws (1) and (2) and remove support assembly (3).

3 Loosen union (4) and disconnect the delivery pipe (5).

4 Loosen hose clamps (6) and move hose (7) downwards.

Remove screws (8) and remove suction pipe (9).

IMPORTANT

Inspect the O-ring carefully.

30-405

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-405 30-405 7/8/2010 9:11:47 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove screws (10) (n. 2) and remove the pump (11) complete
with its gasket.

IMPORTANT

Renew the gasket every time it is disturbed.

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Mating face: Silastic

30-406

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-406 30-406 7/8/2010 9:11:48 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.7.2 - Power steering valve (H0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.8 - Silencer - Page 30-99 - (C0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove screw (1) and place the brake oil tank (2) aside.

3 Remove holder (3).

4 Remove screws (4) and support (5).

30-407

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-407 30-407 7/8/2010 9:11:48 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Loosen and remove all unions (6).

IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

6 Remove screws (7) and remove bulkhead (8).

7 Remove screws (9) and remove power steering (10).

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 7
● Power steering hole: molybdenum grease

30-408

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-408 30-408 7/8/2010 9:11:49 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.7.3 - Power steering disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.2 - Power steering valve - Page 30-407 - (H0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

26 15
24 18 13

25
25b
27 25a
28 19
29 21
20
22
16
17a

17b
12
10

23a
23b

23 23a
8 5a

7 6

11
9
2

5 1

Fig.149 - Power steering

30-409

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-409 30-409 7/8/2010 9:11:50 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Disassembly
1 Unscrew and remove screws (1) and (3) and washers (2) securing
cover (4) (6 screws plus one special screw). 3
1 2

F0009470

2 Remove cover (4) by sliding it off sideways.

F0009480

3 Lift rotary spool unit (5) complete with O-rings (6) and spacer
(7). 5

6 7

F0009490

4 Remove drive shaft (8).

F0009500

30-410

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-410 30-410 7/8/2010 9:11:50 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove distributor plate (9).

F0009510

6 Remove relief valve stop bush (10).

F0009520

7 Remove O-ring (11).

F0009530

8 Remove ball (12) of the check valve and pins (13) and balls (15)
of the suction valves.

12 13

F0009541

30-411

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-411 30-411 7/8/2010 9:11:51 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Checking through the central hole of the spool, position spool-

bush assembly cross pin (16) horizontally. Push assembly (17)
and the bearing assembly out of power steering housing (18).

18
F0009550

10 Remove outer ring (19), inner ring (20) and roller bearing (21)
from the spool; remove also ring (22).
● It may occur that inner ring (20) (thin) remains in the steering
valve housing; ensure that it is actually removed. 22 20

21
19
F0009560

11 Remove cross pin (16), bush (17b) and spool (17a).

● Use special cover screw (3).

17b

3 16
17a
F0009570

12 Slowly withdraw spool (17a) from bush (17b).

17b

17a

F0009580

30-412

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-412 30-412 7/8/2010 9:11:52 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

13 Press neutral position springs (23) and remove them from spool
(17a).
23

17a

F0009590

14 Remove dust seal (24) and composite seal (25) (O-ring + seal).

F0129940

15 Remove plug (26) and its seal.

F0129930

16 Remove pressure relief adjuster screw (27).

F0129950

30-413

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-413 30-413 7/8/2010 9:11:53 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

17 Turn over the steering valve housing and remove spring (28) and
relief valve (29).

IMPORTANT 29
The seat of the relief valve is a force fit in the
28
housing and cannot be removed.

F000 9681

Installation
1 IMPORTANT

Prior to reassembly, lubricate all components 23b

with gearbox oil. 23a

Insert the two flat washers (23a) in the seat and centre them
relative to the diameter of spool (17a). Insert the four curved
washers (23b) in pairs between the two flat washers (23a) and
23b 23a 17a
push them fully home.

F0009690

2 Align spring assembly (23).

F0009700

3 Insert spool (17a) in bush (17b).

17b
IMPORTANT

Check that the position between the bush and 17a

the spool is as described in stage 1.

F0009580

30-414

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-414 30-414 7/8/2010 9:11:54 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Simultaneously push springs (23) and spool (17a) until the

springs are seated in the slots in bush (17b).
23

17a

17b

F0009710

5 Align springs (23) and make sure they are positioned centrally in
relation to the diameter of bush (17b). 23

17b
F0009720

6 Install ring (22) on its seat on bush (17b).

IMPORTANT
22
Ring (22) must be free to rotate without interfering
with springs (23).

17b
F0009730

7 Insert cross pin (16).

F0009740

30-415

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-415 30-415 7/8/2010 9:11:55 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Install the thrust bearing components in the order indicated in

point 9.

22 21 F0009751

9 Thrust bearing assembly.

20
● 17a - Spool
17b - Bush 21

21- Needle roller bearing 22

20 - Inner ring
17
22 - Outer ring

DANGER 17

The outer ring must be installed with chamfer “X”

facing the shoulder of the spool.

10 Position steering valve housing (18) so the hole is horizontal.

Insert into the bush/spool assembly bore the guide of special tool
T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0).

11 Lubricate oil seal (25a) and O-ring (25b) and fit them on the push
rod of tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0).

30-416

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-416 30-416 7/8/2010 9:11:56 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

12 Fit tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0). and insert it in the guide previously

inserted in the steering valve bore.

13 Push seal (25) into its seat in steering valve housing (18) while
rotating it to ease it into position.

18
F0009790

14 Withdraw tool T9 (P/N 5.9030.480.0). from valve housing (18)

and removal also the guide, leaving the tool push rod in the
housing.

15 Insert bush/spool assembly (17) in steering valve bore (18).

Rotate the valve slightly while inserting it to ease it into position.
17
IMPORTANT

Keep the cross pin horizontal while inserting the

assembly.

18
F0009810

30-417

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-417 30-417 7/8/2010 9:11:57 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

16 Push in assembly (17) until fully seated so that it forces out the
tool push rod left in the housing in step 14. 18

F0009820

17 Rotate steering valve housing (18) until the centre hole is vertical.
Insert ball (12) of the relief valve in the hole indicated by the 12
arrow.

F0009830

18 Screw valve retaining bush (10) into the bore of the relief valve.

IMPORTANT 10
The top of the retaining bush should be set below
the face of steering valve housing (18).

F0009521

19 Insert the two balls (15) in the holes indicated by the arrows.

F0010310

30-418

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-418 30-418 7/8/2010 9:11:57 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

20 Insert elements (13) in the same holes.

F0009841

21 Lubricate O-ring (11) and fit it in its seat.

11
● O-ring: Gearbox oil

F0009850

22 Locate distributor plate (9) so that its holes are aligned with the
9
holes in steering valve housing (18).

F0009860

23 Insert drive shaft (8) in the hole so that it engages the cross pin;
check that the engagement with the cross pin is parallel to the
steering column mounting face.
8

F0009870

30-419

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-419 30-419 7/8/2010 9:11:59 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

24 Position the drive shaft so that it is vertical and hold it in this

position using a suitable tool.

F0009880

25 Lubricate the two O-rings (6) and fit them in the two grooves in
rotary spool unit (5). Fit rotary spool unit (5) to drive shaft (8). 6
● O-rings: Gearbox oil 8

F0009890

26 DANGER

Install rotor (5a) on drive shaft (8) so that the

valley between two lobes is aligned with the
groove in the end of the drive shaft. Then turn
outer ring (5b) to align the fixing holes. 8

F0009900

27 Install spacer (7).

F0009910

30-420

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-420 30-420 7/8/2010 9:11:59 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

28 Fit cover (4).

F0009920

29 Insert special screw (3) complete with washer (2) in the hole
indicated in the photo.

F0009930

30 Insert the six screws (1) complete with washers (2). Tighten
screws (1) and (3) in a crosswise sequence to a torque of 30±6 3
Nm (22.1±4.4 lb.ft.). 1 2

F0009471

31 Fit valve (29).

F0129960

30-421

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-421 30-421 7/8/2010 9:12:00 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

32 Fit spring (28).

F0129970

33 Fit pressure adjustment screw (27).

F0129950

34 Fit plug (26) complete with seal.

● Plug: 50±10 Nm (36.8±7.4 lb.ft.)

F0129930

35 Locate dust seal (24) in steering valve housing (18).

F000 9970

30-422

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-422 30-422 7/8/2010 9:12:01 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

36 Install dust seal (24) in the steering valve housing using a suitable
drift and a soft faced mallet.

F000 9980

37 Close off the oil ports with plastic plugs to prevent impurities
getting in.

IMPORTANT

Fit the plugs by hand pressure alone; do not

hammer.

F0009990

38 On completion of the assembly operation, test the operating pressure of the relief valve and calibrate as necessary.

30-423

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-423 30-423 7/8/2010 9:12:02 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.7.4 - Pressure relief valve setting (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Checking maximum operating pressure

1 Disconnect the rod side pressure connection from one of the
steering cylinders (1) and replace with union “B” connected in
turn to a 400 bar full scale pressure gauge.

2 Start the engine and turn the steering to full lock to expel any air from the steering circuit.
3 Force the steering to full lock on the side to which the pressure gauge is connected and read off the maximum continuous
pressure on gauge “A”.
● Maximum permissible pressure: 150 bar (2175.6 psi)
4 If the pressure reading differs from the specified value, adjust the pressure relief valve of the power steering unit.

Pressure relief valve setting

1 IMPORTANT

Remove the power steering to calibrate the relief valve.

2 Remove plug (3) and relative seal (4).

3
Using a hex key proceed to adjust relief pressure by positioning
setscrew (5). 4
● To INCREASE the pressure, turn the screw CLOCKWISE
To REDUCE the pressure, turn the screw
5
COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
Refit plug (3), checking that seal (4) is correctly seated.
● Plug: 50÷60 Nm (36.9-44.2 lb.ft.)
F0012580

30-424

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-424 30-424 7/8/2010 9:12:03 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.7.5 - Power steering pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Loosen clamps (1) from hose (2).

3 Remove the screws (3) and suction pipe (4).

IMPORTANT

Check the condition of the O-ring.

4 Disconnect delivery pipe (6) from pump (5).

30-425

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-425 30-425 7/8/2010 9:12:04 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Loosen and remove the retainer screws (7) of pump (5) .

6 Remove pump (5) complete with gasket.

IMPORTANT

Renew the gasket every time it is disturbed.

7 Extract the drive coupling (8) and check the condition of the
teeth.

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 6
● Mating face: Silastic

30-426

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-426 30-426 7/8/2010 9:12:04 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.7.6 - Gearbox oil cooler (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.2.2 - Air cleaner - Page 30-88 - (C0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.3 - Intercooler - Page 30-89 - (C0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Remove the key from the starter switch.

2 Remove lower guard (1).

F0120061

3 Unscrew and remove screws (2).

4 Remove the gearbox oil cooler (3).

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-427

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-427 30-427 7/8/2010 9:12:05 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

● Take the engine revs to minimum for a few minutes to fill the cooler.
● Stop the engine and restore the gearbox oil levels.

30-428

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-428 30-428 7/8/2010 9:12:06 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.7.7 - Rear remote control valve (H0.07.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Loosen nuts (1) and disconnect remote valve control cables (2).

3 For versions with front lift

Disconnect pipes (3).

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress

of dirt

4 Remove screw (4) and remove clamp (5).

30-429

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-429 30-429 7/8/2010 9:12:06 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove unions (6) and remove pipes (7).

IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

6 Remove screws (8) and remove bracket (9).

7 Disconnect oil supply pipe (10) to the control valve.

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.

8 Remove union (11).

IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

30-430

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-430 30-430 7/8/2010 9:12:07 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Remove the screws (12) to disengage pipe (13).

10 Loosen union (14), remove nut (15) and remove clamp (16).

11 Remove screws (17) and remove remote control valve (18).

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 9
● Screws: Loctite 542

30-431

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-431 30-431 7/8/2010 9:12:08 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.7.8 - Bleeding the braking circuit (E0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Bleeding the first part of the circuit

IMPORTANT

During brake bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the brake fluid reservoir is always above the minimum
level.

● Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing “A” to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing in a
container to collect the fluid.
● Ensure that the brake pedals are joined by the connecting latch.
● Fully depress the brake pedal until you feel significant resistance, at which point keep pressing the pedal.
● Slowly open the bleed screw (1) on the distributor valve (2) and allow the fluid and air to flow throughout the entire pedal
travel.
● While holding the pedal fully depressed, tighten the bleed screw (1).
● Repeat the previous operations until the fluid flowing from the bleed valve is entirely free of air bubbles.

Bleeding the rear brake circuit

● Disconnect the brake pedals by removing the connecting latch.
● Fully depress the pedal of the pump corresponding to the side of the circuit to be bled until you feel significant resistance, at
which point keep pressing the pedal.
● Slowly open the bleed screw and allow the fluid and air to flow throughout the entire pedal travel.
● While holding the pedal fully depressed, tighten the bleed screw; release the pedal.
● Repeat the sequence of steps until the fluid flowing from the bleed screw is entirely free of air bubbles.

IMPORTANT

After bleeding, fit the dust caps to the bleed screws

Bleeding the front brake circuit

● Disconnect the brake pedals by removing the connecting latch.
● Start the engine and take the revs to minimum.
● Lightly depress the pedal of the circuit to be bled.
● Slowly open the bleed screw and allow the oil to flow out until there are no air bubbles present.

IMPORTANT

After bleeding, fit the dust caps to the bleed screws.

30-432

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-432 30-432 7/8/2010 9:12:09 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Bleed screw positioning

Braking distributor valve

Rear brakes

Front brakes

30-433

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-433 30-433 7/8/2010 9:12:10 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.7.9 - Parking brake control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.7 - Left-hand console - Page 30-360 - (G0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Before disassembly, depress the parking brake repeatedly to discharge residual pressure from the circuit.

2 Disconnect the connectors (1) and (2) from valve (3).

3 Unscrew and remove screws (4).

4 Loosen and remove screws (5) and support plate (6).

IMPORTANT

Note that earth lead (8) is fixed below nut (7).

30-434

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-434 30-434 7/8/2010 9:12:11 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Disconnect pipes (9) and remove valve assembly(3).

30-436

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-436 30-436 7/8/2010 9:12:12 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Bleed the brake circuits.

30-437

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-437 30-437 7/8/2010 9:12:13 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.7.11 - Services solenoid valve assembly (H0.10.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Unplug connectors (1), (2) from the solenoid valve set and detach
wiring (3) from the clamps and move upwards.

IMPORTANT

Label the connectors to avoid confusion on

refitting.

3 Loosen unions (4) and disconnect pipes (5) and (6).

4 Loosen clamp (7) and pipe (8) from the solenoid valve set.

30-438

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-438 30-438 7/8/2010 9:12:13 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove union (9) and disconnect pipes (10), (11) and (12).

IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

6 Remove rear PTO control pipes (13).

7 Remove screws (14).

IMPORTANT

Recover the spacers.

8 Remove solenoid valve assembly (15).

IMPORTANT

Recover the spacers installed between the

solenoid valve assembly and the transmission.

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:

30-439

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-439 30-439 7/8/2010 9:12:13 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 8
● Check the condition of O-ring (16) and renew it if necessary.
● O-ring: transmission oil.
● Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
Start the engine and run for a few minutes to allow the coolant to
circulate; check the system for leaks.

30-440

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-440 30-440 7/8/2010 9:12:15 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.7.12 - Pressure reduction and holding valve disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1 Loosen and remove screws (1) and separate solenoid valve
assembly (2) .

IMPORTANT

Retrieve and check the O-rings.

2 Separate the pressure holding unit (3) from the accumulator

2 Unplug the front connector (2) and lower connector (3).

3 Disconnect unions (4), (5) and (6).

30-443

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-443 30-443 7/8/2010 9:12:16 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Remove screws (7) and remove solenoid valve assembly (8).

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry
out the following procedures.
Procedure 4
● Check the condition of O-rings (9) and renew them if necessary.

30-444

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-444 30-444 7/8/2010 9:12:17 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.8 - L0 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

30.8.1 - Lateral battery (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Apply the parking brakes and remove the key from the starter switch.

2 Remove the tool box (1) .

3 Remove the fixing knobs (2) of guard (3).

Remove the guard.

4 First disconnect the negative terminal lead (-) from the battery (4)
and then from the positive terminal (+).

30-445

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-445 30-445 7/8/2010 9:12:17 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove screws (5), battery fixing brackets (6) and then the
battery (4).

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Always reconnect the positive lead (+) before the negative lead (-).

30-446

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-446 30-446 7/8/2010 9:12:18 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.8.2 - Alternator (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Loosen screws (1) and (2) of the fuel pump bracket in order to
slacken off drivebelt (3).

3 Disconnect wires (5) from alternator (4).

4 Remove screw (6) and move bracket (7) downwards.

30-447

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-447 30-447 7/8/2010 9:12:18 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove upper and lower screws (8) and remove alternator (4).

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures.
Procedure 2
● Adjust drivebelt tension.

30-448

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-448 30-448 7/8/2010 9:12:19 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.8.3 - Clutch pedal potentiometer (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.8 - Front instrument p... - Page 30-362 - (G0.06.04) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove the four nuts (1) and tilt the fuse box (2) to the right.

2 Remove nuts (3).

IMPORTANT

Recover clutch pedal travel stop pins (4) and

clutch pedal return spring (5).

3 Remove nuts (6) and remove cover (7).

30-449

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-449 30-449 7/8/2010 9:12:20 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Remove tie-rod (8) and disconnect wiring connector (9).

5 Remove nuts (10) and remove the potentiometer assembly.

6 Remove screws (11) and remove potentiometer (12).

Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry
out the following procedures.
Procedure 6
● Check the condition of retaining spring (13) and renew it if
damaged.
Calibrate the clutch pedal

30-450

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-450 30-450 7/8/2010 9:12:20 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.8.4 - Shuttle output speed sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.3 - Battery support - Page 30-354 - (G0.01.04) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove the front right-hand nut (1) fixing the cab and retrieve
the plate (2).

2 Using a suitable hoist, apply upward force on the cab.

3 Remove screws (3) and nut (4).

IMPORTANT 3

Remove the stud under nut (4). 4

30-451

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-451 30-451 7/8/2010 9:12:21 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Remove cab support (5).

5 Remove screw (6) and remove sensor (7).

7
6

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-452

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-452 30-452 7/8/2010 9:12:22 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.8.5 - Accelerator pedal position sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Loosen and remove screws (1) and remove cover (2).

3 Unplug connector (3), remove screws (4) and remove position

sensor (5).

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 1
● Calibrate the accelerator pedal (see “Calibrations and electronic diagnosis” section)

30-453

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-453 30-453 7/8/2010 9:12:23 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.8.6 - Hand throttle position sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.6 - Right-hand console - Page 30-358 - (G0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Loosen and remove screws (1) and lift the lever assembly (2).

2 Disconnect the connector (3), remove the bolts (4) and remove
the potentiometer (5).

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Check the condition of retaining spring (6) and renew it if
damaged.

● Calibrate the hand throttle

30-454

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-454 30-454 7/8/2010 9:12:23 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.8.7 - Steering column switch (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove screws (1), knob (2) and remove cover (3).

3 Remove screws (4) and remove the cover (5).

4 Remove screws (6), disconnect wiring connector (7) and remove

steering column switch unit (8).

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-455

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-455 30-455 7/8/2010 9:12:24 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.8.8 - Shuttle ECU and forward/reverse selector (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove screws (1), knob (2) and remove cover (3).

3 Remove screws (4) and remove cover (5).

4 Remove screws (6), disconnect wiring connector (7) and remove

the shuttle ECU (8).

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Carry out the procedure for putting the tractor into service.

30-456

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-456 30-456 7/8/2010 9:12:25 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.9 - M0 - FRONT PTO

30.9.1 - Front PTO (M0.00.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.9.5 - Front PTO oil cooler - Page 30-481 - (M0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.3 - Intercooler - Page 30-89 - (C0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.2 - Air cleaner - Page 30-88 - (C0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Position a stand “A” in the middle of pivot (1).

3 Disconnect wiring connectors (2) from air cleaner clogging

sensor (3).

4 Loosen clamps (4), (5) and (6) and remove air intake hose (7).
7
6

4 5

30-457

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-457 30-457 7/8/2010 9:12:25 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Remove screws (8) and remove filter (9) from support (10).
8
10

6 Remove screws (11) and remove support assembly (10).

7 Remove unions (12) and remove clamps (13) (one per side).
Remove union (14) and move pipe (15) to the side. 12
13

8 Loosen and remove clamps (16).

30-458

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-458 30-458 7/8/2010 9:12:26 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Remove screw (17), support (18) and batteries (19).

10 Using a pin punch, remove dowel (20) and withdraw PTO drive
shaft (21) towards the rear of the tractor.
21

11 Remove screws (22) and remove cover (23).

22
23

12 Remove screws (24) and remove hitch assembly (25).

30-459

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-459 30-459 7/8/2010 9:12:27 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

13 Attach the PTO assembly (26) to a hoist and take up the slack in
the lifting sling.

14 Remove the four fixing screws (27) of assy (26).

27 27

15 Slowly lift PTO assy (26) causing it to rotate towards the front.

IMPORTANT
26
Take care not to damage the radiator.

● PTO assembly: 70 kg

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-460

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-460 30-460 7/8/2010 9:12:28 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.9.2 - PTO assembly. (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.9.1 - Front PTO - Page 30-457 - (M0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.150 - PTO assembly.

Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover assy (2).

30-461

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-461 30-461 7/8/2010 9:12:29 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Remove screws (3) and remove solenoid valve assy (4).

3 Using a screw as a puller, remove pipes (5).

● Check the condition of O-rings (6) and renew them if
necessary.

4 Remove nuts (7) and remove cover assy (8).

5 Only if necessary
Remove oil seal (9).
● Note which way round oil seal (9) is fitted.

30-462

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-462 30-462 7/8/2010 9:12:29 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Remove input shaft (11) retaining screw (10).

● Renew the copper washers on reassembly
Raise oil seal (12).

7 Remove input shaft assy (11).

8 Use a pry bar to dislodge shaft (13) complete with outer bearing
(14).

9 Remove output shaft (15) complete with bearing.

● Use a copper hammer, if necessary.

30-463

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-463 30-463 7/8/2010 9:12:30 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

10 Remove gear (17) and bearings (18) and (19).

11 Remove pin (20) to free clutch assy (21).

● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

12 Remove clutch assy (21) from PTO casing (22).

13 Remove plug (23) and remove mesh filter (24).

30-464

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-464 30-464 7/8/2010 9:12:30 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

14 Withdraw pump assy (25).

15 Remove circlip (26) and, using a suitable puller, remove bearing

(27).

16 Remove oil seal (12).

● Renew the oil seal on reassembly.

17 Position shaft (15) under a press and withdraw the inner race of
roller bearing (16).

30-465

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-465 30-465 7/8/2010 9:12:31 PM

9 Insert complete input shaft (11), turning it to and fro in both

directions in order to mesh the teeth in the pump and clutch
assy.

10 Tighten screw (10) ensuring it enters the keyway on shaft (11).

● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

30-468

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-468 30-468 7/8/2010 9:12:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

11 Fit roller bearing (19) in PTO casing (22).

● The thrust washer of the inner race must be facing the
output of the PTO shaft
Fit ball bearing (18) in PTO casing (22).
Fit gear (17) in PTO casing (22).

12 Fit shaft (15), aligning it with gear (17) and bearing (19).
● To fit roller bearing (19), tap lightly with a copper-headed
hammer and rotate shaft (15)

13 Fit bearing outer race (16).

● During assembly, tap lightly with a hammer around the
entire circumference.

14 Fit the shaft complete with outer bearing (14).

● To insert, use a copper-headed hammer to tap lightly
on the shaft and around the outer circumference of the
bearing.

30-469

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-469 30-469 7/8/2010 9:12:33 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

15 Using a suitable drift, install oil seal (9) in cover (8).

● Note the direction of assembly.

16 Apply sealant to the mating surfaces and fit cover (8).

● Sealant: Silastic 738
Tighten nuts (7).
● Tighten the screws in an alternate cross-wise sequence.

17 Using a suitable drift T2, seat oil seal (12).

18 Fit mesh filter (24) on pump suction pipe.

Smear sealant on the threads of plug (23) and tighten.
● Plug: Silastic 738

30-470

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-470 30-470 7/8/2010 9:12:34 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

19 Insert extensions (5) complete with O-rings (6).

20 Apply sealant to the mating surfaces of solenoid valve assy (4).

● Surfaces: Loctite 510
Fit solenoid valve (4) and secure it with screws (3).

21 Apply sealant to the upper mating surface of PTO housing (22).

● Mating face: Silastic 738
● Check that the sealant forms a continuous film around the
holes of the cover fixing screws.
Fit cover (2) centring the oil delivery and return unions.

22 Fit cover (2) and tighten screws (1).

23 Fill the PTO with oil.

30-471

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-471 30-471 7/8/2010 9:12:35 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.9.3 - Pump assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.9.1 - Front PTO - Page 30-457 - (M0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.151 - Pump assembly

Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove suction pipe (2).
● Check the condition of the O-rings (3) and (4) and renew
them if necessary.

30-472

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-472 30-472 7/8/2010 9:12:35 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Remove screws (5) and remove pump cover (6) from pump body
(7).
● Label pump body (7) and cover (6) to avoid confusion on
reassembly.

3 Remove gears (8) and (9) from pump body (7).

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Lubricate pump body (7) and gears (8) and (9).
Gears lubrication: oil

30-473

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-473 30-473 7/8/2010 9:12:36 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.9.4 - Clutch-brake assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.9.1 - Front PTO - Page 30-457 - (M0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

6
1
7
2
3
4
5

9
8
11
23

32
33 34 15 24

17 18 10
14 21
12
27
30 31 35
29
28
26

22 19
20 D0036660
16 25
13

Fig.152 - Clutch-brake assembly

Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove steel plates (2) and (3).

30-474

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-474 30-474 7/8/2010 9:12:36 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

2 Remove friction plates (4) and steel plates (5).

3 Remove hub (6) and spacer (7).

4 Using a puller (or a press) and U frame “A”, compress spring (8)
and remove circlip (9).

5 Release spring (8) and remove in sequence spring guide ring

(10) and spring (8). 10

F0010231

30-475

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-475 30-475 7/8/2010 9:12:37 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Blow compressed air at low pressure through the upper hole in

the directional control valve body to expel piston (11).
● Restrain piston (11) as it could be expelled at high speed
and thus damaged.

7 Remove piston (11) and O-ring (12).

8 Turn the unit over, remove screws (13) and remove cover (14).

13 14

9 Remove brake disc (16) and steel plate (17) from clutch assembly
(15). 16

30-476

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-476 30-476 7/8/2010 9:12:37 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

10 Blow compressed air at low pressure into clutch assembly (15) to

disengage brake piston (18). 18
● Restrain the piston as it could be expelled at high speed
and thus damaged.

11 Withdraw piston (18).

12 Check the condition of the O-rings (19) and (20) and renew them
if necessary.

20
19

13 Remove circlip (21) and spacer (22).

21 22

F0007742

30-477

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-477 30-477 7/8/2010 9:12:38 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

14 Remove clutch assembly (15) and remove retaining rings (24)

from clutch housing (23).
15 24

15 Using a suitable wrench T3, remove damper assembly (25).

● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

16 Compress the spring assembly of damper (25) and remove

circlip (26).

17 Release the assembly and remove disc (28), spring (29) and
piston (30) complete with O-ring (31) from cylinder (27).

31 30 27
29
28

30-478

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-478 30-478 7/8/2010 9:12:38 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

18 Remove plug (32) and remove spring (33) and push rod (34)
from clutch housing (15).
● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
33

32
34
15

19 Remove O-ring (35) from clutch piston (11).

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 17
● Lubricate piston (29) with oil.
Procedure 16
● Damper assembly (24): Loctite 242
Procedure 14
● Lubricate retaining rings (23) with oil.
Procedure 9
● Lubricate O-rings (19) and (20) and piston (18) with oil.
Procedure 8
● Lubricate brake disc (16) with oil
Procedure 7
● Lubricate O-ring (12) and piston (11) with oil.

30-479

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-479 30-479 7/8/2010 9:12:39 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 3
● Grease spacer (7) and install it on hub (6).

Procedure 2
5 4
● Fit steel plates (5) and friction plates (4) in housing (15) starting
with a steel plate (5).
Lubricate friction plates (4) with oil.

15 15

30-480

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-480 30-480 7/8/2010 9:12:39 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.9.5 - Front PTO oil cooler (M0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.2.2 - Air cleaner - Page 30-88 - (C0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.

2 Disconnect pipes (1) and (2).

IMPORTANT

Mark the pipe connection positions.

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress

of dirt.

3 Remove screws (3) and remove the cooler.

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Start the engine, engage the front PTO and fill the cooler.
● Disengage the PTO and check the oil level in the casing.

30-481

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-481 30-481 7/8/2010 9:12:40 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.9.6 - Solenoid valve assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.9.1 - Front PTO - Page 30-457 - (M0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1 Remove retaining nut (1) and remove solenoid valve (2).
● Recover the O-rings.

2 Loosen solenoid valve stem (3) and remove it.

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Valve stem: 15 to 20 Nm (11.06-14.74 lb.ft.)
Valve stem: oil
Procedure 1
● Nut: 5 to 8 Nm (3.69-5.90 lb.ft.)

30-482

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-482 30-482 7/8/2010 9:12:40 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.10 - N0 - FRONT LIFT

30.10.1 - Front lift (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal of lift cylinders

1 DANGER

Remove any implement or ballast from the front lift and raise the link arms completely.

DANGER

Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.

2 Position a stand “A” in the middle of pivot (1).

3 Remove screw (2) and pin (3).

● If both cylinders are to be removed, repeat the above
steps also on the cylinder on the other side.

30-483

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-483 30-483 7/8/2010 9:12:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Start the engine and run at idle speed and retract cylinder (4).
● Pull the lever very slowly and retract the cylinder without
reaching the end of its stroke.
● Switch off the engine, remove the key from the ignition
and close the lift control valves.
Recover spacers (5).

5 Remove screws (6) and remove surround (7).

7
6

6 Remove unions (8) and (9).

● Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.
8

7 Remove circlip (10) and extract pin (11).

● Support cylinder (4).
10 11

30-484

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-484 30-484 7/8/2010 9:12:41 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Recover seals (12) and remove the cylinder.

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-485

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-485 30-485 7/8/2010 9:12:42 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.10.2 - Disassembly of front lift cylinders (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.153 - Lift cylinders

Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1).

2 Using a suitable tool, partially retract end cap (2) and remove
circlip (3).

30-486

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-486 30-486 7/8/2010 9:12:42 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 Withdraw rod (5) complete with end cap (2) and circlips (1) and
(3) and piston (6) from cylinder (4).

4 Remove nut (7) and remove piston assembly (6).

5 Withdraw end cap (2) and circlips (1) and (3) from rod (5).

6 Remove guide rings (8), oil seal (9a) and O-ring (9b) from piston
(6).

30-487

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-487 30-487 7/8/2010 9:12:43 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

7 Remove rod wiper (10), seal (11) and O-ring (12) from end cap
(2).
● Note which way round seal (11) is installed.

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 6
● Fit a suitable installation guide on piston (6) and fit piston O-ring
(9b) by hand.
Fit oil seal (9a) on the installation guide.

● Using a suitable installer, drive oil seal (9a) into its seat.

● Using a gauge and suitable support, calibrate the seal (9a)

passing the gauge over the entire length of piston (6).

30-488

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-488 30-488 7/8/2010 9:12:44 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 4
● Nut: 200±10 Nm (147.4±7.4 lb.ft.)

30-489

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-489 30-489 7/8/2010 9:12:44 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.11 - R0 - REAR LIFT

30.11.1 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.13.1 - Towing hitch slide - Page 30-518 - (V0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 Remove screw (1) and remove pins (2) on both sides.

2 Remove split pin (3) and remove pivot pins (4).

IMPORTANT

Fit new split pins on reassembly.

3 Remove terminal (5) and detach all connecting pipes (6) from the
remote control valve.

IMPORTANT

Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.

30-490

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-490 30-490 7/8/2010 9:12:44 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Disconnect tie rods (7) and (8) from the lift levers.

5 Remove unions (9) and remove pipe (10).

11 12
IMPORTANT

Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

11
9
Remove nuts (11) and remove top link mounting (12).
11
10

6 Disconnect the connector , remove the bolts (13) and detach the
support (14).

7 Remove screw (15) and nuts (16) from the right-hand side.

30-491

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-491 30-491 7/8/2010 9:12:45 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Remove screw (17) and nut (18).

17 18

9 Remove screw (19) and place the bracket (20), complete with
trailer socket (21) aside.

10 Remove the six nuts (22) of the left-hand side.

11 Remove the split pins and detach the control tie-rods (23).

30-492

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-492 30-492 7/8/2010 9:12:46 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

12 Attach lift assembly (24) to a hoist and remove it from the

tractor.

Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 12
● Mating face: Loctite 510

Procedures 7-8-10
● Nuts: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.)
● Screws: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 5
● Nuts: 111±5,5 Nm (81.8±4.0 lb.ft.)

30-493

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-493 30-493 7/8/2010 9:12:47 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.11.2 - Disassembly of the lift- complete assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1 Remove all screws (1) and remove bracket (2) and cover (3).

1
1

1
3

2 Remove circlips (4) on both sides.

F0083612

3 Remove lift arms (5) and spacers (6) on both sides.

6
F0083622

4 Remove circlips (7) and (8) and remove tie-rods (9) and (10).

7
8 8
7

9 10

F0083632

30-494

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-494 30-494 7/8/2010 9:12:47 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Loosen nut (11) and remove set screw (12).

11
F0083642

6 Loosen nut (13) and remove grub screw (14) securing cam (15).

15
14

F0083654

7 Remove oil seal (16) on one side and withdraw shaft (17).
● Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
16 17

F0083662

8 Remove lever (18) complete with connecting rod (19) and cam
(20). 18 20

F0083672

30-495

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-495 30-495 7/8/2010 9:12:48 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

9 Only if necessary
Drive out spring pin (21) and separate connecting rod (19) from
lever (18).
21
18

F0071623

10 Remove circlips (22) and (23) and remove tie-rods (24) and
(25).
● Label the tie-rods to avoid confusion on reassembly. 22 23

24 25

F0083682

11 Remove brake cylinder assembly (26).

26
F0083692

12 Remove the two screws (27).

● Note which way round seal (5) is installed.

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures.

30-499

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-499 30-499 7/8/2010 9:12:51 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

Procedure 3
● Fit seal (5), making sure that is positioned the right way round
relative to piston (3).

Procedure 1
● Check the condition of O-rings (6) and (7) and renew them if
necessary.

30-500

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-500 30-500 7/8/2010 9:12:51 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.11.4 - Bushes (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Renewal
1 Position the lift cover under a press and, using a suitable tool,
remove bushes (1).

2 Install new bushes (1) making sure that they are inserted flush
with the bores in the lift housing.

3 1

Install bushes (1) with the split oriented towards

the top of the lift housing.

D0024510

30-501

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-501 30-501 7/8/2010 9:12:52 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.11.5 - Auxiliary lift cylinders (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Fully lower the rear lift, disconnect the lead from the negative terminal of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove split pin (1).

IMPORTANT

Fit new split pins on reassembly.

F0107261

3 Remove pin (2) and recover spacer (3).

4 Disconnect pipe (4).

5 Remove split pin (5) and spacer (6).

IMPORTANT

Always renew the split pin on reassembly

30-502

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-502 30-502 7/8/2010 9:12:52 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

6 Remove cylinder (7).

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.

30-503

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-503 30-503 7/8/2010 9:12:53 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.11.6 - Disassembly of the lift control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1 Remove spring (1).

2 Remove split pin (2) and remove pivot pin (3) and roller (4).
● Renew the split pin every time it is disturbed.

3 Remove circlip (5), remove pin (6) and remove control levers
assembly (7).
6
5 7

F0083780

30-504

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-504 30-504 7/8/2010 9:12:53 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

4 Remove the three screws (8) and remove lever support (9).

5 Loosen screw (10) without removing it and turn remote control

valve assembly (11) over so that the aluminium body is facing
downwards.
Remove screw (10) and separate remote control valve bodies
(11) and (12).

6 Remove spring (13).

7 Remove spring (14) and rod (15).

30-505

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-505 30-505 7/8/2010 9:12:54 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

8 Remove piston (16) and spring (17) from remote control valve
body (11).

9 Remove spring (18) and spacer (19) from remote control valve
body (11).

10 Drive out spring pin (20) and withdraw spool (21).

11 Remove plug (22) and remove valve (23).

● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

30-506

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-506 30-506 7/8/2010 9:12:55 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

12 Remove plug (24) and withdraw spring (25) and valve (26).
● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

13 Remove O-rings (27) and withdraw piston (28).

Procedure 2
● Take care to position roller (34) on the top of spool (21).
34

21
F0083841

30-510

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-510 30-510 7/8/2010 9:12:57 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.11.7 - Mechanical draft sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Remove split pin (1) and withdraw pivot pin (2).
● Renew split pin (1) on reassembly.

F0096870

2 Remove screw (3), loosen screw (4) and remove draft sensor
assembly (5). 5

3 4
F0121170

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Nuts: 72±7 Nm (53.1±5.2 lb.ft.)

30-511

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-511 30-511 7/8/2010 9:12:58 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.11.8 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.154 - Mechanical draft sensor

Disassembly
1 Remove screw (1) and the relative nut and remove plug (2).

2 Remove fork (3) and remove spring assembly (4) from sensor
body (5).

30-512

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-512 30-512 7/8/2010 9:12:58 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

3 Remove nut (6), and remove spacer (7) and disc (8).

4 Remove spring (9), spacer (10) and washer (11).

5 Remove spring (12) and spacer (13) from tie-rod (14).

Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Screw in nut (6) to take up the play in springs (9) and (12) but without preloading them.
Procedure 2
● Liberally grease spring assembly (4) and insert it in sensor body (5).

30-513

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-513 30-513 7/8/2010 9:12:59 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.11.9 - 3-point linkage (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 DANGER

Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.

2 Remove screw (1) and pin (2).

3 Remove split pin (3) and remove pin (4) and washer (5).
● Always renew the split pin.

4 Remove split pin (6), nut (7) and washer (8).

Remove 3-point linkage assembly (9).

30-514

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-514 30-514 7/8/2010 9:12:59 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

5 Recover spacer (10).

Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 5
● Note which way round spacer (10) is installed.

Procedure 4
● Tighten nut (7) to the prescribed torque and, if necessary, tighten further to align the slots in nut (7) with the hole in the pin.
Nut: 150 Nm (110.5 lb.ft.)

30-515

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-515 30-515 7/8/2010 9:13:00 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.12 - S0 - WHEELS

30.12.1 - Front wheels (S0.01.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1 DANGER

Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.

2 Raise the tractor and position two stands “A” under the front
axle.
● Drive safety wedges “B” between the axle and the front
support.

3 Remove all the screws (1) except one for safety.

Remove the last screw and remove wheel (2).

4 Repeat the above operations for the other wheel.

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Screws: 350 Nm (258 lb.ft.)

30-516

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-516 30-516 7/8/2010 9:13:00 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.12.2 - Rear wheels (S0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Position a jack “A” under the rear gearbox casing.
● Position a jack “A” under the rear gearbox casing.
Raise the tractor sufficiently to eliminate the flexure of the tyre
wall.

2 Remove all the nuts (1) and remove wheel (2).

3 Position a stand “B” under the rear axle housing and lower the
jack until the axle housing is resting on the stand.
Check that the stand is in exactly the correct position and then
remove the trolley jack.

4 Repeat the above operations to remove the other wheel.

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Nuts: 500 Nm (368.5 lb.ft)

30-517

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-517 30-517 7/8/2010 9:13:01 PM

METHOD OF INTERVENTION

30.13 - V0 - BALLAST - TOWING HITCHES

30.13.1 - Towing hitch slide (V0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1 Remove all the screws (1) except two.

2
F0121040

2 Sling towing hitch (2) to hoist and take up the slack in lifting 3
ropes.
Remove the last two screws (1) and remove the towing hitch
assembly.

6 5

4
F0121050

Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 1
● Screws: 186.4±18 Nm (137.4±13.3 lb.ft.)

30-518

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 30-518 30-518 7/8/2010 9:13:02 PM

40 - WIRING DIAGRAMS

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-1 40-1 7/8/2010 9:13:02 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.1 - INTRODUCTION

40.1.1 - Structure of the unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

For easier consultation, this unit has been divided into the following chapters:
● introduction
❍ Contains a brief description of the terminology used, the procedures to follow for troubleshooting and repairs, and the
instruments required for troubleshooting.
● Indices
❍ Contains the indices arranged by connector name, by component code and by component description.
● Components
❍ Contains the layouts of the connectors used in the electrical system, descriptions of the components installed on the
tractor,the technical data necessary for functional testing and the pinouts of the electronic control units.
● Systems
❍ Contains the electrical diagrams of the tractor’s systems.
● Wiring looms
❍ Contains the layouts, the wiring diagrams and the positioning of connectors on the tractor.

40-2

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-2 40-2 7/8/2010 9:13:03 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

How to consult the unit

A B
2 E
1

Interruttore avviamento 0441.1512. 4 42 X4 2 0443.7847

X4
17

Motorino d'avviamento X70-X71 2

1 Interruttore avviamento

42 X4
0.012.5957.4/10

D X4

X4 19 0.012.5957.4 Interruttore avviamento

0.012.5957.4/10

X4
0.012.5957.4/10

Fig.155
How to consult the table
The quickest way to determine the cause of a malfunction of a component (e.g. the starter motor) is to check all the
components in the system in which the component is incorporated. In this example, the problem is a malfunction of the
starter motor, which fails to start the engine.
● Find the starter motor in heading “Index by part description” and identify the system in which the component is incorporated.
The system is indicated in the “System” column and in this case is “2” (figure A).
● Consult heading “Starting” (figure B), where all system components are shown in the electrical diagram; these components
are accompanied by numbers that correspond to the key on the same page.
● Check all the components in the system, starting for example with switch “1”.
● In heading “Index by part description” (figure A) find the item “Start switch” and check in the column “Technical Descr’n” to see
if there is a technical description of the component (in this case it appears at no. 42 in the heading “component technical data”)
(figure C). Take note also of the name of the connector to which the component is connected (in this case “X4”).
Only if the position of the component is not known
Only if the position of the component is not known:

40-3

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-3 40-3 7/8/2010 9:13:03 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● In heading “Connector index” (figure D) find the name of the connector to which the component is connected (in this case
“X4”) and note down the wiring loom in which it is incorporated (in this case “0.012.5957.4”) and the type of connector (in this
case “19”).
● Find the wiring loom in chapter “Plans, wiring diagrams, connector positions” using the index at the beginning of the chapter.
● Find the name of the connector in the photos attached to the electrical diagrams and establish its position on the tractor using
the drawing (figure E)
● Using the data contained in the paragraph “Component technical data” (figure C) in position no. 42, check the operation of
the switch.

DANGER

In the electrical diagrams (figure F) are indicated the names of the connectors and the descriptions that are used in
all the tables of chapter 2.

DANGER

If the pinout of the connector is not known, look in paragraph “Connector layouts” (figure G) for the number found in
the column “Type” of paragraph “Connector index”.

introduction
This section of the workshop manual is intended as a practical guide to troubleshooting the tractor’s electrical and electronic systems.
The following pages provide the technician with all the necessary information regarding the tractor’s systems and components.
Due to the possible time difference between the introduction of technical modifications (in line with our policy of continuous product
improvement) and the corresponding amendment of our printed documentation, we are obliged to state that the data contained in this
document are subject to modification and as such are not binding.

Definition of components and symbols

To prevent any misunderstanding or ambiguity, listed below are definitions for some of the key terms used in this unit.
Tab.26
TERM DESCRIPTION
Connector Element used to connect two components (e.g. wiring-switch, wiring-wiring)
Transmission oil Electrical component that converts the temperature of a medium (air, water, oil, etc.) into a voltage or resist-
ance
Main clutch Electrical component that converts the pressure of a medium (air, water, etc.) into a voltage or resistance
Accelerator pedal Electrical component that converts the angular or linear position of an object into a voltage
Pressure switch Switch that changes state (opens or closes a contact) according to the operating pressure in the circuit in
which it is installed
Thermostat Switch that changes state (opens or closes a contact) according to the temperature of the medium in which
it is immersed.
Lights switch Mechanical component that opens or closes one or more electrical contacts.
HML control Valve operated by applying electrical current to a coil (or solenoid)

Chapter “Components” shows the wiring diagrams for certain switches and buttons. The following symbols are used for ease of
interpretation:

40-4

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-4 40-4 7/8/2010 9:13:04 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Tab.27
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
Contact between pins CLOSED (stable switch position)

Contact between pins CLOSED (unstable switch position)

Indicator LED

Indicator lamp

Diode

General rules
The inspection, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair operations are essential to ensure that the tractor continues to operate
correctly over time and to prevent malfunctions and breakdowns. The scope of this paragraph is to describe repair procedures and
to help improve the quality of repairs.

Modification of the tractor’s electrical/electronic circuits

The manufacturer prohibits any modification or alteration of the electrical wiring for the connection of any non-approved electrical
applicances or components. In particular, if it is discovered that the electrical system or a component has been modified without
authorisation, the Manufacturer will accept no liability for any damage to the vehicle and the vehicle warranty will be invalidated.

Main wiring faults

Bad contact between connectors
● The main causes of poor contact between connectors are incorrect insertion of the male into the female connector, deformation
of one or both connectiors, and corrosion or oxidisation of the pin contact surfaces.
Defective pin soldering or crimping
● The pins of the male and female connectors make good contact in the crimped or soldered area, but the wires are subjected
to excessive tension, leading to breakage of the insulation or the wire itself and a poor connection.
Disconnecting wiring
● If components are disconnected by pulling on the wires, or if components are removed with the wires still connected, or if the
wiring is subject to a heavy impact this could damage the connections at the pins, breaking strands of wire.
Penetration of water inside connectors
● The connectors are designed to prevent penetration of liquids (water, oil etc.); however, it is possible that when the tractor is
cleaned using high-pressure water or steam, water could penetrate or condense in the connectors. As the connectors
are designed to prevent liquid penetration, any water that does get in will not be able to drain out, and thus may cause
shortcircuits across the pins. For this reason it is good practice to dry the connectors with a low pressure jet of compressed air
after washing the tractor.

40-5

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-5 40-5 7/8/2010 9:13:05 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Oil or dirt on connectors

● If the connectors or pin contact surfaces show signs of oil or grease contamination, this will prevent the passage of current
(oil and grease are electrical insulators) creating a poor contact. Clean the connectors thoroughly using a dry cloth or a low
pressure jet of compressed air and use specific products (deoxidising sprays, etc.) to degrease the contacts.

Important

Take care not to bend the pins when cleaning them. Use dry oil-free compressed air.

Removal, refitting and drying of connectors and wiring

When disconnecting wiring, pull on the connectors rather than on the wires themselves. For connectors that are held in position
with screws or levers, fully loosen the screws, then pull on the connector. For connectors that are clipped together, fully depress the
clip then pull the connector apart. After disconnecting connectors, seal them in waterproof material to prevent contamination of the
contacts with dirt or moisture.
Connecting the connectors. Check the condition of the connectors:
● Make sure the pin contact surfaces are free of water, dirt or oil.
● Check that the connectors are not deformed and that the pins are not corroded or oxidised.
● Check that the connector casings are not damaged or split.
● If a connector is contaminated with oil or grease, or if moisture has penetrated the casing, clean it thoroughly.
● If a connector is damaged, deformed or broken, replace it with a new one.
When connecting connectors, make sure they are properly aligned before applying force. For connectors with clips, insert the two
halves until they clip together.
Cleaning and drying wiring
● When wiring is dirty or contaminated with oil or grease, clean it with a dry cloth, or, if necessary, with water or steam. If the
wiring must be cleaned with water, avoid directing the water or steam jet on the connectors; if water penetrates the connector,
clean it thoroughly.
● Check that the connector is not short circuited due to the presence of water by testing for continuity across the pins.
● After checking that the connector is good condition, degrease the contacts using a deoxidising product.
Renewal of damaged electrical components.
● When replacing electrical components (fuses, relays, etc.), use only original parts supplied by the manufacturer.
● When replacing fuses, check that the new fuse conforms to DIN 72581 or ISO 8820 standards and in particular:
❍ fuse F1 (100A) DIN 72581/2
❍ bayonet fuse (F2, F3, etc.) DIN 72581/3C
❍ fuse F51 (100A) and F52 (200A) ISO 8820.
● The fitting of replacement fuses that do not comply with these standards will invalidate the warranty with immediate effect and
release the manufacturer from any liability.
● When replacing relays, make sure that the new relay conforms to the standards marked on the original relay.

Diagnostic instruments
For the correct diagnosis of any faults in the tractor’s electrical system, the following instruments are required:
● Digital multimeter with the following minimum characteristics:

40-6

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-6 40-6 7/8/2010 9:13:06 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ AC VOLT 0-600
❍ DC VOLT 0-600
❍ OHM 0-32M
❍ AC AMP 0-10
❍ DC AMP 0-10
● All Round Tester or computer with “PCTESTER” software installed

Wire colour codes

Tab.28
COLOUR CODES
A Light blue
B White
C Orange
G Yellow
H Grey
L Dark blue
M Brown
N black
R Red
S Pink
V green
Z Purple

40-7

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-7 40-7 7/8/2010 9:13:06 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.1.2 - Wiring index (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

List of wiring harnesses

Tab.29
DESCRIPTION CODE WIRING DIAGRAM POSITIONING/CON-
NECTORS
Cab power supply wiring 0.016.0373.4/20 40-129 40-130
Power supply wiring 0.015.1983.4/10 40-77 40-78
Battery wiring 0.014.8806.4/20 40-71 40-72
Drivetrain wiring 0.015.7023.4/20 40-116 40-118
Central wiring 0.015.7021.4/60 40-104 40-109
Air conditioning wiring 0.010.2153.2 40-146 40-147
Front PTO solenoid valve wiring 0.008.0913.3 40-103 –
Front lights wiring - Version with cab 0.016.0664.4 40-156 40-157
Lower front lights wiring - Version with cab 04411923.4 40-159 40-160
Front-rear worklights wiring - Version with standard cab 0.016.0866.4/10 40-153 40-155
Auxiliary worklights wiring - Version with high-visibility cab 0.014.3927.4/40 40-164 40-165
Auxiliary worklights wiring - Version with standard cab 0.015.1435.4/20 40-162 40-163
Cab shuttle wiring 0.015.1418.4/30 40-125 40-127
Shuttle drivetrain wiring 0.015.1998.4/10 40-122 40-123
Rotating beacon wiring 0.013.6327.4 40-174 40-175
Cab roof wiring - Version with high-visibility cab 0.015.6272.4/40 40-137 40-140
Cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab 0.016.0865.4/10 40-132 40-135
Hood lights wiring 0.014.8107.4/30 40-85 40-86
Engine wiring - Version with front battery 0.016.2000.4/10 40-88 40-90
Engine wiring - Version with lateral battery 0.016.2001.4 40-94 40-96
Engine wiring 04215653 40-100 40-101
Preheating wiring 0.014.9195.4/20 40-80 40-81
Heater wiring - Version with standard cab 0.010.2147.2 40-144 40-145
Compressed air pressure sensor wiring 0.014.1645.4/10 40-179 40-180
Windscreen wiper wiring - Version with high-visibility cab 0.011.3597.3 40-169 40-170
Windscreen wiper wiring (version with standard cab) 0.010.4516.3 40-167 40-168
Rear wiper wiring - Version with standard cab 0.015.6123.4 40-172 40-173
Hydraulic trailer braking valve wiring 0.016.1001.4/20 40-177 40-178
Air conditioning condenser fan wiring - Version with high-visibility cab 0.015.7266.4/30 40-150 40-151
Air conditioning condenser fan wiring - Version with standard cab 0.009.7853.3/20 40-148 40-149

40-8

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-8 40-8 7/8/2010 9:13:06 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.1.3 - Components index (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Tab.30
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION COMPONENT CODE CONNEC- SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS/NOTES
TOR
Cigar lighter 2.7099.770.0 X22 40-31
40-33
Alternator (B+ ) 01182961 B+ 40-27
40-65
Alternator (D+ ) 01182961 D+ 40-27
40-65
Alternator (W) 01182961 W 40-27
Rh loudspeaker 0.011.5631.3 X93 40-33
Lh loudspeaker 0.011.5631.3 X101 40-33
Actuator 02113597 Y3 40-29
Radio (power supply) – X104 40-33
Radio (power supply) – X104 40-31
Radio (loudspeakers) – X103 40-33
Horn 2.8419.007.0 X39 40-54
40-56
Drivetrain wiring – G23 –
Hazard warning lights ECU 2.8639.011.0 X8 40-54
40-56
Engine ECU (Connector F) 04213097 MX2 40-27
40-29
40-31
40-33
40-67
Engine ECU (Connector M) 04213097 MX1 40-27
40-29
Rear PTO ECU 2.8519.057.0/10 ECU PTO 40-65
Blower speed selector switch 0.015.5549.4/10 X84 40-51 Version with air conditioning
Blower speed selector switch 0.015.5594.4/10 X84 40-47 Version with heater only
Blower speed selector switch 0.009.4743.1 X117 40-45 Version with standard cab (heater only)
Blower speed selector switch 0.009.4743.1 X117 40-49 Version with standard cab (with air-con-
ditioning)
Air conditioning compressor 04437338 X46 40-49
40-51
Pneumatic seat compressor 0.900.0307.9 X26 40-31
40-33
Configuration connector – CF1 40-62
Wiring connector Not used X30 – Tractor other than 110 hp

40-9

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-9 40-9 7/8/2010 9:13:07 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION COMPONENT CODE CONNEC- SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS/NOTES

TOR
Instrument panel (connector 3K) 2.8339.248.0/80 3K 40-27
40-29
40-31
40-33
40-35
40-54
40-56
40-62
40-65
40-67
Instrument panel (connector 3K) 2.8339.248.0/80 3K 40-69
Instrument panel (connector 5K) 2.8339.248.0/80 5K 40-27
40-29
40-31
40-33
40-35
40-54
40-56
40-62
40-65
40-67
Instrument panel (connector 5K) 2.8339.248.0/80 5K 40-69
Lights selector switch 0.015.0359.4 X1 40-54
40-56
Preheating device 04258670 X114 40-27
Differential lock control solenoid valve 2.3729.697.0/20 X72 40-62 Pin 1 = earth
Pin2 = power
Resistance between Pin 1 and Pin2: ~ 8
Ohm (at 20 °C)
4WD control solenoid valve 2.3729.697.0/20 X70 40-62 Pin 1 = earth
Pin2 = power
Resistance between Pin1 and Pin 2: ~ 8
Ohm (at 20 °C)
Trailer parking brake control solenoid 2.3729.714.0/10 X78 40-69 Pin 1 = power
valve Pin 2 = earth
Resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2: ~ 8
Ohm (at 20 °C)
Hi/Lo drive control solenoid valve 2.3729.697.0/20 X71 40-62 Pin 1 = earth
Pin 2 = power
Resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2: ~ 8
Ohm (at 20 °C)
Front PTO control solenoid valve 2.3729.400.0/20 X43 40-65
Rear PTO control solenoid valve 2.3729.250.0/60 X73 40-65 Pin 1 = earth
Pin 2 = power
Resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2: ~ 8
Ohm (at 20 °C)
Solenoid-operated proportional valve 2.3729.698.0/10 X62 40-62 Pin 1 = earth
Pin 2 = power
Resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2: ~ 8
Ohm (at 20 °C)

40-10

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-10 40-10 7/8/2010 9:13:07 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION COMPONENT CODE CONNEC- SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS/NOTES

TOR
Forward gear selection solenoid 0.900.0532.1 X60 40-62 Coil power: 20W, 13Vdc; Maximum cur-
rent at 14.3V = 1.7A; Tightening moment:
64-70 Nm
Reverse gear selection solenoid 0.900.0532.1 X61 40-62 Coil power: 20W, 13Vdc; Maximum cur-
rent at 14.3V = 1.7A; Tightening moment:
64-70 Nm
Electric fan 0.010.2121.1 X115 40-45 Version with standard cab (heater only)
Electric fan 0.010.2121.1 X115 40-49 Version with standard cab (with air-con-
ditioning)
Rh fan 0.011.2047.4 X99 40-47
40-51
Lh fan 0.011.2047.4 X97 40-47
40-51
Rh front light on arms 2.8039.299.0 G15 40-56 Right-hand side (version with lift)(right-
hand traffic)
Rh front light on arms 2.8039.299.0 G15 40-56 Right-hand side (version with lift)(left-
hand traffic)
Lh front light on arms 2.8039.299.0 G18 40-56 Left-hand side (version with lift)(right-
hand traffic)
Lh front light on arms 2.8039.299.0 G18 40-56 Left-hand side (version with lift)(left-hand
traffic)
Front Rh sidelight and direction indicator 04411921.4 X49 40-54 Right-hand side
40-56
Front Lh sidelight and direction indicator 04411920.4 X50 40-54 Left-hand side
40-56
Rh rear light 2.8059.090.0 X25 40-54
40-56
40-69
Lh tail light 2.8059.080.0 X34 40-54
40-56
40-69
Rh front worklight (on hood) 2.8039.003.0 X36 40-37
40-39
40-41
40-43
Rh front worklight (on cab roof) 2.8039.298.0/20 X80 40-41
40-43
Rh front worklight (on cab roof) 2.8029.730.0 X80 40-37
40-39
Lh front worklight (on hood) 2.8039.003.0 X42 40-37
40-39
40-41
40-43
Lh front worklight (on cab roof) 2.8039.298.0/20 X106 40-41
40-43
Lh front worklight (on cab roof) 2.8029.730.0 X106 40-37
40-39
Rh rear worklight (on cab roof) 2.8039.298.0/20 X96 40-41
40-43

40-11

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-11 40-11 7/8/2010 9:13:08 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION COMPONENT CODE CONNEC- SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS/NOTES

TOR
Rh rear worklight (on cab roof) 2.8029.730.0 X96 40-37
40-39
Lh rear worklight (on cab roof) 2.8039.298.0/20 X100 40-41
40-43
Lh rear worklight (on cab roof) 2.8029.730.0 X100 40-37
40-39
Rh auxiliary worklight 2.8039.299.0 X51 40-41 Right-hand side
Rh auxiliary worklight 2.8029.730.0 X51 40-37 Right-hand side
Lh auxiliary worklight 2.8039.299.0 X52 40-41 Left-hand side
Lh auxiliary worklight 2.8029.730.0 X52 40-37 Left-hand side
Climate control panel lighting 0.015.5549.4/10 X81 40-51 Version with air conditioning
Trailer pressure indicator 0.011.9433.0 X9 40-69
Starter switch 0.015.0485.4 X11 40-27
40-29
40-31 83
50
40-33 86s
30

40-35 75 15
40-37
40-39
40-41
40-43 Pin 30 15 50 75 83
Pos
40-45
40-47 0
40-49
1
40-51
40-54 2
40-56
40-58
40-60
40-62
40-65
40-67
40-69
Differential lock control switch 2.7659.152.0/10 X15 40-62

4WD control switch 2.7659.151.0/20 X14 40-62

40-12

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-12 40-12 7/8/2010 9:13:08 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION COMPONENT CODE CONNEC- SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS/NOTES

TOR
Rotating beacon switch 2.7659.159.0 X92 40-33 0
1
7

8
2 3
7 4 5 6

Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos

Rotating beacon switch 2.7659.126.0 X92 40-31 0

Pin 1 2
Pos

Front worklights switch 2.7659.154.0 X87 40-41 0

40-43 1

7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8

Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos

Front worklights switch 2.7659.078.0 X87 40-37 0

40-39
1

Pin 1 2
Pos

Rear worklights switch 2.7659.155.0 X86 40-41 0

40-43 1

7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8

Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos

40-13

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-13 40-13 7/8/2010 9:13:08 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION COMPONENT CODE CONNEC- SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS/NOTES

TOR
Rear worklights switch 2.7659.079.0 X86 40-37 0
40-39
1

Pin 1 2
Pos

Windscreen washer pump switch 2.7659.223.0/10 X88 40-60

Windscreen washer pump switch 2.7659.091.0 X88 40-58 0

1
2
4
Pin 1 2
Pos

Front PTO control switch 2.7659.277.0 X17 40-65

Rear PTO control switch 2.7659.278.0 X16 40-65

40-14

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-14 40-14 7/8/2010 9:13:08 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION COMPONENT CODE CONNEC- SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS/NOTES

TOR
Windscreen wiper switch 2.7659.224.0/10 X89 40-60 0
1
2

7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8

Pin 1 2 3 5 6
Pos

Windscreen wiper switch 2.7659.092.0 X89 40-58 0

1
2

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos

Rear screen wiper switch 2.7659.192.0/10 X90 40-60 0

1
2
5 6

1 2 3
7 4 5 6

Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos

Rear screen wiper switch 2.7659.146.0 X90 40-58 0

1
2

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6
Pos

Start enable switch (transmission in 2.7659.275.0/10 X68 40-27 Normally closed switch (NC) resistance
neutral) with contact closed 3.9 Ohm
Rh rear PTO control switch (on fender) 2.7659.177.0/20 X24 40-65 Resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2 with
button pressed: 3.9 Ohm
Upper worklights switch 2.7659.283.0/10 TOP 40-56

40-15

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-15 40-15 7/8/2010 9:13:09 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION COMPONENT CODE CONNEC- SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS/NOTES

TOR
Corner lights switch 2.7659.158.0 X3 40-37 0
1

40-39 5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3

40-41
5 1 7 18

Pin
40-43 Pos
1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18

Lower front worklights switch 2.7659.150.0 X2 40-37 0

40-41 1

Pi n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Po s

Parking brake switch Not used X30A – Tractor other than 110hp
4WD engagement control switch Not used X66 40-62
1000 PTO engagement switch 2.7659.097.0 1 40-65
1

Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed

contact (NC)
Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally open
contact (NO)
540 PTO engagement switch 2.7659.097.0 5 40-65
1

Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed

contact (NC)
Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally open
contact (NO)
ECO PTO engagement switch 2.7659.202.0 ECO 40-65 Between pin 2 and pin 3: normally closed
contact (NC)
Between pin 1 and pin 4: normally open
contact (NO)
With switch free of levers
SYNCRO PTO engagement switch 2.7659.096.0/10 S 40-65
CBA

Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed

contact (NC)
Between pin 2 and pin 3: normally open
contact (NO)
A/C activation switch 0.015.5549.4/10 X83 40-51 Version with air conditioning

40-16

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-16 40-16 7/8/2010 9:13:09 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION COMPONENT CODE CONNEC- SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS/NOTES

TOR
Platform rotating beacon switch Not used X13 – Tractor with platform
Hazard warning lights switch 2.7659.156.0 X12 40-54 0
40-56 1
7

8
2 3
7 4 5 6

Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos

Road lights switch 2.7659.271.0 X4 40-31

40-33
40-35
40-37
40-39
40-41
40-43
40-51
40-54
40-56
Road lights switch 2.7659.271.0 X4 40-60
40-62
40-65
40-69

Park Brake switch 2.3729.719.0/10 X30 40-69 110 hp tractor

Brake pedal switch 2.7659.097.0 X10 40-69
1

Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed

contact (NC)
Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally open
contact (NO)
Clutch pedal switch 2.7659.097.0 X7 40-27
1

Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed

contact (NC)
Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally open
contact (NO)

40-17

TOR
Oil temperature sensor 2.7099.800.0 X58 40-62 Resistance between pins 1 and 2
at 0±1 °C: 7351 Ohm
at 20±1 °C: 2812 Ohm
at 40±1 °C: 1199 Ohm
at 60±1 °C: 560.2 Ohm
at 80±1 °C: 283.2 Ohm
Turbine air temperature/pressure sensor 04213838 B48 40-29 Temperature sensor
Resistance between pin 1 and pin 2
at 20 °C: 2510 Ohm ± 10%
at 50 °C: 851 Ohm ± 10%
Pressure sensor
Resistance between pin 3 and pin 4
at atmospheric pressure (1000 mbar): 5.1
Ohm ± 8%
Engine speed sensor Not used X56 40-62
Camshaft speed sensor 01182834 B40 40-29
Wheel speed sensor 2.7099.996.0 X74 40-62 This cannot be checked using an ordi-
nary tester; use the ART.
Rear PTO speed sensor 0.010.1214.4 X75 – Utilised only on USA versions
Pin 1 = earth
Pin 2 = analog signal:
0 Volt with sensor covered by metal
12 Volt with sensor exposed
Pin 3 = power 12 V
Shuttle sensor 2.7099.996.0 X57 40-62 This cannot be checked using an ordi-
nary tester; use the ART.
Operator present sensor – X27 40-62
Windscreen wiper intermittent timer 2.8639.008.0 X94 40-60
Windscreen wiper intermittent timer 2.8639.008.0 X94 40-58
Air conditioning temperature thermostat – X98 40-51
Air conditioning temperature thermostat 0.009.4744.1 X118 40-49 Version with standard cab (with air-con-
ditioning)
Air conditioning condenser fan 0.010.0618.4 X108 40-49
Air conditioning condenser fan – X108 40-51
Auxiliary air conditioning condenser fan – X110 40-51

40-22

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-22 40-22 7/8/2010 9:13:12 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2 - SYSTEMS

40.2.1 - Earthing points (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Earthing points with front battery

Fig.156 - Earthing points with front battery

40-23

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-23 40-23 7/8/2010 9:13:12 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.31
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
GND1 GND4
– –

GND8 GND7
– –

GND5 GND3
– –
GND6
–

40-24

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-24 40-24 7/8/2010 9:13:13 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Earthing points with lateral battery

Fig.157 - Earthing points with lateral battery

40-25

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-25 40-25 7/8/2010 9:13:15 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.32
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
GND8 GND7
– –

GND5 GND3
– –
GND6
–

GND4 GND1
– –
GND2
–

40-26

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-26 40-26 7/8/2010 9:13:15 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.2 - Starting and preheating (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

3K 5K MX1 MX2
X 11 PK1 X7

PRE HEA TING LAMP

(M3)

ST AR T CONSENT
1 0

GENERA TOR
2

PREHEA TING

H.D.COMAND

-31 ELECTR.

-31 ELECTR.
+12V(+30)

+12V(+30)
0.015.7021.4

+15

+15
-31

-31

W
75 83 15 50 30 87 85 86 30 14 8 15 21 20 15 13 24 3 2 1 3 14 6 1 2 3 4

GND4 GND8
FM4

40A
GND3
F6 F18 F17

10A
7.5
5A
G1 G4 A A A B B
G11
+30 4 8 1 5 14 6 A1 A8 D1 D1 A3
0.015.1983.4

60A

RL42B

RL42A
2
RL42 1
125A

D+

0.015.7023.4
B+
W

+30A +30B
GND2 1 2
0.014.9195.4 0.014.8806.4 0.016.2000.4 D0048360
0.016.2001.4
+50 +30C +30 GND1
X68
X 114
BATTE RY

Fig.158 - Starting and preheating

Key
● +50 Starter motor (+50)
● +30C Starter motor (+30)
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● B+ Alternator (B+)
● D+ Alternator (D+)
● MX1 Engine ECU (connector M)
● MX2 Engine ECU (connector F)
● PK1 Engine starting relay
● RL42 Preheating relay
● RL42A Preheating relay
● RL42B Preheating relay
● W Alternator (W)
● X7 Clutch pedal switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X68 Start enable switch (transmission in neutral)
● X114 Preheating device

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78

40-27

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-27 40-27 7/8/2010 9:13:17 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring

❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.015.7023.4/20 - Drivetrain wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.18 - Drivetrain wiring... - Page 40-116
❍ See para. 40.3.19 - Positions of driv... - Page 40-118
● 0.016.2000.4/10 - Engine wiring - Version with front battery
❍ See para. 40.3.9 - Engine wiring - Ve... - Page 40-88
❍ See para. 40.3.10 - Positions of engi... - Page 40-90
● 0.016.2001.4 - Engine wiring - Version with lateral battery
❍ See para. 40.3.11 - Engine wiring - V... - Page 40-94
❍ See para. 40.3.12 - Positions of engi... - Page 40-96
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 0.014.9195.4/20 - Preheating wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.5 - Preheating wiring ... - Page 40-80
❍ See para. 40.3.6 - Positions of pre-h... - Page 40-81

40-28

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-28 40-28 7/8/2010 9:13:17 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.3 - Electronic engine control (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

MX2 MX1

(M24)
CHARGE AIR PRESSURE GND (M23)
WATER TEMPERA TURE (M8) GND

CHARGE AIR PRESSURE +5V (M25)

CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SIGNAL

CHARGE AIR PRESS.TEMPER.

WATER TEMPERA TURE (M9)
X 11 5K 3K X19 X21
X18

SIGNAL PEDAL GAS

ATTUA TOR (M18)

ATTUA TOR (M19)
HAND GAS SIGNAL

ATTUA TOR (M17)

ATTUA TOR (M15)
ATTUA TOR (M14)
FUEL TEMP (M5)
pos pos
1 0

GND COM 24/20

PICK-UP+ (M13)
PICK-UP- (M12)
2

GND SCREEN
HOLD LAMP

-31 ELECTR.

HOLD LAMP
GND COM
+12/30
+12/30

+5V 24
HOLD
GND

+15

+15
-31
75 83 15 50 30 1 2 17 13 8 14 15 21 1 4 2 1 4 2 2 1 14 15 17 18 20 23 24 25 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4

GND4 GND8
0.015.7021.4

G10
11
10

F6 F17 F18
7.5
10A
5A

G1 A A B A A A A A A A A A A B A
G11
A5 B1 C4 B4 B5 B6 B7 C1 C2 C3 C4 C7 C8 C5 A4

0.015.7023.4
0.015.1983.4

60A

G25
5 8 9 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4 16 6 11 10 22 21 20
GND2
D0049090
0.014.8806.4 4
3
B48 2
1
+30 GND1

BATTE RY
04215653

1 2 2 1 1 2 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 1 3 2
freq

B1 B6 F30
t

B37 B43 B40 Y3

Fig.159 - Electronic engine control

Key
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● B1 Not utilised
● B6 Not utilised
● B37 Fuel temperature sensor
● B40 Camshaft speed sensor
● B43 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● B48 Turbine air temperature/pressure sensor
● F30 Not utilised
● MX1 Engine ECU (connector M)
● MX2 Engine ECU (connector F)
● X11 Starter switch
● X18 Engine speed memory button
● X19 Accelerator pedal position sensor

40-29

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-29 40-29 7/8/2010 9:13:17 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● X21 Hand throttle position sensor

● Y3 Actuator

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 04215653 - Engine wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.13 - Engine wiring - 0... - Page 40-100
❍ See para. 40.3.14 - Positions of engi... - Page 40-101
● 0.015.7023.4/20 - Drivetrain wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.18 - Drivetrain wiring... - Page 40-116
❍ See para. 40.3.19 - Positions of driv... - Page 40-118

40-30

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-30 40-30 7/8/2010 9:13:18 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.4 - Diagnostics - Accessories - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
MX2
X4
X 11 MK3 MK4 5K 3K X6
1 0
X23 X22
2

-31 ELECTR.

+12/30
+12/30
ISO K

GND
ISO L

+15
+15

ISO

-31
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 10 11 14 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 13 8 14 15 21 1 2 3 4 10 13 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
GND3
0.015.7021.4

GND4

0.016.0373.4
G6
2
4

F6 F7 F 11 F17 F18 F16 MU1 MF2 F12 MU3 F4 F20

7.5A
7.5A

30A

15A
30A
7.5

7.5
15A

10A

3A
5A
40A

G3 G1 G2 GND8 G8
1 2 1 2 3 6

X26
60A

60A

G26 GND2
2 4 1 2 8 9 15 17
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.015.1418.4

+15
+30

+30

-31

ISO 9141
GND7
+30 GND1

2 BATTE RY
X54
4
X92 3
1
F1 F2 F6
0.016.0865.4

1
X105 2

1
X104 2
G38
8 4
G33
2 2

1
1 1 X79
X 112
2
3
G34
2 2
4
1 1 X107

D0048970 0.016.0866.4 0.013.6327.4

Fig.160 - Diagnostics - Accessories

Key
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● MK3 Relay
● MK4 Relay
● MX2 Engine ECU (connector F)
● X4 Road lights switch
● X6 Diagnostic socket
● X11 Starter switch
● X22 Cigar lighter
● X23 25A power socket
● X26 Pneumatic seat compressor
● X54 Shuttle lever
● X79 Rotating beacon (Rh side)
● X92 Rotating beacon switch
● X104 Radio (power supply)
● X105 Cab courtesy light
● X107 Rotating beacon (Lh side)
● X112 Clock

40-31

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-31 40-31 7/8/2010 9:13:18 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.016.0373.4/20 - Cab power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129
❍ See para. 40.3.25 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-130
● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.015.1418.4/30 - Cab shuttle wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.22 - Cab shuttle wirin... - Page 40-125
❍ See para. 40.3.23 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-127
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.016.0865.4/10 - Cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.26 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-132
❍ See para. 40.3.27 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-135
● 0.013.6327.4 - Rotating beacon wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.54 - Rotating beacon w... - Page 40-174
❍ See para. 40.3.55 - Positions of rota... - Page 40-175
● 0.016.0866.4/10 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.38 - Front-rear workli... - Page 40-153
❍ See para. 40.3.39 - Positions of fron... - Page 40-155

40-32

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-32 40-32 7/8/2010 9:13:18 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.5 - Diagnostics - Accessories - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
MX2 X4
X 11 MK3 5K 3K X6
1 0
X23 X22
2

-31 ELECTR.

+12/30
+12/30
ISO K

GND
ISO L

+15
+15

ISO

-31
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 10 11 14 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 13 8 14 15 21 1 2 3 4 10 13 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
GND3
0.015.7021.4
GND4

0.016.0373.4
G6
6
4

MF5 F6 F7 F 11 F17 F18 F16 MU1 F12 MU3 F4 F20

7.5A
7.5A
40A

30A

15A
7.5

7.5

30A
15A

10A
5A

3A
G3 G1 G2 GND8 G8
1 2 1 2 3 6

X26
60A

60A

G26 GND2
6 4 1 2 8 9 15 17
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.015.1418.4

+15
+30

+30
GND7

-31

ISO 9141
7 +30 GND1

4
6
X54
BATTE RY
5
X92 1
F1 F2

3
2
8

1
X105 2

2
X85 1

G33
0.015.6272.4

2 2
1 1 X79
G34
2 2
1 1 X107
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4
- - 0.013.6327.4
+

X101 X93
D0049150
X104 X103

Fig.161 - Diagnostics - Accessories

Key
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● MK3 Relay
● MX2 Engine ECU (connector F)
● X4 Road lights switch
● X6 Diagnostic socket
● X11 Starter switch
● X22 Cigar lighter
● X23 25A power socket
● X26 Pneumatic seat compressor
● X54 Shuttle lever
● X79 Rotating beacon (Rh side)
● X85 Spot light
● X92 Rotating beacon switch
● X93 Rh loudspeaker
● X101 Lh loudspeaker
● X103 Radio (speakers)
● X104 Radio (power supply)
● X105 Cab courtesy light
● X107 Rotating beacon (Lh side)

40-33

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-33 40-33 7/8/2010 9:13:19 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.016.0373.4/20 - Cab power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129
❍ See para. 40.3.25 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-130
● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.015.1418.4/30 - Cab shuttle wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.22 - Cab shuttle wirin... - Page 40-125
❍ See para. 40.3.23 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-127
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.013.6327.4 - Rotating beacon wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.54 - Rotating beacon w... - Page 40-174
❍ See para. 40.3.55 - Positions of rota... - Page 40-175
● 0.015.6272.4/40 - Cab roof wiring - Version with high-visibility cab
❍ See para. 40.3.28 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-137
❍ See para. 40.3.29 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-140

40-34

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-34 40-34 7/8/2010 9:13:19 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.6 - Instrument panel (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

5K 3K

X4
X 11

PRESSURE
MK3

RESER VE LIGHT
1 0
2

FUEL LEVEL

AIR FIL TER

ENGINE OIL

SER VICE

+12/30

+12/30
+58

+15
-31

-31
75 83 15 30 NC NO 85 86 30 13 8 21 4 5 6 19 14 15 21 8 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
0.015.7021.4

GND4 GND3

F6 F 11 F16 F17 F20

7.5A
15A

10A
5A

G2 G1 G4 A A A B A A A
G11
12 7 9 11 A1 A8 D1 D1 D7 C6 A2
0.015.1983.4

60A

0.015.7023.4
GND2
1 2 1 2 1 2 2 3 1 4
0.014.8806.4 t 0.016.2000.4 P

P P 0.016.2001.4
D0048370
X44 X47 X48 X69
+30 GND1
X65
BATTE RY

Fig.162 - Instrument panel

Key
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● MK3 Relay
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X44 Air filter clogging sensor
● X47 Engine oil pressure switch
● X48 Engine temperature sensor
● X65 Fuel level sensor
● X69 Services circuit alarm pressure switch

Wiring and connectors list

40-35

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-35 40-35 7/8/2010 9:13:19 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.015.7023.4/20 - Drivetrain wiring

❍ See para. 40.3.18 - Drivetrain wiring... - Page 40-116
❍ See para. 40.3.19 - Positions of driv... - Page 40-118
● 0.016.2000.4/10 - Engine wiring - Version with front battery
❍ See para. 40.3.9 - Engine wiring - Ve... - Page 40-88
❍ See para. 40.3.10 - Positions of engi... - Page 40-90
● 0.016.2001.4 - Engine wiring - Version with lateral battery
❍ See para. 40.3.11 - Engine wiring - V... - Page 40-94
❍ See para. 40.3.12 - Positions of engi... - Page 40-96
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72

40-36

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-36 40-36 7/8/2010 9:13:19 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.7 - Worklights - Version with standard cab without front lift (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
X2 X3 X4
X 11 MK1 MK3 MK4
1 0
2

75 83 15 50 30 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8

0.015.7021.4
F15 F14 F 11 MF1 MU1 F16 MF2 F20

7.5A
15A

15A

30A

30A
3A
G6
0.016.0373.4

GND4
G3 G1 G2 G9 G5
7 6 11 12 7 8 4 1

0.015.1983.4

0.014.8107.4

0.016.0664.4
60A

60A

G14 G13 G16 G17

1 1

G26 GND2 1 2 1 2
2
0.014.8806.4

04411923.4

04411923.4
G38
6
+30 GND1
X42 X36
5
2
1 BATTE RY
0.016.0866.4

G15 G18
3 1 1 3

F7 F8

0.015.1435.4

0.015.1435.4
0.016.0865.4

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

GND7

X80 X106 X96 X100

D0049180
2 1 1 2
2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1

X51 X52
X86 X87

Fig.163 - Worklights
Key
● MK1 Relay
● MK3 Relay
● MK4 Relay
● X2 Low front worklights switch
● X3 Corner worklights switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X36 Rh front worklight (on hood)
● X42 Front Lh worklight (on hood)
● X51 Rh auxiliary worklight
● X52 Lh auxiliary worklight
● X80 Rh front worklight (on cab roof)
● X86 Rear worklights switch
● X87 Front worklights switch
● X96 Rh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X100 Lh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X106 Lh front worklight (on cab roof)

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.016.0866.4/10 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.38 - Front-rear workli... - Page 40-153

40-37

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-37 40-37 7/8/2010 9:13:20 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.39 - Positions of fron... - Page 40-155

● 0.016.0373.4/20 - Cab power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129
❍ See para. 40.3.25 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-130
● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.016.0664.4 - Front lights wiring - Version with cab
❍ See para. 40.3.40 - Front lights wiri... - Page 40-156
❍ See para. 40.3.41 - Positions of fron... - Page 40-157
● 04411923.4 - Lower front lights wiring - Version with cab
❍ See para. 40.3.42 - Lower front light... - Page 40-159
❍ See para. 40.3.43 - Positions of lowe... - Page 40-160
● 0.015.1435.4/20 - Auxiliary worklights wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.44 - Auxiliary worklig... - Page 40-162
❍ See para. 40.3.45 - Positions of auxi... - Page 40-163
● 0.014.8107.4/30 - Hood lights wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.7 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-85
❍ See para. 40.3.8 - Positions of hood ... - Page 40-86
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 0.016.0865.4/10 - Cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.26 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-132
❍ See para. 40.3.27 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-135

40-38

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-38 40-38 7/8/2010 9:13:20 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.8 - Worklights - Version with standard cab with front lift (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
X3 X4
X 11 MK1 MK3 MK4
1 0
2

75 83 15 50 30 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8

0.015.7021.4
F14 F 11 MF1 MU1 F16 MF2 F20

7.5A
30A
15A

15A

30A

3A
G6
0.016.0373.4

GND4
G3 G1 G2 G9
7 6 11 12

0.015.1983.4

0.014.8107.4
60A

60A

G26 GND2 1 2 1 2
2
0.014.8806.4
G38
6 X42 X36
+30 GND1
5
2
1 BATTE RY
0.016.0866.4

F7 F8
0.016.0865.4

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

GND7

X80 X106 X96 X100

D0049220
2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1

X86 X87

Fig.164 - Worklights
Key
● MK1 Relay
● MK3 Relay
● MK4 Relay
● X3 Corner worklights switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X36 Rh front worklight (on hood)
● X42 Front Lh worklight (on hood)
● X80 Rh front worklight (on cab roof)
● X86 Rear worklights switch
● X87 Front worklights switch
● X96 Rh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X100 Lh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X106 Lh front worklight (on cab roof)

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.016.0866.4/10 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.38 - Front-rear workli... - Page 40-153
❍ See para. 40.3.39 - Positions of fron... - Page 40-155
● 0.016.0373.4/20 - Cab power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129

40-39

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-39 40-39 7/8/2010 9:13:20 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.25 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-130

● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.014.8107.4/30 - Hood lights wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.7 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-85
❍ See para. 40.3.8 - Positions of hood ... - Page 40-86
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 0.016.0865.4/10 - Cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.26 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-132
❍ See para. 40.3.27 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-135

40-40

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-40 40-40 7/8/2010 9:13:21 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.9 - Worklights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
X2 X3 X4
X 11 MK1 MK3 MK4
1 0
2

75 83 15 50 30 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8

0.015.7021.4
F15 F14 F 11 MF1 MU1 F16 MF2 F20

7.5A
15A

15A

30A

30A
3A
G6
0.016.0373.4

6
2

GND4
G3 G1 G2 G9 G5
7 6 11 12 7 8 4 1

0.015.1983.4

0.014.8107.4

0.016.0664.4
60A

60A

G14 G13 G16 G17

1 1

G26 GND2
2 6 1 2 1 2

0.014.8806.4

04411923.4

04411923.4
X42 X36
+30 GND1

BATTE RY
G15 G18
3 1 1 3

F7 F8

0.015.1435.4

0.015.1435.4
0.015.6272.4

GND7 2 1 1 2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8

X80 X106 X96 X100 X51 X52

X86 X87
D0049270

Fig.165 - Worklights
Key
● MK1 Relay
● MK3 Relay
● MK4 Relay
● X2 Low front worklights switch
● X3 Corner worklights switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X36 Rh front worklight (on hood)
● X42 Front Lh worklight (on hood)
● X51 Rh auxiliary worklight
● X52 Lh auxiliary worklight
● X80 Rh front worklight (on cab roof)
● X86 Rear worklights switch
● X87 Front worklights switch
● X96 Rh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X100 Lh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X106 Lh front worklight (on cab roof)

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.015.6272.4/40 - Cab roof wiring - Version with high-visibility cab
❍ See para. 40.3.28 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-137

40-41

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-41 40-41 7/8/2010 9:13:21 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.29 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-140

● 0.016.0373.4/20 - Cab power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129
❍ See para. 40.3.25 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-130
● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.016.0664.4 - Front lights wiring - Version with cab
❍ See para. 40.3.40 - Front lights wiri... - Page 40-156
❍ See para. 40.3.41 - Positions of fron... - Page 40-157
● 04411923.4 - Lower front lights wiring - Version with cab
❍ See para. 40.3.42 - Lower front light... - Page 40-159
❍ See para. 40.3.43 - Positions of lowe... - Page 40-160
● 0.015.1435.4/20 - Auxiliary worklights wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.44 - Auxiliary worklig... - Page 40-162
❍ See para. 40.3.45 - Positions of auxi... - Page 40-163
● 0.014.8107.4/30 - Hood lights wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.7 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-85
❍ See para. 40.3.8 - Positions of hood ... - Page 40-86
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72

40-42

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-42 40-42 7/8/2010 9:13:21 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.10 - Worklights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
X3 X4
X 11 MK1 MK3 MK4
1 0
2

75 83 15 50 30 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8

0.015.7021.4
F14 F 11 MF1 MU1 F16 MF2 F20

15A

7.5A
30A

30A

30A
G6
0.016.0373.4

6
2

GND4
G3 G1 G2 G9
7 6 11 12

0.015.1983.4

0.014.8107.4
60A

60A

G26 GND2 1 2 1 2
2 6
0.014.8806.4

X42 X36
+30 GND1

BATTE RY

F7 F8
0.015.6272.4

GND7
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8

X80 X106 X96 X100

X86 X87
D0049250

Fig.166 - Worklights
Key
● MK1 Relay
● MK3 Relay
● MK4 Relay
● X3 Corner worklights switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X36 Rh front worklight (on hood)
● X42 Front Lh worklight (on hood)
● X80 Rh front worklight (on cab roof)
● X86 Rear worklights switch
● X87 Front worklights switch
● X96 Rh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X100 Lh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X106 Lh front worklight (on cab roof)

Wiring and connectors list

40-43

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-43 40-43 7/8/2010 9:13:21 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129

❍ See para. 40.3.25 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-130
● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.014.8107.4/30 - Hood lights wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.7 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-85
❍ See para. 40.3.8 - Positions of hood ... - Page 40-86
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72

40-44

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-44 40-44 7/8/2010 9:13:22 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.11 - Heater - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
X 11 MK3 MK6
1 0
2

0.016.0373.4
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30

GND4

F16 MU1 F 11

30A

15A
3A
G7
1

G1 G2 G3

60A

60A
G28 GND2
0.010.2147.2

0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.015.7021.4

G36
2 D0048860
1
+30 GND1

BATTE RY
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2
I II III IV C

X 116 X 115 GND7

X 117
0.016.0865.4

Fig.167 - Heater
Key
● MK3 Relay
● MK6 Relay
● X11 Starter switch
● X115 Fan
● X116 Resistor
● X117 Fan speed selector switch

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.010.2147.2 - Heater wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.30 - Heater wiring - V... - Page 40-144
❍ See para. 40.3.31 - Positions of heat... - Page 40-145
● 0.016.0373.4/20 - Cab power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129
❍ See para. 40.3.25 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-130
● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109

40-45

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-45 40-45 7/8/2010 9:13:22 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring

❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.016.0865.4/10 - Cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.26 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-132
❍ See para. 40.3.27 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-135

40-46

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-46 40-46 7/8/2010 9:13:22 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.12 - Heater - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

X 11 MK3 MK6 PK2

1 0
2

0.015.6272.4 0.016.0373.4
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 87 85 86 30

GND4

F16 MU1 MU6 F 11 FM3

30A
30A

20A

15A
3A
87b

87
RL51 86
85 G28 G7
30 1
2

30 G1 G2 G3
85
RL52 86
87
87b

G32 G30

60A

60A
A B A B
4
3
X102 2
1 G27

GND7 GND2
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.015.7021.4
C
IV
III
II
I

M M

D0049410
X99 X91 X97 +30 GND1

X84
BATTE RY

Fig.168 - Heater
Key
● MK3 Relay
● MK6 Relay
● PK2 Relay
● RL51 Max. fan speed relay
● RL52 3rd fan speed relay
● X11 Starter switch
● X84 Fan speed selector switch
● X91 Rh resistor
● X97 Lh fan
● X99 Rh fan
● X102 Lh resistor

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.015.6272.4/40 - Cab roof wiring - Version with high-visibility cab
❍ See para. 40.3.28 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-137
❍ See para. 40.3.29 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-140
● 0.016.0373.4/20 - Cab power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129
❍ See para. 40.3.25 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-130
● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104

40-47

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-47 40-47 7/8/2010 9:13:23 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109

● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78

40-48

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-48 40-48 7/8/2010 9:13:23 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.13 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
X 11 MK3 MK6
1 0
2

0.016.0373.4
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30

GND4
G6
4
1
F1 MF5 F16 MU1 MU6 F 11

10A

40A

30A

20A

15A
3A

0.015.7021.4
G7
1

G1 G2 G3 G4
13

60A

60A
G26 G28 GND2
1 4 1

G36 0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.016.2000.4

2
1
0.016.2001.4
G37 +30 GND1
X46
0.010.2153.2

1
2 BATTE RY
3
4

30 86 85 87 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2
I II III IV C
t F3
M

X 118 X 116 X 115 G31

RL53 X 117 4
3

0.009.7853.3
2
1

GND7
2 1 30 86 85 87 87a 1 2 3 1

D0048910 0.016.0865.4
M

X108
RL55 X109 X 113

Fig.169 - Manual climate control

Key
● MK3 Relay
● MK6 Relay
● RL53 Compressor relay
● RL55 Control relay for auxiliary A/C condenser fan
● X11 Starter switch
● X46 Air conditioning compressor
● X108 A/C condenser fan
● X109 A/C pressure switch
● X113 A/C pressure switch
● X115 Fan
● X116 Resistor
● X117 Fan speed selector switch
● X118 A/C temperature thermostat

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.010.2153.2 - Air conditioning wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.32 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-146
❍ See para. 40.3.33 - Positions of air ... - Page 40-147
● 0.016.0373.4/20 - Cab power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129

40-49

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-49 40-49 7/8/2010 9:13:23 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.25 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-130

● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.016.2000.4/10 - Engine wiring - Version with front battery
❍ See para. 40.3.9 - Engine wiring - Ve... - Page 40-88
❍ See para. 40.3.10 - Positions of engi... - Page 40-90
● 0.016.2001.4 - Engine wiring - Version with lateral battery
❍ See para. 40.3.11 - Engine wiring - V... - Page 40-94
❍ See para. 40.3.12 - Positions of engi... - Page 40-96
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.009.7853.3/20 - Air conditioning condenser fan wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.34 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-148
❍ See para. 40.3.35 - Positions of air ... - Page 40-149
● 0.016.0865.4/10 - Cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.26 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-132
❍ See para. 40.3.27 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-135

40-50

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-50 40-50 7/8/2010 9:13:23 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.14 - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
X4
PK2 X 11 MK3 MK6
1 0
2

0.016.0373.4 87 85 86 30 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8

GND4
G6
4
1
FM3 F1 MF5 F16 MU1 MU6 F 11 F20
6

30A

10A

40A

30A

20A

15A

7.5A
3A

0.015.7021.4
G7
2
1

G1 G2 G3 G4
13

60A

60A
G26 G27 G28 GND2
1 4 6 1
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.016.2000.4
0.015.6272.4

0.016.2001.4
+30 GND1
X46
BATTE RY

87b

87 G31
RL50 86
85
F3 8
7
30 6
5
4
87b 3
87 2
RL51 86 1
85
30

30
85
RL52 86
87
87b

2
X81 1

0.015.7266.4
G32 G30
A B A B
4
3
X102 2
1

GND7
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 2 1 1 2 3 4 B A 4 2 6 8 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
C
IV
III
II

D0048930
I

M M M M
t

X99 X91 X97 X82 X98 X83 X108 X 110

X84 RL54 RL55
X109

Fig.170 - Manual climate control

Key
● MK3 Relay
● MK6 Relay
● PK2 Relay
● RL50 Compressor and A/C 1st speed start relay
● RL51 Max. fan speed relay
● RL52 3rd fan speed relay
● RL54 Control relay for A/C condenser fan
● RL55 Control relay for auxiliary A/C condenser fan
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X46 Air conditioning compressor
● X81 Climate control panel lighting
● X82 Climate control unit LED
● X83 A/C switch
● X84 Fan speed selector switch
● X91 Rh resistor
● X97 Lh fan

40-51

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-51 40-51 7/8/2010 9:13:24 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

X4
PK2 X 11 MK3 MK6
1 0
2

0.016.0373.4 87 85 86 30 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8

GND4
G6
4
1
FM3 F1 MF5 F16 MU1 MU6 F 11 F20
6

30A

10A

40A

30A

20A

15A

7.5A
3A

0.015.7021.4
G7
2
1

G1 G2 G3 G4
13

60A

60A
G26 G27 G28 GND2
1 4 6 1
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.016.2000.4
0.015.6272.4

0.016.2001.4
+30 GND1
X46
BATTE RY

87b

87 G31
RL50 86
85
F3 8
7
30 6
5
4
87b 3
87 2
RL51 86 1
85
30

30
85
RL52 86
87
87b

2
X81 1

0.015.7266.4
G32 G30
A B A B
4
3
X102 2
1

GND7
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 2 1 1 2 3 4 B A 4 2 6 8 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
C
IV
III
II

D0048930
I

M M M M
t

X99 X91 X97 X82 X98 X83 X108 X 110

X84 RL54 RL55
X109

Fig.170 - Manual climate control

●
X98 A/C temperature thermostat
● X99 Rh fan
● X102 Lh resistor
● X108 A/C condenser fan
● X109 A/C pressure switch
● X110 auxiliary A/C condenser fan

Wiring and connectors list

40-52

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-52 40-52 7/8/2010 9:13:24 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.016.2000.4/10 - Engine wiring - Version with front battery

❍ See para. 40.3.9 - Engine wiring - Ve... - Page 40-88
❍ See para. 40.3.10 - Positions of engi... - Page 40-90
● 0.016.2001.4 - Engine wiring - Version with lateral battery
❍ See para. 40.3.11 - Engine wiring - V... - Page 40-94
❍ See para. 40.3.12 - Positions of engi... - Page 40-96
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.015.7266.4/30 - Air conditioning condenser fan wiring - Version with high-visibility cab
❍ See para. 40.3.36 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-150
❍ See para. 40.3.37 - Positions of air ... - Page 40-151

40-53

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-53 40-53 7/8/2010 9:13:24 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.15 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
5K 3K

TOR 1??TRAILER

TOR 2??TRAILER
X4 X8
X 11 X1 X12

TOR
MK3 X34 X25
X32 X33

DIRECTION INDICA

DIRECTION INDICA
1 0

POSITION BEAM
2

FULL BEAM
RIGHT

LEFT

+12/30

+12/30
+12V
GND

GND

31
49a

C2
31

F
C
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 13 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 21 1 6 5 3 2 4 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5 1 2 1 2 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

GND4 GND8
0.015.7021.4

F6 F3 F16 F17 MU1 F 11 F8 F9 MU5 F19 F20

GND3

7.5A

7.5A
10A

30A
20A

15A

20A
3A
5A

G1 G2 G9 G5 G11
1 2 5 3 4 10 8 9 13 14 4 1 5 2 7 1 4 6 5 2 3 B B A A A
B5 D8 D2 D5 D3

0.015.7023.4
0.015.1983.4

0.016.0664.4
TOP

G14 G13 G16 G17

60A

0.014.8107.4

3 4 3 4 1 3 4 7 5
04411923.4

04411923.4
GND2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 X64
0.014.8806.4
D0049240
+30 GND1
X41 X37 X38 X40 X39 1 2 3 1 2 3
-31

F.D.

-31

F.S.
58

58
BATTE RY

X49 X50

Fig.171 - Steering column lights switch

Key
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● MK3 Relay
● X1 Lights selector switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X8 Hazard warning lights ECU
● X11 Starter switch
● X12 Hazard warning lights switch
● X25 Rh rear light
● X32 Number plate light
● X33 Number plate light
● X34 Lh rear light
● X37 Rh high beam headlight
● X38 Rh low beam headlight
● X39 Horn
● X40 Lh low beam headlight
● X41 Lh high beam headlight
● X49 Front Rh sidelight and direction indicator
● X50 Front Lh sidelight and direction indicator
● X64 Trailer socket
● High worklights switch TOP

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring

40-54

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-54 40-54 7/8/2010 9:13:24 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77

❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.015.7023.4/20 - Drivetrain wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.18 - Drivetrain wiring... - Page 40-116
❍ See para. 40.3.19 - Positions of driv... - Page 40-118
● 04411923.4 - Lower front lights wiring - Version with cab
❍ See para. 40.3.42 - Lower front light... - Page 40-159
❍ See para. 40.3.43 - Positions of lowe... - Page 40-160
● 04411923.4 - Lower front lights wiring - Version with cab
❍ See para. 40.3.42 - Lower front light... - Page 40-159
❍ See para. 40.3.43 - Positions of lowe... - Page 40-160
● 0.016.0664.4 - Front lights wiring - Version with cab
❍ See para. 40.3.40 - Front lights wiri... - Page 40-156
❍ See para. 40.3.41 - Positions of fron... - Page 40-157
● 0.014.8107.4/30 - Hood lights wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.7 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-85
❍ See para. 40.3.8 - Positions of hood ... - Page 40-86
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72

40-55

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-55 40-55 7/8/2010 9:13:25 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.16 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)

5K 3K

TOR 1??TRAILER

TOR 2??TRAILER
X4 X8
X 11 X1 X12

TOR
MK3 X34 X25
X32 X33

DIRECTION INDICA

DIRECTION INDICA
1 0

POSITION BEAM
2

FULL BEAM
RIGHT

LEFT

+12/30

+12/30
+12V
GND

GND

31
49a

F
31

C
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 13 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 21 1 6 5 3 2 4 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5 1 2 1 2 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

GND4 GND8
0.015.7021.4

F6 F3 F16 F17 MU1 F 11 F8 F9 MU5 F19 F20

GND3

20A

7.5A

7.5A
10A

30A
20A

15A

15A
3A
5A

G1 G2 G9 G5 G11
1 2 5 3 4 10 8 9 13 14 4 1 5 2 7 8 6 3 1 4 6 5 8 7 10 9 2 3 B B A A A
B5 D8 D2 D5 D3

0.015.7023.4
0.015.1983.4

0.016.0664.4
TOP

G14 G13 G16 G17

60A

0.014.8107.4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 3 4 7 5

04411923.4
04411923.4

GND2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 X64
0.014.8806.4
D0049080
+30 GND1
X41 X37 X38 X40 X39 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
-31

1 2 3 1 2 3 4
F.D.

-31

F.S.
58

58
BATTE RY

G15 X49 X50 G18

Fig.172 - Steering column lights switch

Key
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● G15 Rh front worklight on arms
● G18 Lh front worklight on arms
● MK3 Relay
● High worklights switch TOP
● X1 Lights selector switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X8 Hazard warning lights ECU
● X11 Starter switch
● X12 Hazard warning lights switch
● X25 Rh rear light
● X32 Number plate light
● X33 Number plate light
● X34 Lh rear light
● X37 Rh high beam headlight
● X38 Rh low beam headlight
● X39 Horn
● X40 Lh low beam headlight
● X41 Lh high beam headlight
● X49 Front Rh sidelight and direction indicator
● X50 Front Lh sidelight and direction indicator
● X64 Trailer socket

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77

40-56

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-56 40-56 7/8/2010 9:13:25 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78

● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.015.7023.4/20 - Drivetrain wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.18 - Drivetrain wiring... - Page 40-116
❍ See para. 40.3.19 - Positions of driv... - Page 40-118
● 04411923.4 - Lower front lights wiring - Version with cab
❍ See para. 40.3.42 - Lower front light... - Page 40-159
❍ See para. 40.3.43 - Positions of lowe... - Page 40-160
● 04411923.4 - Lower front lights wiring - Version with cab
❍ See para. 40.3.42 - Lower front light... - Page 40-159
❍ See para. 40.3.43 - Positions of lowe... - Page 40-160
● 0.016.0664.4 - Front lights wiring - Version with cab
❍ See para. 40.3.40 - Front lights wiri... - Page 40-156
❍ See para. 40.3.41 - Positions of fron... - Page 40-157
● 0.014.8107.4/30 - Hood lights wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.7 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-85
❍ See para. 40.3.8 - Positions of hood ... - Page 40-86
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72

40-57

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-57 40-57 7/8/2010 9:13:25 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.17 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
X 11 MK4 MK3
2
1 0
X29 X28
M M
0.016.0373.4 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 2 1

GND4
GND8

MF2 F 11 F16 MU1

30A

30A
15A

3A
G6
2
X94 X89 3
5

G1 G3 G2
31 T I 53M 53S 15 2 7 5 8 6 3

G26
2
3
5

60A

60A
0.016.0866.4
0.015.6123.4

GND2
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.015.7021.4

+30 GND1

G39 G38
2 2 3 BATTE RY
X95 M
1 1 7

F5 F6

G29
53 3 2
31 2 6
X 111 31b 4 1
53a 1 3

GND7
3 7 8 6 4 1 2
0.010.4516.3 0.016.0865.4
D0048380
X88
X90

Fig.173 - Windscreen wipers

Key
● MK3 Relay
● MK4 Relay
● X11 Starter switch
● X28 Rear window washer pump
● X29 Windscreen washer pump
● X88 Windscreen washer pump switch
● X89 Windscreen wiper switch
● X90 Rear window wiper switch
● X94 Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
● X95 Rear wiper motor
● X111 Windscreen wiper motor

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.015.6123.4 - Rear wiper wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.52 - Rear wiper wiring... - Page 40-172
❍ See para. 40.3.53 - Positions of rear... - Page 40-173
● 0.016.0866.4/10 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.38 - Front-rear workli... - Page 40-153
❍ See para. 40.3.39 - Positions of fron... - Page 40-155
● 0.016.0373.4/20 - Cab power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129

40-58

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-58 40-58 7/8/2010 9:13:26 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.25 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-130

● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.016.0865.4/10 - Cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.26 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-132
❍ See para. 40.3.27 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-135
● 0.010.4516.3 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Version with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.3.48 - Windscreen wiper ... - Page 40-167
❍ See para. 40.3.49 - Positions of wind... - Page 40-168

40-59

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-59 40-59 7/8/2010 9:13:26 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.18 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
X89 X4
X94 X 11 MK4 MK3
2
1 0
X29 X28
M M
0.015.6272.4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7
0.016.0373.4
31 T I 53M 53S 15 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 2 1 2 1

GND4
GND8

MF2 F 11 F16 MU1 F20

30A

75A
15A

3A
G26 G6
2 2
3 3
5 5
6 6

2
G1 G3 G2
X95 M
1

F6 F5

G29
53 3 2
31 2 4
X 111 31b 4 1

60A

60A
53a 1 3

GND7 GND2
6 5 1 3 2 8 7 2 3 8 7
0.011.3597.3 0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.015.7021.4
D0048460
+30 GND1

X90 X88 BATTE RY

Fig.174 - Windscreen wipers

Key
● MK3 Relay
● MK4 Relay
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X28 Rear window washer pump
● X29 Windscreen washer pump
● X88 Windscreen washer pump switch
● X89 Windscreen wiper switch
● X90 Rear window wiper switch
● X94 Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
● X95 Rear wiper motor
● X111 Windscreen wiper motor

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.011.3597.3 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Version with high-visibility cab
❍ See para. 40.3.50 - Windscreen wiper ... - Page 40-169
❍ See para. 40.3.51 - Positions of wind... - Page 40-170
● 0.015.6272.4/40 - Cab roof wiring - Version with high-visibility cab
❍ See para. 40.3.28 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-137
❍ See para. 40.3.29 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-140
● 0.016.0373.4/20 - Cab power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129
❍ See para. 40.3.25 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-130
● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104

40-60

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-60 40-60 7/8/2010 9:13:26 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109

40-61

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-61 40-61 7/8/2010 9:13:27 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.19 - Transmission (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

5K 3K X4 X14 X15
X 11 MK5 MK3 MK1 MK2 X20
DOUBLE TRACTION
0
21
WHEEL SPEED

OBSTRUCTION
DIFFERENTIAL

+12/30

+12/30
SEA T

HI-LO
+12V
GND

GND

14 13 18 22 8 14 15 17 18 1 21 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 4 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 7 8 2 1 3 5 4 6 7 8 2 3

GND4
0.015.7021.4

G10
2 3 12 7 5 9

F7 F6 F 11 F17 F16 MU1 F2 MF1 F13 F20

7.5A

7.5A
7.5A
15A

30A

30A
10A

7.5
3A
5A

X27
3
2 F

G1 G2 G8 B B A A A A A B A A A B
G11 GND3
1 2 3 7 8 9 10 11 C8 B1 B3 A7 B2 C5 A6 A2 A2 A1 D1 D1 1 2 3 4
0.015.1983.4

G24
1 CF1
2
X7
60A

60A

0.015.7023.4
1
X66 2
3
0.014.8806.4

1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2
freq.

X67 P
1

X74 X70 X72 X71

GND2 G20
D0048650
G19
11
10
9
+30 GND1
8
0.015.1418.4

0.015.1998.4
7
BATTE RY 6
5
4
3
2
1

1 2 4 5 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 1 4 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2
pos freq freq
+30

+30

-31

EV PROP +

EV PROP -
+5V

+15V
OIL TEMPERA TURE
SEA T SENSOR

COMFOR T CLUTCH
WHEEL SPEED

DIG . CLUTCH S.
CLUTCH PEDAL

CLUTCH PEDAL

PRESS. SWITCH

P P
EV REVERSE +

EV REVERSE -

t
EV ON-OFF FRONT
REVERSE SPEED SENSOR

X55 X63 X57 X59 X60 X62 X61 X56 X58

X54

Fig.175 - Transmission
Key
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● CF1 Connector configuration
● MK1 Relay
● MK2 Relay
● MK3 Relay
● MK5 Relay
● X4 Road lights switch
● X7 Clutch pedal switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X14 4WD switch
● X15 Differential lock control switch
● X20 Main gear lever - Hi/Lo buttons and clutch button
● X27 Operator present sensor
● X54 Shuttle lever
● X55 Clutch pedal position sensor
● X56 Engine speed sensor
● X57 Shuttle sensor
● X58 Oil temperature sensor

40-62

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-62 40-62 7/8/2010 9:13:27 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

5K 3K X4 X14 X15
X 11 MK5 MK3 MK1 MK2 X20

DOUBLE TRACTION
0
21
WHEEL SPEED

OBSTRUCTION
DIFFERENTIAL

+12/30

+12/30
SEA T

HI-LO
+12V
GND

GND

14 13 18 22 8 14 15 17 18 1 21 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 4 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 7 8 2 1 3 5 4 6 7 8 2 3

GND4
0.015.7021.4

G10
2 3 12 7 5 9

F7 F6 F 11 F17 F16 MU1 F2 MF1 F13 F20

7.5A

7.5A
7.5A
15A

30A

30A
10A

7.5
3A
5A

X27
3
2 F

G1 G2 G8 B B A A A A A B A A A B
G11 GND3
1 2 3 7 8 9 10 11 C8 B1 B3 A7 B2 C5 A6 A2 A2 A1 D1 D1 1 2 3 4
0.015.1983.4

G24
1 CF1
2
X7
60A

60A

0.015.7023.4
1
X66 2
3
0.014.8806.4

1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2
freq.

X67 P
1

X74 X70 X72 X71

GND2 G20
D0048650
G19
11
10
9
+30 GND1
8
0.015.1418.4

0.015.1998.4
7
BATTE RY 6
5
4
3
2
1

1 2 4 5 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 1 4 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2
pos freq freq
+30

+30

-31

EV PROP +

EV PROP -
+5V

+15V
OIL TEMPERA TURE
SEA T SENSOR

COMFOR T CLUTCH
WHEEL SPEED

DIG . CLUTCH S.
CLUTCH PEDAL

CLUTCH PEDAL

PRESS. SWITCH

P P
EV REVERSE +

EV REVERSE -

t
EV ON-OFF FRONT
REVERSE SPEED SENSOR

X55 X63 X57 X59 X60 X62 X61 X56 X58

X54

Fig.175 - Transmission
●
X59 Clutch oil pressure switch
● X60 Forward gear selection solenoid valve
● X61 Reverse gear selection solenoid valve
● X62 Solenoid operated proportional valve
● X63 PALL filter clogging sensor
● X66 4WD engagement control switch
● X67 Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch
● X70 4WD control solenoid valve
● X71 Hi/Lo gear control solenoid valve
● X72 Differential lock control solenoid valve
● X74 Wheel speed sensor

Wiring and connectors list

● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72
● 0.015.1418.4/30 - Cab shuttle wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.22 - Cab shuttle wirin... - Page 40-125
❍ See para. 40.3.23 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-127

40-63

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-63 40-63 7/8/2010 9:13:27 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring

❍ See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77
❍ See para. 40.3.4 - Positions of power... - Page 40-78
● 0.015.7021.4/60 - Central wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104
❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109
● 0.015.7023.4/20 - Drivetrain wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.18 - Drivetrain wiring... - Page 40-116
❍ See para. 40.3.19 - Positions of driv... - Page 40-118
● 0.015.1998.4/10 - Drivetrain shuttle wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.20 - Drivetrain shuttl... - Page 40-122
❍ See para. 40.3.21 - Positions of driv... - Page 40-123

40-64

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-64 40-64 7/8/2010 9:13:27 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.20 - PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

PTO ECU 5K 3K

X4 X17 X16
X 11 MK3

FRONT PT O SWITCH

REAR PT O SWITCH
1 0 X24

FRONT PT O LED

FRONT PT O EV
REAR PT O LED
2

REAR PT O EV

PT O SYNCRO
FRONT PT O

REAR PT O
PT O 1000
PT O ECO

PT O 540

+12/30

+12/30
GND

+12V
+15

GND

GND
D+
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 9 2 17 6 1 15 14 7 12 13 16 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 21 24 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 2 1
0.015.7021.4

GND4 GND3

G10
2
4
1
3
F6 F 11 F17 F16 MU1 F20
7.5A
15A

30A
10A

3A
5A

GND8

G1 G2 G4 G11
2 9 8 B A B A A A B
C3 B3 A4 A8 A1 D1 D1
0.015.1983.4

60A

0.016.2000.4
0.016.2001.4

GND2 G35
+30B 2 1 9 2 1 2 3 2 3 4 1 4 1 1 2
0.014.8806.4 0.015.7023.4
D0048780
X73 ECO S X35
+30 GND1
2 1 D+ B+ 1 5
BATTE RY

X43

0.008.0913.3

Fig.176 - PTO
Key
● 1 1000 PTO engagement switch
● 5 540 PTO engagement switch
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● B+ Alternator (B+)
● D+ Alternator (D+)
● ECO PTO engagement switch
● MK3 Relay
● PTO ECU Rear PTO ECU
● S SYNCRO PTO switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X16 Rear PTO control switch
● X17 Front PTO control switch
● X24 Rh rear PTO control switch (on fender)
● X35 Lh rear PTO control switch (on fender)
● X43 Front PTO control solenoid valve
● X73 Rear PTO control solenoid valve

Wiring and connectors list

40-65

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-65 40-65 7/8/2010 9:13:27 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109

● 0.015.7023.4/20 - Drivetrain wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.18 - Drivetrain wiring... - Page 40-116
❍ See para. 40.3.19 - Positions of driv... - Page 40-118
● 0.016.2000.4/10 - Engine wiring - Version with front battery
❍ See para. 40.3.9 - Engine wiring - Ve... - Page 40-88
❍ See para. 40.3.10 - Positions of engi... - Page 40-90
● 0.016.2001.4 - Engine wiring - Version with lateral battery
❍ See para. 40.3.11 - Engine wiring - V... - Page 40-94
❍ See para. 40.3.12 - Positions of engi... - Page 40-96
● 0.008.0913.3 - Front PTO solenoid valve wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.15 - Front PTO solenoi... - Page 40-103
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72

40-66

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-66 40-66 7/8/2010 9:13:28 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.21 - Can Bus (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

5K 3K
X 11
1 0
2

CAN RES

+12/30

+12/30
CAN H
CAN L

+12V
GND

GND
0.015.7021.4 75 83 15 50 30 13 4 3 2 8 14 15 21

GND4

4
3
2 X5
1

12 CAN H.

13 CAN L.

14
2
+15

-31 ELECTR.
MX2
F6 F7 F17 F18 1 -31 ELECTR.
7.5A

7.5
10A
5A

GND8
G1 G8
1 2 3 4 5
0.015.1983.4

60A

0.015.1418.4

GND2
1 2 3 4 1 2 8 9 10 11 15
0.014.8806.4
+15
+30

+30

-31

CAN H

CAN L

D0048670

+30 GND1
X53
X54
BATTE RY

Fig.177 - Can Bus

Key
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● MX2 Engine ECU (connector F)
● X5 CANBUS diagnostic socket
● X11 Starter switch
● X53 auxiliary CANBUS socket
● X54 Shuttle lever

Wiring and connectors list

40-67

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-67 40-67 7/8/2010 9:13:28 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

❍ See para. 40.3.17 - Positions of cent... - Page 40-109

● 0.015.1418.4/30 - Cab shuttle wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.22 - Cab shuttle wirin... - Page 40-125
❍ See para. 40.3.23 - Positions of cab ... - Page 40-127
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring
❍ See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
❍ See para. 40.3.2 - Positions of batte... - Page 40-72

40-68

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-68 40-68 7/8/2010 9:13:28 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.2.22 - Brakes (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

X4
X 11 MK1 MK3 MK5 X9
1 0
X10 X25 X34
2

75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 - + G 1 2 3 4 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2

GND3
0.015.7021.4

GND4

F6 F17 F16 F2 MF1 MU1 F5 F 11 F20

7.5A

7.5A
30A

30A

15A

15A
5A

3A
10A

GND8

G1 G2 G11 G4 13 GND
5K
B A A A A B B A A
A5 D6 A8 A1 D1 D1 D8 D4 B8 9 10
8 GND
0.015.1983.4

G23 26 PARK BRAKE

7 BRAKES OI L LEVEL

12 TRAILER PRESSURE

14 +12V
3K
60A

60A

15 +12/30

21 +12/30

22 HAND BRAKE
0.014.1645.4
0.015.7023.4

X77

GND2 G22
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
0.014.8806.4 P 0.016.2000.4 L P

0.016.2001.4
0.016.1001.4

D0048520

+30 GND1
X64 X76 X45 X31 X30
BATTE RY

1 2

+30C

+30
+30A
GND2 +30B

D0049560

Fig.180 - Positions of battery wiring connectors - version with front battery

0.014.8806.4/20
● See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71

40-72

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-72 40-72 7/8/2010 9:13:30 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.33
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
+30B GND1
– –
+30A
–
+30
–

+30C
40-27

40-73

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-73 40-73 7/8/2010 9:13:30 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

View of wiring

+30C

GND2

+30
+30A
GND1 +30B

D0049570

Fig.181 - Positions of battery wiring connectors - version with lateral battery

0.014.8806.4/20
● See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71

Connector positioning
Tab.34

40-74

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-74 40-74 7/8/2010 9:13:31 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION

NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
+30 +30A +30C
– +30B 40-27
GND2
+30B +30

–
GND1
+30A
–
GND1
–
GND2
– F0123201

View of wiring

GND5

GND6

D0049580

Fig.182 - Positions of battery wiring connectors

40-75

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-75 40-75 7/8/2010 9:13:31 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

0.014.8806.4/20
● See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71

Connector positioning
Tab.35
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
GND5 GND6
– –

40-76

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-76 40-76 7/8/2010 9:13:32 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.3 - Power supply wiring - 0.015.1983.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.183 - Power supply wiring

Connectors list
● +30C Starter motor (+30)
● G1 To central wiring
● G2 To central wiring
● G3 To central wiring

40-77

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-77 40-77 7/8/2010 9:13:33 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.4 - Positions of power supply wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

G3
G2
G1

+30C

D0049460

Fig.184 - Positions of power supply wiring connectors

0.015.1983.4/10
● See para. 40.3.3 - Power supply wirin... - Page 40-77

D0049610

Fig.186 - Positions of pre-heating wiring connectors - Version with front battery

0.014.9195.4/20
● See para. 40.3.5 - Preheating wiring ... - Page 40-80

40-81

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-81 40-81 7/8/2010 9:13:35 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.37
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
RL42A X114
40-27 40-27
RL42B
40-27
+30A
–

40-82

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-82 40-82 7/8/2010 9:13:35 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

View of wiring

X114

+30A

RL42A

RL42B

D0049620

Fig.187 - Positions of pre-heating wiring connectors - Version with lateral battery

0.014.9195.4/20
● See para. 40.3.5 - Preheating wiring ... - Page 40-80

Connector positioning
Tab.38

40-83

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-83 40-83 7/8/2010 9:13:36 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION

NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
RL42A X114
40-27 +30A 40-27
RL42B
40-27
+30A
–

RL42A

RL42B

F0123202

40-84

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-84 40-84 7/8/2010 9:13:37 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.7 - Hood lights wiring - 0.014.8107.4/30 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.188 - Hood lights wiring

Connectors list
● G9 To central wiring
● X36 Rh front worklight (on hood)
● X37 Rh high beam headlight
● X38 Rh low beam headlight
● X39 Horn
● X40 Lh low beam headlight
● X41 Lh high beam headlight
● X42 Front Lh worklight (on hood)

40-85

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-85 40-85 7/8/2010 9:13:37 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.8 - Positions of hood lights wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

X38

X40
X37

X41
X36

X39
X42

D0049550

Fig.189 - Positions of hood lights wiring connectors

0.014.8107.4/30
● See para. 40.3.7 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-85

40-86

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-86 40-86 7/8/2010 9:13:37 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.39
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G9 X37
– 40-54
40-56
X38
40-54
40-56
X39
40-54
40-56

X40 X36
40-54 40-37
40-56 40-39
X41 40-41
40-54 40-43
40-56

X42
40-37
40-39
40-41
40-43

40-87

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-87 40-87 7/8/2010 9:13:38 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.9 - Engine wiring - Version with front battery - 0.016.2000.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)

Fig.190 - Engine wiring (1/2)

Connectors list
● +50 Starter motor (+50)
● +30B Battery positive terminal
● B+ Alternator (B+)
● D+ Alternator (D+)
● G4 To central wiring
● G35 Not utilised
● RL42 Preheating relay
● W Alternator (W)
● X44 Air filter clogging sensor
● X45 Brake fluid level sensor
● X46 Air conditioning compressor
● X47 Engine oil pressure switch
● X48 Engine temperature sensor

40-88

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-88 40-88 7/8/2010 9:13:39 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Fig.191 - Engine wiring (2/2)

40-89

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-89 40-89 7/8/2010 9:13:39 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.10 - Positions of engine wiring connectors - version with front battery (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

X45 G4

RL42

+50
W

D+

B+
X44

+30B
G35

D0049590

Fig.192 - Positions of engine wiring connectors - left-hand side view

40-90

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-90 40-90 7/8/2010 9:13:40 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

X48

X46

X47

D0049600

Fig.193 - Positions of engine wiring connectors - right-hand side view

0.016.2000.4/10
● See para. 40.3.9 - Engine wiring - Ve... - Page 40-88

40-91

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-91 40-91 7/8/2010 9:13:40 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.40
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
RL42 +30B
40-27 –

X44 X47
40-35 40-35

X46 X48
40-49 40-35
40-51

X45 G4
40-69 –

40-92

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-92 40-92 7/8/2010 9:13:40 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION

NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
+50 W
40-27 40-27
D+
40-27
40-65
B+
40-27
40-65

40-93

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-93 40-93 7/8/2010 9:13:43 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.11 - Engine wiring - Version with lateral battery - 0.016.2001.4 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)

Fig.194 - Engine wiring (1/2)

Connectors list
● +30B Battery positive terminal
● +50 Starter motor (+50)
● B+ Alternator (B+)
● D+ Alternator (D+)
● G4 To central wiring
● G35 To front PTO solenoid wiring
● RL42 Preheating relay
● W Alternator (W)
● X44 Air filter clogging sensor
● X45 Brake fluid level sensor
● X46 Air conditioning compressor
● X47 Engine oil pressure switch
● X48 Engine temperature sensor

40-94

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-94 40-94 7/8/2010 9:13:44 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Fig.195 - Engine wiring (2/2)

40-95

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-95 40-95 7/8/2010 9:13:44 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.12 - Positions of engine wiring connectors - version with lateral battery (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

X45 G4

A
C B

+50
W

D+

B+

D+

X44

G35
D0049530

Fig.196 - Positions of engine wiring connectors - left-hand side

40-96

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-96 40-96 7/8/2010 9:13:45 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

A
X48

B
C

X46

+30B
X47

RL42

D0049540

Fig.197 - Positions of engine wiring connectors - right-hand side

0.016.2001.4
● See para. 40.3.11 - Engine wiring - V... - Page 40-94

Connector positioning
Tab.41

40-97

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-97 40-97 7/8/2010 9:13:45 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION

NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G35 X44
– 40-35

+30B X47
– 40-35
RL42
40-27

X46 X48
40-49 40-35
40-51

X45 G4
40-69 –

40-98

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-98 40-98 7/8/2010 9:13:45 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION

NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
+50 W
40-27 40-27
D+
40-27
40-65
B+
40-27
40-65

40-99

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-99 40-99 7/8/2010 9:13:48 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.13 - Engine wiring - 04215653 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.198 - Engine wiring

Connectors list
● B1 Not utilised
● B6 Not utilised
● B37 Fuel temperature sensor
● B40 Camshaft speed sensor
● B43 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● B48 Turbine air temperature/pressure sensor
● F30 Not utilised
● G25 To drivetrain
● Y3 Actuator

40-100

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-100 40-100 7/8/2010 9:13:48 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.14 - Positions of engine wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring
B43
B6 B48

G25

F30

B37

B40
D0046691

Fig.199 - Positions of engine wiring connectors

04215653
● See para. 40.3.13 - Engine wiring - 0... - Page 40-100

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.17 - Positions of central wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

PK1
PK2
MK1 A
MK4
MK2
MK5 MK6 MK3

G8 G6 3K G7
G9
5K GND4 X10
G5
X9
CF1
G4

X11
X6
X12
X8

G1
A X3
X19

G2 X7 X2
G3
X4
X5 TOP
B

D0049490

Fig.202 - Positions of central wiring connectors - front

40-109

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-109 40-109 7/8/2010 9:13:51 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

X17
X16
X18
X15
GND3 X21 X25
X14
X24
X13
X20 PTO ECU
G10

B X26
GND8
X30 X27
X22
G11
X28 X23
MX1
X31 MX2
X29

GND8 1
5
X35 X32
X34
X33
D0049500

Fig.203 - Positions of central wiring connectors - rear

0.015.7021.4/60
● See para. 40.3.16 - Central wiring - ... - Page 40-104

Connector positioning
Tab.43

40-110

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-110 40-110 7/8/2010 9:13:51 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION

NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X20 X19
40-62 40-29

X1 X13
40-54 –
40-56 X14
40-62
X15
40-62
X16
40-65

X17 X22
40-65 40-31
X18 40-33
40-29 X23
40-31
40-33
G10
–

X21 ECU PTO

40-29 40-65
GND3
–

40-111

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-111 40-111 7/8/2010 9:13:51 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION

NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G11 MX2
– 40-27
40-29
40-31
40-33
40-67
X26
40-31
40-33

MX1 1
40-27 40-65
40-29 5
X27 40-65
40-62

40-117

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-117 40-117 7/8/2010 9:14:02 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.19 - Positions of drivetrain wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

X64

G22

ECO
G22

ECO
A

S
G23
X76

G20
X65

X67

G23
S

X66 X67
G20
X65

X66
D0049470

Fig.206 - Positions of drivetrain wiring connectors - left-hand side view

40-118

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-118 40-118 7/8/2010 9:14:02 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

G11

G24
A G25

X68

G21

X75
X70
X74
X73
X72
X69 X71

D0049480

Fig.207 - Positions of drivetrain wiring connectors - right-hand side view

0.015.7023.4/20
● See para. 40.3.18 - Drivetrain wiring... - Page 40-116

40-119

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-119 40-119 7/8/2010 9:14:02 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.44
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G11 X70
– 40-62
X71
40-62
X72
40-62
X73
40-65
X69
40-35
X74 X68
40-62 40-27
G24
–

X75 X65
– 40-35
G21
–

X76 X64
40-69 40-54
G22 40-56
– 40-69
ECO
40-65

40-120

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-120 40-120 7/8/2010 9:14:02 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION

NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
S
40-65
X66
40-62
X67
40-62
G20
–

40-121

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-121 40-121 7/8/2010 9:14:05 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.20 - Drivetrain shuttle wiring - 0.015.1998.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.208 - Shuttle drivetrain wiring

Connectors list
● G19 To cab shuttle wiring
● G20 To drivetrain wiring
● X56 Engine speed sensor
● X57 Shuttle sensor
● X58 Oil temperature sensor
● X59 Clutch oil pressure switch
● X60 Forward gear selection solenoid valve
● X61 Reverse gear selection solenoid valve
● X62 Solenoid operated proportional valve
● X63 PALL filter clogging sensor

40-122

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-122 40-122 7/8/2010 9:14:06 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.21 - Positions of drivetrain shuttle lever wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)

View of wiring

G20

G19

X63

X61
X62
X60
X59
X58
X57
X56
D0049350

Fig.209 - Positions of drivetrain shuttle lever wiring connectors

0.015.1998.4/10
● See para. 40.3.20 - Drivetrain shuttl... - Page 40-122

40-123

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-123 40-123 7/8/2010 9:14:06 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.45
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G20 X63
– 40-62

X58 X56
40-62 40-62
X59 X57
40-62 40-62
X60
40-62
X61
40-62
X62
40-62

40-124

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-124 40-124 7/8/2010 9:14:06 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.22 - Cab shuttle wiring - 0.015.1418.4/30 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.210 - Cab shuttle wiring (1/2)

Connectors list
● G8 To central wiring
● G19 To drivetrain shuttle wiring
● X53 auxiliary CANBUS socket
● X54 Shuttle lever
● X55 Clutch pedal position sensor

40-125

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-125 40-125 7/8/2010 9:14:08 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Fig.211 - Cab shuttle wiring (2/2)

40-126

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-126 40-126 7/8/2010 9:14:08 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.23 - Positions of cab shuttle lever wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

X53
G19
G8

X54
G8

X53

X55
G19
X54

X55

D0049450

Fig.212 - Positions of cab shuttle lever wiring connectors

0.015.1418.4/30
● See para. 40.3.22 - Cab shuttle wirin... - Page 40-125

Connector positioning
Tab.46

40-127

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-127 40-127 7/8/2010 9:14:08 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION

NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X53 X55
40-67 40-62
G8
–

G19 X54
– 40-31
40-33
40-62
40-67

40-128

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-128 40-128 7/8/2010 9:14:09 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.24 - Cab power supply wiring - 0.016.0373.4/20 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.213 - Cab power supply wiring

Connectors list
● G6 To central wiring
● G7 To central wiring
● G26 To cab roof wiring
● G27 To cab roof wiring - Versions with high-visibility cab
● G28 To cab roof wiring

40-129

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-129 40-129 7/8/2010 9:14:10 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.25 - Positions of cab power supply wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

G26

G27

G28

G7
G6

D0049320

Fig.214 - Positions of cab power supply wiring connectors

0.016.0373.4/20
● See para. 40.3.24 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-129

40-130

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-130 40-130 7/8/2010 9:14:10 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.47
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G6 G26
– –
G7 G27
– –
G28
–

40-131

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-131 40-131 7/8/2010 9:14:11 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.26 - Cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.016.0865.4/10 (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)

Fig.215 - Cab roof wiring (1/2)

Connectors list
● G26 To cab power supply wiring
● G28 To cab power supply wiring
● G29 To windscreen wiper wiring - Version with standard cab
● G31 To A/C condenser fan wiring - Version with standard cab
● G36 To heater wiring - To A/C wiring
● G37 To A/C wiring
● G38 To front-rear worklights wiring - Version with standard cab
● GND7 Earthing point 7
● X86 Rear worklights switch
● X87 Front worklights switch
● X88 Windscreen washer pump switch
● X89 Windscreen wiper switch
● X90 Rear window wiper switch
● X92 Rotating beacon switch
● X94 Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
● X104 Radio (power supply)
● X105 Cab courtesy light

40-132

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-132 40-132 7/8/2010 9:14:11 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Fig.215 - Cab roof wiring (1/2)

●
X112 Clock

40-133

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-133 40-133 7/8/2010 9:14:11 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Fig.216 - Cab roof wiring (2/2)

40-134

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-134 40-134 7/8/2010 9:14:12 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.27 - Positions of cab roof wiring connectors - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

X90 X94
G37
X89 GND7 G36
G31

X112

X104

G29 G38
X105
X87
G26
X92
X88
X86
G28

D0049420

Fig.217 - Positions of roof line wiring connectors

0.016.0865.4/10
● See para. 40.3.26 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-132

Connector positioning
Tab.48
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G26 – G28 –
– –
G29 – G31 –
– –
G36 – G37 –
– –
G38 – GND7 –
– –

40-135

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-135 40-135 7/8/2010 9:14:12 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION

NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X86 – X87 –
40-37 40-37
40-39 40-39
X88 – X89 –
40-58 40-58
X90 – X92 –
40-58 40-31

X88
X87
G29 GND7

G28

G27 X101 X102

X104
X103
X105
X106

G34

D0049260

Fig.220 - Positions of cab roof wiring connectors - Tractor with high-visibility cab
0.015.6272.4/40
● See para. 40.3.28 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-137

40-140

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-140 40-140 7/8/2010 9:14:13 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.49
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X105 X103
40-33 40-33
X104
40-33

X101 X100
40-33 40-41
40-43
G32
–

X98 X97
40-33 40-47
40-51

X99 G33
40-47 –
40-51

40-141

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-141 40-141 7/8/2010 9:14:14 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION

NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G34 G29
– –
G26
–
G28
–
G27
–

X80 GND7
40-41 –
40-43

X85 X87
40-33 40-41
X88 40-43
40-60 X86
X92 40-41
40-33 40-43
X89
40-60
X90
40-60
X81 X96
40-51 40-54
X82 40-54
40-51 G30
X83 –
40-51
X84
40-51

40-142

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-142 40-142 7/8/2010 9:14:16 PM

Connector positioning
Tab.50
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X115
40-45
X116
40-45

40-145

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-145 40-145 7/8/2010 9:14:19 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.32 - Air conditioning wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.010.2153.2 (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)

Fig.223 - Air conditioning wiring

Connectors list
● G36 To cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab
● G37 To cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab
● RL53 Compressor relay
● X115 Fan
● X116 Resistor
● X117 Fan speed selector switch
● X118 A/C temperature thermostat

40-146

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-146 40-146 7/8/2010 9:14:20 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.33 - Positions of air conditioner wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring
X115

G37

X116

G36

X118

RL53
X117
D0040371

Fig.224 - Positions of air conditioner wiring connectors

0.010.2153.2
● See para. 40.3.32 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-146

Connector positioning
Tab.51
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X115 X117
40-49 40-49
X116 X118
40-49 40-49

40-147

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-147 40-147 7/8/2010 9:14:20 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.34 - Air conditioning condenser fan wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.009.7853.3/20
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.225 - Air conditioning condenser fan wiring

Connectors list
● G31 To cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab
● RL55 Control relay for auxiliary A/C condenser fan
● X108 A/C condenser fan
● X109 A/C pressure switch
● X113 A/C pressure switch

40-148

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-148 40-148 7/8/2010 9:14:21 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.35 - Positions of air conditioning condenser fan wiring connectors - Version with
standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

X108
X109

X113

G31
RL55

D0049390

Fig.226 - Positions of air conditioning condenser fan wiring connectors

0.009.7853.3/20
● See para. 40.3.34 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-148

Connector positioning
Tab.52
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G31 – RL55 –
– 40-49
X108 – X109 –
40-49 40-49

40-149

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-149 40-149 7/8/2010 9:14:21 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.36 - Air conditioning condenser fan wiring - Version with high-visibility cab -
0.015.7266.4/30 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.227 - Air conditioning condenser fan wiring

Connectors list
● G31 To cab roof wiring - Version with high-visibility cab
● RL54 Control relay for A/C condenser fan
● RL55 Control relay for auxiliary A/C condenser fan
● X108 A/C condenser fan
● X109 A/C pressure switch
● X110 auxiliary A/C condenser fan

40-150

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-150 40-150 7/8/2010 9:14:21 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.37 - Positions of air conditioning condenser fan wiring connectors - Version with
high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

RL55 G31
RL54
X108
X109
X109

D0049330

Fig.228 - Positions of air conditioning condenser fan wiring connectors

40.3.39 - Positions of front/rear worklight wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

X96

G39

X100

G34 X80

G38

X106
G33

D0049400

Fig.231 - Positions of front/rear worklight wiring connectors

0.016.0866.4/10
● See para. 40.3.38 - Front-rear workli... - Page 40-153

Connector positioning
Tab.54
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X80 – X96 –
40-37 40-37
40-39 40-39
X100 – X106 –
40-37 40-37
40-39 40-39
G33 – G34 –
– –

40-155

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-155 40-155 7/8/2010 9:14:23 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.40 - Front lights wiring - Version with cab - 0.016.0664.4 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.232 - Front lights wiring

Connectors list
● G5 To central wiring - Version with cab
● G13 To wiring for lower front lights- Version with cab
● G14 To wiring for lower front lights- Version with cab
● G16 To wiring for lower front lights- Version with cab
● G17 To wiring for lower front lights- Version with cab

40-156

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-156 40-156 7/8/2010 9:14:23 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.41 - Positions of front light wiring connectors - Version with cab (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)

View of wiring

G13

G5
G14

G16

G17

D0049300

Fig.233 - Positions of front light wiring connectors

0.016.0664.4
● See para. 40.3.40 - Front lights wiri... - Page 40-156

40-157

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-157 40-157 7/8/2010 9:14:23 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.55
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G5
–

40-158

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-158 40-158 7/8/2010 9:14:23 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.42 - Lower front lights wiring - Version with cab - 044119234 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)

Fig.234 - Lower front lights wiring

Connectors list
● G13 To front lights wiring - Version with cab
● G14 To front lights wiring - Version with cab
● G15 To auxiliary worklights wiring - Version without lift
G15 Rh front worklight on arms - Version with lift
● G16 To front lights wiring - Version with cab
● G17 To front lights wiring - Version with cab
● G18 To auxiliary worklights wiring - Version without lift
G18 Lh front worklight on arms - Version with lift
● X49 Front Rh sidelight and direction indicator
● X50 Front Lh sidelight and direction indicator

40-159

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-159 40-159 7/8/2010 9:14:24 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.43 - Positions of lower front light wiring connectors - Version with cab (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

G13
G14
X50

G15 G16
G17

X50
G18

D0049290

Fig.235 - Positions of lower front light wiring connectors

04411923.4
● See para. 40.3.42 - Lower front light... - Page 40-159

40-160

View of wiring

X51

G15

X52

G18

D0049430

Fig.237 - Positions of auxiliary worklight wiring connectors

0.015.1435.4/20
● See para. 40.3.44 - Auxiliary worklig... - Page 40-162

Connector positioning
Tab.57
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X51 – X52 –
40-37 40-37

40-163

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-163 40-163 7/8/2010 9:14:24 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.46 - Auxiliary worklights wiring - Version with high-visibility cab - 0.014.3927.4/40

(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.238 - Auxiliary worklights wiring

Connectors list
● G15 To lower front lights wiring
● G18 To lower front lights wiring
● X51 Rh auxiliary worklight
● X52 Lh auxiliary worklight

40-164

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-164 40-164 7/8/2010 9:14:25 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.47 - Positions of auxiliary worklight wiring connectors - Version with high-visibility

cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

X51

G15 X52

G18

D0049280

Fig.239 - Positions of auxiliary worklight wiring connectors

0.014.3927.4/40
● See para. 40.3.46 - Auxiliary worklig... - Page 40-164

40-165

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-165 40-165 7/8/2010 9:14:25 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.58
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X51 G15
40-41 –
X52 G18
40-41 –

40-166

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-166 40-166 7/8/2010 9:14:25 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.48 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.010.4516.3 (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)

Fig.240 - Windscreen wiper wiring

Connectors list
● G29 To cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab
● X111 Windscreen wiper motor

40-167

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-167 40-167 7/8/2010 9:14:25 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.49 - Positions of windscreen wiper wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

G29

X111
D0049440

Fig.241 - Positions of windscreen wiper wiring connectors

0.010.4516.3
● See para. 40.3.48 - Windscreen wiper ... - Page 40-167

Connector positioning
Tab.59
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X111 – G29 –
40-58 –

40-168

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-168 40-168 7/8/2010 9:14:25 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.50 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Version with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3597.3

(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Fig.242 - Windscreen wiper wiring

Connectors list
● G29 To cab roof wiring - Version with high-visibility cab
● X111 Windscreen wiper motor

40-169

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-169 40-169 7/8/2010 9:14:25 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.51 - Positions of windscreen wiper wiring connectors - Version with high-visibility

cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

G29

X111

D0049340

Fig.243 - Positions of windscreen wiper wiring connectors

0.011.3597.3
● See para. 40.3.50 - Windscreen wiper ... - Page 40-169

40-170

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-170 40-170 7/8/2010 9:14:26 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.60
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G29 X111
– 40-60

40-171

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-171 40-171 7/8/2010 9:14:26 PM

40-174

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-174 40-174 7/8/2010 9:14:27 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.55 - Positions of rotating beacon wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

X79

G33

G16 X107

D0049310

Fig.247 - Positions of rotating beacon wiring connectors

0.013.6327.4
● See para. 40.3.55 - Positions of rota... - Page 40-175

40-175

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-175 40-175 7/8/2010 9:14:27 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.62

40-176

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-176 40-176 7/8/2010 9:14:27 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.56 - Hydraulic trailer braking valve wiring - 0.016.1001.4/20 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)

Fig.248 - Hydraulic trailer braking valve wiring

Connectors list
● G22 To drivetrain wiring
● X78 Trailer parking brake solenoid valve

40-177

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-177 40-177 7/8/2010 9:14:27 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.57 - Positions of hydraulic trailer braking valve wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)

View of wiring

X78
G22

D0049360

Fig.249 - Positions of hydraulic trailer braking valve wiring connectors

0.016.1001.4/20
● See para. 40.3.56 - Hydraulic trailer... - Page 40-177

Connector positioning
Tab.63
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G22 – X78 –
– 40-69

40-178

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-178 40-178 7/8/2010 9:14:27 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.58 - Compressed air pressure sensor wiring - 0.014.1645.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)

Fig.250 - Compressed air pressure sensor wiring

Connectors list
● G23 To drivetrain wiring
● X77 Compressed air pressure sensor

40-179

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-179 40-179 7/8/2010 9:14:27 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40.3.59 - Positions of compressed air pressure sensor wiring connectors (AGROFARM

430 -> 1001)

View of wiring

G23

X77

G23

X77

D0049370

Fig.251 - Positions of compressed air pressure sensor wiring connectors

0.014.1645.4/10
● See para. 40.3.58 - Compressed air pr... - Page 40-179

40-180

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-180 40-180 7/8/2010 9:14:28 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Connector positioning
Tab.64
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G23 – X77 –
– 40-69

40-181

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-181 40-181 7/8/2010 9:14:28 PM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

40-182

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 40-182 40-182 7/8/2010 9:14:28 PM

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 1 1 7/8/2010 9:14:28 PM
*307.W.0270.en.6.01*

SAME DEUTZ-FAHR ITALIA S.p.A.

Viale F. Cassani, 15 • 24047 Treviglio (BG) • Italy • Phone + 39.0363.4211 • Fax + 39.0363.421638
www.samedeutz-fahr.com

307.W.0270.en.6.01-AGROFARM 410 Sec1:2 Sec1:2 7/8/2010 9:14:28 PM

Deutz Fahr Agrotron Serie 5
88% (8)
Deutz Fahr Agrotron Serie 5
488 pages
Deutz Fahr Agrofarm-85-100-Repair-Manual PDF
50% (4)
Deutz Fahr Agrofarm-85-100-Repair-Manual PDF
715 pages
TTV 7210 7230 7250 PDF
94% (17)
TTV 7210 7230 7250 PDF
2,066 pages
Agrofarm 85 - 100
100% (3)
Agrofarm 85 - 100
1,186 pages
Fendt Vario 936 Service Manual 1/4
100% (17)
Fendt Vario 936 Service Manual 1/4
822 pages
307 - 312 Farmer Tractor (Later) PDF
No ratings yet
307 - 312 Farmer Tractor (Later) PDF
182 pages
Agrofarm Tractor Models Guide
100% (1)
Agrofarm Tractor Models Guide
119 pages
AGROPLUS 60-70-80 Repair Manual
90% (31)
AGROPLUS 60-70-80 Repair Manual
509 pages
Deutz Fahr AGROPLUS-60-70-80-Repair-manual PDF
100% (9)
Deutz Fahr AGROPLUS-60-70-80-Repair-manual PDF
509 pages
AGROTRON 120-130-150-150.7-165.7-180.7 Profiline
No ratings yet
AGROTRON 120-130-150-150.7-165.7-180.7 Profiline
462 pages
Rubin 160-180-200
100% (2)
Rubin 160-180-200
804 pages
Claas Celtis Workshop Repair Manual
100% (1)
Claas Celtis Workshop Repair Manual
642 pages
Agrofarm G: Maximize Farm Profitability
No ratings yet
Agrofarm G: Maximize Farm Profitability
20 pages
Claas Ares 816 826 836 Workshop
100% (4)
Claas Ares 816 826 836 Workshop
1,271 pages
Agrotron 80-85-90-100-105 MK3 SM PDF
100% (4)
Agrotron 80-85-90-100-105 MK3 SM PDF
590 pages
Deutz Fahr Agrotron 130 Tractor Parts Catalogue Manual
No ratings yet
Deutz Fahr Agrotron 130 Tractor Parts Catalogue Manual
19 pages
Instrukcja Napraw Celtis 426-456
100% (3)
Instrukcja Napraw Celtis 426-456
876 pages
McCormick F 60 70 80 75 85 95 105 GE-XL Training Manual PN 3676090M1
100% (7)
McCormick F 60 70 80 75 85 95 105 GE-XL Training Manual PN 3676090M1
951 pages
Agrotron - 106-110-115-120-135-150-165 MK3 PDF
90% (10)
Agrotron - 106-110-115-120-135-150-165 MK3 PDF
696 pages
Agrotron M 600 - 610 - 620
100% (3)
Agrotron M 600 - 610 - 620
347 pages
Basic Service Training Fendt 900 Vario - 11 - 03 - en PDF
100% (1)
Basic Service Training Fendt 900 Vario - 11 - 03 - en PDF
700 pages
Technical Manual Tractors 6820, 6920 and 6920S Repair
20% (5)
Technical Manual Tractors 6820, 6920 and 6920S Repair
21 pages
Manual Reparatie Massey Ferguson-8400
97% (30)
Manual Reparatie Massey Ferguson-8400
1,194 pages
Massey Ferguson MF7600 Technician Workshop Manual
90% (10)
Massey Ferguson MF7600 Technician Workshop Manual
798 pages
Deutz Fahr Tagrotron 4.70, 4.80, 4.85, 4.90, 4.95, 6.00, 6.05, 6.15, 6.20, 6.30, 6.45 Tractor Shop Manual
100% (3)
Deutz Fahr Tagrotron 4.70, 4.80, 4.85, 4.90, 4.95, 6.00, 6.05, 6.15, 6.20, 6.30, 6.45 Tractor Shop Manual
401 pages
Agrotron 118
100% (1)
Agrotron 118
840 pages
Electro-Valve and Sensor Alarm Codes
40% (5)
Electro-Valve and Sensor Alarm Codes
2 pages
8200 Series Tractor Workshop Manual
100% (5)
8200 Series Tractor Workshop Manual
1,965 pages
FENDT 815 VARIO TRACTOR Service Repair Manual PDF
40% (5)
FENDT 815 VARIO TRACTOR Service Repair Manual PDF
30 pages
4) Nuovo Sistema SDF Analyser (Ok) - en
100% (3)
4) Nuovo Sistema SDF Analyser (Ok) - en
12 pages
6000 - 6010 - 6020 - Series John Deere 6920 Parts Catalog PDF
100% (4)
6000 - 6010 - 6020 - Series John Deere 6920 Parts Catalog PDF
374 pages
Workshop Manual Fendt 900 Vario
92% (13)
Workshop Manual Fendt 900 Vario
1,245 pages
Case CS78 CS86 CS94 Workshop Manual
50% (4)
Case CS78 CS86 CS94 Workshop Manual
933 pages
Repair Manual: 6820, 6920 and 6920S Tractors Repair
100% (7)
Repair Manual: 6820, 6920 and 6920S Tractors Repair
2,341 pages
Fendt 300 Vario Workshop Manuals
83% (6)
Fendt 300 Vario Workshop Manuals
1,185 pages
Trasmissione 5871 965 002 T-7200 L - T-7200 S Ing
100% (6)
Trasmissione 5871 965 002 T-7200 L - T-7200 S Ing
239 pages
Fendt 900 Vario Service Guide
100% (10)
Fendt 900 Vario Service Guide
556 pages
LegendNG Deltashift
100% (4)
LegendNG Deltashift
163 pages
G1 List of Error Codes G2 Control Panel "WLP": Chapter G - Diagnostics 00 1137 933 0 - 09.2008 Publication
No ratings yet
G1 List of Error Codes G2 Control Panel "WLP": Chapter G - Diagnostics 00 1137 933 0 - 09.2008 Publication
118 pages
Auto Command t7220
50% (4)
Auto Command t7220
51 pages
Fendt Vario 936 Service Manual 4/4
83% (6)
Fendt Vario 936 Service Manual 4/4
399 pages
Deutz Fahr Agrotron 215-265 - PDF Parts Catalogue
70% (10)
Deutz Fahr Agrotron 215-265 - PDF Parts Catalogue
678 pages
1) MOTORE EURO 3 - en SAME
100% (1)
1) MOTORE EURO 3 - en SAME
72 pages
John Deere 5620, 5720, 5820 Tractor Diagnostic & Tests (TM4791) Shop Manual
100% (2)
John Deere 5620, 5720, 5820 Tractor Diagnostic & Tests (TM4791) Shop Manual
1,572 pages
MF6400 WSM 09 en PDF
100% (3)
MF6400 WSM 09 en PDF
632 pages
Repair Manual - JX 110 Eng
95% (19)
Repair Manual - JX 110 Eng
680 pages
15814842-Fendt Xylon Favorit Series Tractors Transmission Repair PDF PDF
83% (6)
15814842-Fendt Xylon Favorit Series Tractors Transmission Repair PDF PDF
410 pages
Tm4487 - John Deere 6100 - 6900 and Se Tractors Technical Manual
100% (3)
Tm4487 - John Deere 6100 - 6900 and Se Tractors Technical Manual
2,757 pages
Fendt 300 Vario
100% (19)
Fendt 300 Vario
1,185 pages
Same Silver-80!90!1004-1006 Service Sec Wat
50% (2)
Same Silver-80!90!1004-1006 Service Sec Wat
470 pages
Fendt 700 Vario Manual
0% (3)
Fendt 700 Vario Manual
19 pages
Agrofarm 410 - 420 - 430
No ratings yet
Agrofarm 410 - 420 - 430
2,076 pages
Deutz Fahr Agrocompact Agrofarm 85 100 Workshop Manual
100% (62)
Deutz Fahr Agrocompact Agrofarm 85 100 Workshop Manual
20 pages
Agrofarm2 410 - 420 - 430
100% (1)
Agrofarm2 410 - 420 - 430
1,914 pages
Same s80 Eng
50% (2)
Same s80 Eng
432 pages
Deutz Fahr Agrotron Serie
No ratings yet
Deutz Fahr Agrotron Serie
488 pages
Dongfeng Tractor Owner's Manual
100% (1)
Dongfeng Tractor Owner's Manual
76 pages
Deutz Agrofarm 420
No ratings yet
Deutz Agrofarm 420
854 pages
Operation Manual Agrotron X720 307.u.0070.en.6.06 - Agrotron X710 - X720-20090430-060759
100% (1)
Operation Manual Agrotron X720 307.u.0070.en.6.06 - Agrotron X710 - X720-20090430-060759
369 pages
Valtra A53/A73 Tractor Guide
100% (64)
Valtra A53/A73 Tractor Guide
7 pages
Sewing Machine Parts Guide
No ratings yet
Sewing Machine Parts Guide
48 pages
Series: Pneumatic Pump
No ratings yet
Series: Pneumatic Pump
2 pages
Yamaha YJ50 Service Manual PDF
No ratings yet
Yamaha YJ50 Service Manual PDF
228 pages
FT.6400.1 - en
No ratings yet
FT.6400.1 - en
2 pages
Ep-Ms-P4-S2-082 - 11 KV Indoorear Panels Withdrawable Vacuum 1
0% (1)
Ep-Ms-P4-S2-082 - 11 KV Indoorear Panels Withdrawable Vacuum 1
1 page
PC110R 1 S N 2265000001 Up PDF
No ratings yet
PC110R 1 S N 2265000001 Up PDF
330 pages
Steering Gear Mechanism
No ratings yet
Steering Gear Mechanism
13 pages
Hybrid Vehicle Configurations & Operations
No ratings yet
Hybrid Vehicle Configurations & Operations
17 pages
R60W 9S PDF
100% (1)
R60W 9S PDF
7 pages
Position and Displacement
100% (3)
Position and Displacement
46 pages
Glyco Combined Digital Catalogue CATGY2201 PDF
No ratings yet
Glyco Combined Digital Catalogue CATGY2201 PDF
1,252 pages
VOLVO TAD 1341 GE 300 Kva PDF
33% (3)
VOLVO TAD 1341 GE 300 Kva PDF
2 pages
Error Codes
50% (2)
Error Codes
3 pages
GS 2046 PDF
No ratings yet
GS 2046 PDF
168 pages
Implement Electronic Control System 966
No ratings yet
Implement Electronic Control System 966
4 pages
Diagnostic - Manual 2800
No ratings yet
Diagnostic - Manual 2800
156 pages
735, 740 and 740E Electrical System Articulated Truck: Machine Harness Connector and Component Locations
100% (3)
735, 740 and 740E Electrical System Articulated Truck: Machine Harness Connector and Component Locations
2 pages
MANUAL CATERPILLAR GAS ENGINE 3516b PDF
79% (14)
MANUAL CATERPILLAR GAS ENGINE 3516b PDF
44 pages
Stratopower Pump Mechanics
No ratings yet
Stratopower Pump Mechanics
2 pages
Spare Parts List Kuhn
No ratings yet
Spare Parts List Kuhn
3 pages
Hydraulic Relief Valve Troubleshooting
No ratings yet
Hydraulic Relief Valve Troubleshooting
3 pages
Front Axle Transfer Box
No ratings yet
Front Axle Transfer Box
4 pages
Operator'S Manual: Read and Save This Manual
100% (2)
Operator'S Manual: Read and Save This Manual
134 pages
Brake Units for Delta AC Drives
No ratings yet
Brake Units for Delta AC Drives
6 pages
Task 1: - Tolerance
No ratings yet
Task 1: - Tolerance
10 pages
Engine Volumetric Efficiency Guide
No ratings yet
Engine Volumetric Efficiency Guide
4 pages
System 9000 Actuator Retrofit Guide
No ratings yet
System 9000 Actuator Retrofit Guide
2 pages
Farm Machinery Testing Centre
No ratings yet
Farm Machinery Testing Centre
3 pages
Manual Hydracore 2000 PDF
100% (2)
Manual Hydracore 2000 PDF
47 pages
H25/28/30/32XM-12, H25/30/32XMS-9, H28/32XM-16CH (G008) : 4031445 ©2013 Hyster Company 12/2013
No ratings yet
H25/28/30/32XM-12, H25/30/32XMS-9, H28/32XM-16CH (G008) : 4031445 ©2013 Hyster Company 12/2013
930 pages